WO2014152588A1 - Covalent inhibitors of kras g12c - Google Patents

Covalent inhibitors of kras g12c Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2014152588A1
WO2014152588A1 PCT/US2014/027504 US2014027504W WO2014152588A1 WO 2014152588 A1 WO2014152588 A1 WO 2014152588A1 US 2014027504 W US2014027504 W US 2014027504W WO 2014152588 A1 WO2014152588 A1 WO 2014152588A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
compound
ras
substituted
unsubstituted
aryl
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2014/027504
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Pingda Ren
Yi Liu
Liansheng Li
Jun Feng
Tao Wu
Original Assignee
Araxes Pharma Llc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Araxes Pharma Llc filed Critical Araxes Pharma Llc
Priority to AU2014239542A priority Critical patent/AU2014239542A1/en
Priority to MX2015012054A priority patent/MX364438B/en
Priority to EP14720375.6A priority patent/EP2970121B1/en
Priority to CA2904393A priority patent/CA2904393A1/en
Priority to CN201480025340.8A priority patent/CN105189456B/en
Priority to EP17206812.4A priority patent/EP3401314B1/en
Priority to JP2016502462A priority patent/JP6473133B2/en
Publication of WO2014152588A1 publication Critical patent/WO2014152588A1/en
Priority to HK16103063.8A priority patent/HK1215029A1/en
Priority to AU2018214014A priority patent/AU2018214014C1/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D205/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing four-membered rings with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D205/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing four-membered rings with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D205/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing four-membered rings with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D211/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D211/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D211/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D211/36—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D211/56—Nitrogen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D211/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D211/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D211/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D211/36—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D211/56—Nitrogen atoms
    • C07D211/58—Nitrogen atoms attached in position 4
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D211/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D211/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D211/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D211/36—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D211/60—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D211/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D211/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D211/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D211/36—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D211/60—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C07D211/62—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals attached in position 4
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/62—Oxygen or sulfur atoms
    • C07D213/63—One oxygen atom
    • C07D213/64—One oxygen atom attached in position 2 or 6
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/72—Nitrogen atoms
    • C07D213/74—Amino or imino radicals substituted by hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D231/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings
    • C07D231/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D231/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D231/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D231/38—Nitrogen atoms
    • C07D231/40—Acylated on said nitrogen atom
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D237/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazine or hydrogenated 1,2-diazine rings
    • C07D237/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazine or hydrogenated 1,2-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D237/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazine or hydrogenated 1,2-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having less than three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D285/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing rings having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D275/00 - C07D283/00
    • C07D285/01—Five-membered rings
    • C07D285/02—Thiadiazoles; Hydrogenated thiadiazoles
    • C07D285/14—Thiadiazoles; Hydrogenated thiadiazoles condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D285/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing rings having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D275/00 - C07D283/00
    • C07D285/15—Six-membered rings
    • C07D285/16—Thiadiazines; Hydrogenated thiadiazines
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D295/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
    • C07D295/16—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms acylated on ring nitrogen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D405/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D419/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D419/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D419/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D487/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
    • C07D487/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D487/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D487/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
    • C07D487/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D487/10—Spiro-condensed systems
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G01—MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
    • G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
    • G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
    • G01N33/58—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving labelled substances

Definitions

  • Ras represents a group of closely related monomeric globular protein of 189 amino acids (21 kDa molecular mass) which is associated with the plasma membrane and which binds either GDP or GTP. Ras acts as a molecular switch. When Ras contains bound GDP it is in the resting or off position and is "inactive". In response to exposure of the cell to certain growth promoting stimuli, Ras is induced to exchange its bound GDP for a GTP. With GTP bound, Ras is "switched on” and is able to interact with and activate other proteins (its "downstream targets”). The Ras protein itself has a very low intrinsic ability to hydrolyze GTP back to GDP, thus turning itself into the off state.
  • GTPase-activating proteins GTPase-activating proteins
  • Any mutation in Ras which affects its ability to interact with GAP or to convert GTP back to GDP will result in a prolonged activation of the protein and consequently a prolonged signal to the cell telling it to continue to grow and divide. Because these signals result in cell growth and division, overactive Ras signaling may ultimately lead to cancer.
  • Ras proteins contain a G domain which is responsible for the enzymatic activity of Ras - the guanine nucleotide binding and the hydrolysis
  • GTPase reaction (GTPase reaction). It also contains a C-terminal extension, known as the CAAX box, which may be post-translationally modified and is responsible for targeting the protein to the membrane.
  • the G domain is approximately 21-25 kDa in size and it contains a phosphate binding loop (P-loop).
  • P-loop represents the pocket where the nucleotides are bound in the protein, and this is the rigid part of the domain with conserved amino acid residues which are essential for nucleotide binding and hydrolysis (Glycine 12, Threonine 26 and Lysine 16).
  • the G domain also contains the so called Switch I (residues 30-40) and Switch II (residues 60-76) regions, both of which are the dynamic parts of the protein which are often represented as the "spring- loaded” mechanism because of their ability to switch between the resting and loaded state.
  • the key interaction is the hydrogen bonds formed by Threonine-35 and glycine- 60 with the ⁇ -phosphate of GTP which maintain Switch 1 and Switch 2 regions respectively in their active conformation. After hydrolysis of GTP and release of phosphate, these two relax into the inactive GDP conformation.
  • Ras subfamily The most notable members of the Ras subfamily are HRAS, KRAS and NRAS, mainly for being implicated in many types of cancer. However, there are many other members including DIRAS1; DIRAS2; DIRAS3; ERAS; GEM; MRAS;
  • H-Ras, N-Ras, or K-Ras are among the most common events in human tumorigenesis. About 30% of all human tumors are found to carry some mutation in Ras genes. Remarkably, K-Ras mutations are detected in 25-30% of tumors. By comparison, the rates of oncogenic mutation occurring in the N-Ras and H-Ras family members are much lower (8% and 3% respectively). The most common K-Ras mutations are found at residue G12 and G13 in the P-loop and at residue Q61.
  • G12C is a frequent mutation of K-Ras gene (glycine- 12 to cysteine).
  • the present invention provides compounds which are capable of modulating G12C mutant K-Ras, H-Ras and/or N-Ras proteins.
  • the compound acts as an electrophile capable of forming a covalent bond with the cysteine residue at position 12 of a K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C mutant protein.
  • the compounds described herein are included in pharmaceutical compositions.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is suitable for oral administration.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is suitable for injection.
  • a method comprises a method of regulating activity of a K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C mutant protein wherein the method comprises reacting the K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C mutant protein with any of the compounds described herein.
  • the method inhibits proliferation of a cell population by contacting the cell population with any of the compounds described herein.
  • the method of inhibiting proliferation of a cell is measured as a decrease in cell viability of the cell population.
  • a method of treating a disorder in a subject is provided.
  • the method of treating a disorder in a subject comprises: (a) determining if the subject has a K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C mutation; and (b) if the subject is determined to have the K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C mutation then administering to the subject a therapeutically effective dose of a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one compound described herein.
  • the disorder is a cancer.
  • the cancer is pancreatic cancer, colon cancer, MYH associated polyposis, colorectal cancer, lung cancer or NSCLC.
  • a method of preparing a labeled K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C mutant protein comprises reacting the K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C mutant with a compound described herein, resulting in a labeled K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C protein.
  • a compound of Formula I having is provided: wherein X is O or NH, S, or CR 23 ,R 2 4; Y is CH 2 , CHR 22 , CO, SO, or S0 2 ; n is an integer of value 1-6; Rl is aryl or heteroaryl, each of which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more independent R2 substituents; R2 is halogen, -OH, oxo, alkoxy, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylene, or heteroarylene, each of which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more independent R3 substituents; R3 is halogen, OH, cyano, alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylene, or heteroarylene, each of which is unsubstituted
  • the compound of Formula 1 has an O at position X.
  • the X represents a NH group.
  • the compound of Formula 1 has a bond at position D.
  • D is a NH group.
  • the compound of Formula 1 has -NH-CH2- at position D connected to -NH-CH2- connected to the carbonyl carbon.
  • the compound of Formula 1 has a group at position E that is selected from the group consisting of:
  • the compound of Formula 1 has a phenyl moiety is at position Rl and the phenyl moiety position Rl is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more independent R2 substituents.
  • the compound of Formula 1 has a benzothiadiazolyl moiety is at position Rl and is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more independent R2 substituents.
  • the compound of Formula 1 has a naphthalenyl moiety is at position Rl and is
  • the compound of Formula 1 has an imidazopyridinyl moiety is at position Rl and is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more independent R2 substituents.
  • the compound of Formula 1 has a halogen at position R2. In other embodiments, the compound of Formula 1 has an OH at position R2. In other embodiments, the compound of Formula 1 has an OMe at position R2. In other embodiments, the compound of Formula 1 has an aryl or heteroaryl moiety at position R2 that is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more independent R3 substituents. In other embodiments, the compound of Formula 1 has a phenyl, pyridinyl, or thiophenyl moiety at position R2 that is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more inde endent R3 substituents.
  • compound of Formula 1 has a at the -C1-C2 position. In other embodiments, the compound of Formula 1 has at the -C1-C2 position.
  • the compound of Formula 1 has group at Ci that is selected from the grou consisting of:
  • the compound of Formula 1 has group at C 2 that is selected from the roup consisting of:
  • the compound of Formula 1 is selected from the compounds shown in Table 1.
  • composition in another aspect, comprises a compound of Formula II having the structure of E R 6 wherein A is -CH2-, -
  • R6 is aryl or heteroaryl, each of which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more independent R7 substituents;R7 is halogen, -OH, OR10, NR11R12, alkyl, oxo, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylene, or
  • R8 is halogen, OH, cyano, alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylene, or heteroarylene, each of which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more independent R9 substituents;
  • R10, Rl 1 and R12 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, each of which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more independent R13 substituents;
  • R9 and R13 are independently halogen, OH, cyano, alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylene, or heteroarylene;
  • E is an electrophile capable of forming a covalent
  • the E of the Formula II compound represents
  • the Rl of the Formula II compound represents an aryl, unsubstituted or substituted by one or more independent R2 substituents. In other embodiments, the Rl of the Formula II compound is a heteroaryl, unsubstituted or substituted by one or more independent R2 substituents. In some embodiments, the Rl of the Formula II compound represents a phenyl moiety unsubstituted or substituted by one or more independent R2 substituents. In some embodiments, the Rl of the Formula II compound represents a pyridinyl moiety unsubstituted or substituted by one or more independent R2 substituents.
  • the A of the Formula II compound is O. In other embodiments, the A of the Formula II compound is NH.
  • the Formula II compound is selected from the compounds shown in Table 2.
  • A is a bond, O, NH, or -C(0)-;n is 0 or 2;R14 is cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, each of which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more independent R15 substituents;R15 is halogen, OR18, NR19R20, oxo, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylene, or heteroarylene, each of which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more independent R16 substituents;R16 is halogen, OH, alkyl, alkoxy, cyano cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylene, or heteroarylene, each of which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more independent R17 substituents;R18, R19 and R20 are independently hydrogen,
  • the A of the Formula III compound represents O. In other embodiments, the A of the Formula III compound represents -C(O)-. In other embodiments, the A of the Formula III compound represents a bond.
  • the n of the Formula III compound represents 0. In other embodiments, the n of the Formula III compound represents 1. In other embodiments, the n of the Formula III compound represents 2.
  • the C2 of the Formula III compound represents a bond. In some embodiments, the C2 of the Formula III compound represents a pyridinyl.
  • the Rl of the Formula III compound is an aryl ( heteroaryl moiety unsubstituted or substituted by one or more independent R2 substituents. In other embodiments, the Rl of the Formula III compound is a phenyl moiety unsubstituted or substituted by one or more independent R2 substituents. In other embodiments, the Rl of the Formula III compound is C O . In other embodiments, Rl of the Formula III compound represents . In other embodiments, Rl represents a pyridinyl moiety unsubstituted or substituted by one or more independent R2 substituents. In other embodiments, the Rl of the Formula III compound represents In other embodiments, the Rl of the Formula III compound represents
  • the R2 of the Formula III compound represents a halogen. In other embodiments, the R2 of the Formula III compound represents an alkyl. In other embodiments, the R2 of the Formula III compound represents a -CH3.
  • the Formula III compound is selected from the compounds shown in Table 3.
  • composition in another aspect, comprises a compound shown in Table 4.
  • R 1 , E, G 1 , a 2 , a 3 , a 4 , R 30a , R 30b , R 31a , R 31b , R 32a , R 32b , R 33a , R 33b , n 1 , n 2 , n 3 and n 4 are as defined herein.
  • A, B, C, L la , L 2 , E, G 3 , G 4 , R 32a , R 32b , R 33a , R 33b , R 37a , R 37e , n 3 , n 4 and m are as defined herein,
  • Fig. 1 Shows the enzymatic activity of Ras.
  • Fig. 2 shows a signal transduction pathway for Ras.
  • Fig. 3 Shows some common oncogenes, their respective tumor type and cumulative mutation frequencies (all tumors).
  • Fig. 4 shows the results of cell potency assay for the compound 1-189.
  • Fig. 5 shows the results of comparison of cell potency assay for the compound 1-189, 1-92 and 1-94.
  • Fig. 6 shows the results of comparison of cell potency assay for the compound 1-92 and 1-95.
  • Fig. 7 shows the results of comparison of cell potency assay for the compound 1-66, 1-45 and 1-91.
  • Fig. 8 shows the results of comparison of cell potency assay for the compound 1-47, 1-42 and 1-60.
  • Amino refers to the -NH 2 radical.
  • Carboxy or “carboxyl” refers to the -C0 2 H radical.
  • Niro refers to the -N0 2 radical.
  • Alkyl refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain radical consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms, which is saturated or unsaturated (i.e., contains one or more double and/or triple bonds), having from one to twelve carbon atoms (Ci-Ci 2 alkyl), preferably one to eight carbon atoms (Ci-C 8 alkyl) or one to six carbon atoms (Ci-C 6 alkyl), and which is attached to the rest of the molecule by a single bond, e.g., methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, 1 -methyl ethyl (z ' so-propyl), n-butyl, n-pentyl, 1,1-dimethylethyl (t-butyl), 3-methylhexyl, 2-methylhexyl, ethenyl, prop-l-enyl, but-l-enyl, pent-l-enyl, penta-l,
  • Alkyl includes alkenyls (one or more carbon-carbon double bonds) and alkynyls (one or more carbon-carbon triple bonds). Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkyl group is optionally substituted.
  • Alkylene or “alkylene chain” refers to a straight or branched divalent hydrocarbon chain linking the rest of the molecule to a radical group, consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen, which is saturated or unsaturated (i.e., contains one or more double and/or triple bonds), and having from one to twelve carbon atoms, e.g., methylene, ethylene, propylene, n-butylene, ethenylene, propenylene, n-butenylene, propynylene, n-butynylene, and the like.
  • the alkylene chain is attached to the rest of the molecule through a single or double bond and to the radical group through a single or double bond.
  • the points of attachment of the alkylene chain to the rest of the molecule and to the radical group can be through one carbon or any two carbons within the chain. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkylene chain is optionally substituted.
  • alkenylene is an alkylene, as defined above, which comprises one or more carbon-carbon double bonds. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkenylene is optionally substituted
  • Ra is an alkylene chain as defined above. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkylenecarbonyl is optionally substituted.
  • alkenylenecarbonyl refers to an alkylenecarbonyl, as defined above, which comprises one or more carbon-carbon double bonds. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkenylenecarbonyl is optionally substituted.
  • Alkoxy refers to a radical of the formula -OR a where R a is an alkyl radical as defined above containing one to twelve carbon atoms. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkoxy group is optionally substituted.
  • Alkylamino refers to a radical of the formula -NHR a or -NR a R a where each R a is, independently, an alkyl radical as defined above containing one to twelve carbon atoms. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkylamino group is optionally substituted.
  • aminoalkyl refers to an alkyl group comprising at least one amino substituent.
  • the amino substituent can be on a tertiary, secondary or primary carbon. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an aminoalkyl group is optionally substituted.
  • Alkylaminoalkyl refers to an alkyl group comprising at least one alkylamino substituent.
  • the alkylamino substituent can be on a tertiary, secondary or primary carbon.
  • alkylaminoalkyl group is optionally substituted.
  • an alkoxy group is optionally substituted.
  • Aryl refers to a hydrocarbon ring system radical comprising hydrogen
  • the aryl radical is a monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic or tetracyclic ring system, which may include fused or bridged ring systems.
  • Aryl radicals include, but are not limited to, aryl radicals derived from aceanthrylene, acenaphthylene, acephenanthrylene, anthracene, azulene, benzene, chrysene, fluoranthene, fluorene, as-indacene, s-indacene, indane, indene, naphthalene, phenalene, phenanthrene, pleiadene, pyrene, and triphenylene.
  • the term "aryl” or the prefix "ar-" is meant to include aryl radicals that are optionally substituted.
  • Arylene refers to a divalent aryl group which links the rest of the molecule (e.g., compound of structure I-VI) to a radical group and/or to the rest of the molecule. Unless stated specifically otherwise, an arylene is optionally substituted.
  • Aralkyl refers to a radical of the formula -R b -R c where R b is an alkylene chain as defined above and R c is one or more aryl radicals as defined above, for example, benzyl, diphenylmethyl and the like. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an aralkyl group is optionally substituted.
  • Carboxyalkyl refers to a radical of the formula -R b -R c where R b is an alkylene chain as defined above and R c is a carboxy group as defined above. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, carboxyalkyl group is optionally substituted.
  • Cyanoalkyl refers to a radical of the formula -Rb-R c where Rb is an alkylene chain as defined above and R c is a cyano group as defined above. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, a cyanoalkyl group is optionally substituted.
  • Cycloalkyl or “carbocyclic ring” refers to a stable non-aromatic monocyclic or polycyclic hydrocarbon radical consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms, which may include fused or bridged ring systems, having from three to fifteen carbon atoms, preferably having from three to ten carbon atoms, and which is saturated or unsaturated and attached to the rest of the molecule by a single bond.
  • Monocyclic radicals include, for example, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl.
  • Polycyclic radicals include, for example, adamantyl, norbornyl, decalinyl, 7,7-dimethyl-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl, and the like.
  • cycloalkenyl is a cycloalkyl comprising one or more carbob-carbon double bonds within the ring. Unless otherwise stated specifically in the specification, a cycloalkyl (or cycloalkenyl) group is optionally substituted.
  • bicycloalkyl refers to a structure consisting of two cycloalkyl moieties, unsubstituted or substituted, that have two or more atoms in common. If the cycloalkyl moieties have exactly two atoms in common they are said to be “fused”. Examples include, but are not limited to, bicyclo[3.1.0]hexyl, perhydronaphthyl, and the like. If the cycloalkyl moieties have more than two atoms in common they are said to be "bridged”. Examples include, but are not limited to, bicyclo[3.2.1]heptyl
  • heteroatom or "ring heteroatom” is meant to include oxygen (O), nitrogen (N), sulfur (S), and phosphorus (P).
  • heteroalkyl by itself or in combination with another term, means, unless otherwise stated, a straight or branched chain, or cyclic hydrocarbon radical, or combinations thereof, comprising of at least one carbon atoms and at least one heteroatom selected from the group comprising of O, N, P, Si and S, and wherein the nitrogen, phosphorus, and sulfur atoms may optionally be oxidized and the nitrogen heteroatom may optionally be quaternized.
  • the heteroatom(s) O, N, P and S and Si may be placed at any interior position of the heteroalkyl group or at the position at which alkyl group is attached to the remainder of the molecule.
  • the alkyl portion of the moiety is unsubstituted or substituted.
  • Heteroalkylene refers to an alkylene group comprising at least one heteroatom (e.g., N, O or S).
  • the heteroatom is within the alkylene chain (i.e., the heteroalkylene comprises at least one carbon-heteroatom- carbon bond.
  • the heteroatom is at a terminus of the alkylene and thus serves to join the alkylene to the remainder of the molecule (e.g., M1-H-A-M2, where Ml and M2 are portions of the a molecule, H is a heteroatom and A is an alkylene).
  • a heteroalkylene is optionally substituted.
  • hetero cycloalkyl refers to a bicycloalkyl structure, which is unsubstituted or substituted, in which at least one carbon atom is replaced with a heteroatom independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur.
  • spiroalkyl refers to a structure, which is unsubstituted or substituted, which comprises at least two cycloalkyl units joined at single carbon.
  • the spiroalkyl rings can be 1 -18 carbons.
  • heterospiroalkyl refers to a spiroalkyl structure, which is unsubstituted or substituted, in which at least one carbon atom is replaced with a heteroatom independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur.
  • Cycloalkylalkyl refers to a radical of the formula -R b R d where R b is an alkylene chain as defined above and R d is a cycloalkyl radical as defined above. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, a cycloalkylalkyl group is optionally substituted.
  • fused refers to any ring structure described herein which is fused to an existing ring structure in the compounds of the invention.
  • the fused ring is a heterocyclyl ring or a heteroaryl ring, any carbon atom on the existing ring structure which becomes part of the fused heterocyclyl ring or the fused heteroaryl ring is replaced with a nitrogen atom.
  • Halo or halogen refers to bromo, chloro, fluoro or iodo.
  • Haloalkyl refers to an alkyl radical, as defined above, that is substituted by one or more halo radicals, as defined above, e.g., trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trichloromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 1 ,2-difluoroethyl,
  • Heterocyclyl or “heterocyclic ring” refers to a stable 3- to 18-membered non-aromatic ring radical which consists of two to twelve carbon atoms and from one to six heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur.
  • the heterocyclyl radical is a monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic or tetracyclic ring system, which may include fused or bridged ring systems; and the nitrogen, carbon or sulfur atoms in the heterocyclyl radical is optionally oxidized; the nitrogen atom is optionally quatemized; and the heterocyclyl radical is partially or fully saturated. Examples of such
  • heterocyclyl radicals include, but are not limited to, dioxolanyl, thienyl[l,3]dithianyl, decahydroisoquinolyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, morpholinyl, octahydroindolyl, octahydroisoindolyl, 2-oxopiperazinyl,
  • Heterocycloalkylene refers to a divalent saturated heterocyclyl group which links the rest of the molecule ⁇ e.g., compound of structure I- VI) to a radical group and/or to the rest of the molecule. Unless stated specifically otherwise, a heterocycloalkylene is optionally substituted.
  • Heterocycloalkylenecarbonyl refers to a radical of the
  • R a is a heterocycloalkylene as defined above. Unless stated specifically otherwise, a heterocycloalkylenecarbonyl is optionally substituted.
  • N-heterocyclyl refers to a heterocyclyl radical as defined above containing at least one nitrogen and where the point of attachment of the heterocyclyl radical to the rest of the molecule is through a nitrogen atom in the heterocyclyl radical. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, a N-heterocyclyl group is optionally substituted.
  • Heterocyclylalkyl refers to a radical of the formula -R b R e where R b is an alkylene chain as defined above and Rg is a heterocyclyl radical as defined above, and if the heterocyclyl is a nitrogen-containing heterocyclyl, the heterocyclyl is optionally attached to the alkyl radical at the nitrogen atom. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, a heterocyclylalkyl group is optionally substituted.
  • Heteroaryl refers to a 5- to 14-membered ring system radical comprising hydrogen atoms, one to thirteen carbon atoms, one to six heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and at least one aromatic ring.
  • the heteroaryl radical may be a monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic or tetracyclic ring system, which may include fused or bridged ring systems; and the nitrogen, carbon or sulfur atoms in the heteroaryl radical may be optionally oxidized; the nitrogen atom may be optionally quaternized.
  • Examples include, but are not limited to, azepinyl, acridinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzindolyl, benzodioxolyl, benzofuranyl, benzooxazolyl,
  • benzothiazolyl benzothiadiazolyl, benzo[3 ⁇ 4][l ,4]dioxepinyl, 1 ,4-benzodioxanyl, benzonaphthofuranyl, benzoxazolyl, benzodioxolyl, benzodioxinyl, benzopyranyl, benzopyranonyl, benzofuranyl, benzofuranonyl, benzothienyl (benzothiophenyl), benzotriazolyl, benzo[4,6]imidazo[l ,2-a]pyridinyl, carbazolyl, cinnolinyl,
  • a heteroaryl group is optionally substituted.
  • Heteroarylene refers to a divalent saturated heteroaryl group which links the rest of the molecule (e.g., compound of structure I- VI) to a radical group and/or to the rest of the molecule. Unless stated specifically otherwise, a heteroarylene is optionally substituted.
  • N-heteroaryl refers to a heteroaryl radical as defined above containing at least one nitrogen and where the point of attachment of the heteroaryl radical to the rest of the molecule is through a nitrogen atom in the heteroaryl radical. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an N-heteroaryl group is optionally substituted.
  • Heteroarylalkyl refers to a radical of the formula -R b R f where R b is an alkylene chain as defined above and R f is a heteroaryl radical as defined above. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, a heteroarylalkyl group is optionally substituted.
  • Hydroxylalkyl refers to an alkyl group comprising at least one hydroxyl substituent.
  • the -OH substituent may be on a primary, secondary or tertiary carbon. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, a hydroxylalkyl group is optionally substituted.
  • Thioalkyl refers to a radical of the formula -SR a where R a is an alkyl radical as defined above containing one to twelve carbon atoms. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, a thioalkyl group is optionally substituted.
  • substituted means any of the above groups (e.g.., alkyl, alkylene, alkenylene, alkenylenecarbonyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, thioalkyl, aryl, arylene, aralkyl, carboxyalkyl, cyanoalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heteroalkyl, heteroalkylene, heteroalkylenecarbonyl,
  • heterobicycloalkyl spiroalkyl, heterospiroalkyl, haloalkyl, heterocyclyl,
  • heterocycloalkylene heterocycloalkylenecarbonyl, N-heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylene, heteroarylenecarbonyl, N-heteroaryl, hydroxylalkyl, thioalkyl and/or heteroarylalkyl
  • a non-hydrogen atom such as, but not limited to: a halogen atom such as F, CI, Br, and I; an oxygen atom in groups such as hydroxyl groups, alkoxy groups, and ester groups; a sulfur atom in groups such as thiol groups, thioalkyl groups, sulfone groups, sulfonyl groups, and sulfoxide groups; a nitrogen atom in groups such as amines, amides, alkylamines, dialkylamines, arylamines, alkylarylamines, diarylamines, N-oxides, im
  • “Substituted” also means any of the above groups in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced by a higher-order bond (e.g., a double- or triple-bond) to a heteroatom such as oxygen in oxo, carbonyl, carboxyl, and ester groups; and nitrogen in groups such as imines, oximes, hydrazones, and nitriles.
  • substituted includes any of the above groups in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced
  • R g and R are the same or different and independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, thioalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, haloalkyl, heterocyclyl, N-heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl, N-heteroaryl and/or heteroarylalkyl.
  • Substituted further means any of the above groups in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced by a bond to an amino, cyano, hydroxyl, imino, nitro, oxo, thioxo, halo, alkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, thioalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, haloalkyl, heterocyclyl, N-heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl, N-heteroaryl and/or heteroarylalkyl group.
  • each of the foregoing substituents is optionally substituted with one or more of the above substituents.
  • Electrohile or “electrophilic moiety” is any moiety capable of reacting with a nucleophile (e.g., a moiety having a lone pair of electrons, a negative charge, a partial negative charge and/or an excess of electrons, for example a -SH group).
  • Electrohiles typically are electron poor or comprise atoms which are electron poor.
  • an electrohile contains a positive charge or partial positive charge, has a resonance structure which contains a positive charge or partial positive charge or is a moiety in which derealization or polarization of electrons results in one or more atom which contains a positive charge or partial positive charge.
  • the electrophiles comprise conjugated double bonds, for example an ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated carbonyl or ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated thiocarbonyl compound.
  • an effective amount refers to that amount of a compound described herein that is sufficient to effect the intended application including but not limited to disease treatment, as defined below.
  • the therapeutically effective amount may vary depending upon the intended treatment application (in vivo), or the subject and disease condition being treated, e.g., the weight and age of the subject, the severity of the disease condition, the manner of
  • the term also applies to a dose that will induce a particular response in target cells, e.g. reduction of platelet adhesion and/or cell migration.
  • the specific dose will vary depending on the particular compounds chosen, the dosing regimen to be followed, whether it is administered in combination with other compounds, timing of
  • treatment refers to an approach for obtaining beneficial or desired results with respect to a disease, disorder or medical condition including but not limited to a therapeutic benefit and/or a prophylactic benefit.
  • therapeutic benefit is meant eradication or amelioration of the underlying disorder being treated.
  • a therapeutic benefit is achieved with the eradication or amelioration of one or more of the physiological symptoms associated with the underlying disorder such that an improvement is observed in the subject,
  • compositions are administered to a subject at risk of developing a particular disease, or to a subject reporting one or more of the physiological symptoms of a disease, even though a diagnosis of this disease may not have been made.
  • a prophylactic effect includes delaying or eliminating the appearance of a disease or condition, delaying or eliminating the onset of symptoms of a disease or condition, slowing, halting, or reversing the progression of a disease or condition, or any combination thereof.
  • co-administration encompass administration of two or more agents to an animal, including humans, so that both agents and/or their metabolites are present in the subject at the same time.
  • Co -administration includes simultaneous administration in separate compositions, administration at different times in separate compositions, or administration in a composition in which both agents are present.
  • “Pharmaceutically acceptable salt” includes both acid and base addition salts.
  • “Pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt” refers to those salts which retain the biological effectiveness and properties of the free bases, which are not biologically or otherwise undesirable, and which are formed with inorganic acids such as, but are not limited to, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid and the like, and organic acids such as, but not limited to, acetic acid, 2,2-dichloroacetic acid, adipic acid, alginic acid, ascorbic acid, aspartic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, benzoic acid, 4-acetamidobenzoic acid, camphoric acid, camphor- 10-sulfonic acid, capric acid, caproic acid, caprylic acid, carbonic acid, cinnamic acid, citric acid, cyclamic acid, dodecylsulfuric acid, ethane- 1, 2 -disulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, 2-hydroxyethanesul
  • “Pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salt” refers to those salts which retain the biological effectiveness and properties of the free acids, which are not biologically or otherwise undesirable. These salts are prepared from addition of an inorganic base or an organic base to the free acid. Salts derived from inorganic bases include, but are not limited to, the sodium, potassium, lithium, ammonium, calcium, magnesium, iron, zinc, copper, manganese, aluminum salts and the like. Preferred inorganic salts are the ammonium, sodium, potassium, calcium, and magnesium salts.
  • Salts derived from organic bases include, but are not limited to, salts of primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, substituted amines including naturally occurring substituted amines, cyclic amines and basic ion exchange resins, such as ammonia, isopropylamine, trimethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, tripropylamine, diethanolamine, ethanolamine, deanol, 2-dimethylaminoethanol,
  • 2-diethylaminoethanol dicyclohexylamine, lysine, arginine, histidine, caffeine, procaine, hydrabamine, choline, betaine, benethamine, benzathine, ethylenediamine, glucosamine, methylglucamine, theobromine, triethanolamine, tromethamine, purines, piperazine, piperidine, N-ethylpiperidine, polyamine resins and the like.
  • Particularly preferred organic bases are isopropylamine, diethylamine, ethanolamine,
  • antagonists are used interchangeably, and they refer to a compound having the ability to inhibit a biological function of a target protein, whether by inhibiting the activity or expression of the protein, such as K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C. Accordingly, the terms “antagonist” and “inhibitors” are defined in the context of the biological role of the target protein. While preferred antagonists herein specifically interact with (e.g. bind to) the target, compounds that inhibit a biological activity of the target protein by interacting with other members of the signal transduction pathway of which the target protein is a member are also specifically included within this definition. A preferred biological activity inhibited by an antagonist is associated with the development, growth, or spread of a tumor.
  • agonist refers to a compound having the ability to initiate or enhance a biological function of a target protein, whether by inhibiting the activity or expression of the target protein. Accordingly, the term
  • agonist is defined in the context of the biological role of the target polypeptide.
  • While preferred agonists herein specifically interact with (e.g. bind to) the target, compounds that initiate or enhance a biological activity of the target polypeptide by interacting with other members of the signal transduction pathway of which the target polypeptide is a member are also specifically included within this definition.
  • agent refers to a biological, pharmaceutical, or chemical compound or other moiety.
  • Non-limiting examples include a simple or complex organic or inorganic molecule, a peptide, a protein, an oligonucleotide, an antibody, an antibody derivative, antibody fragment, a vitamin derivative, a carbohydrate, a toxin, or a chemotherapeutic compound.
  • Various compounds can be synthesized, for example, small molecules and oligomers (e.g., oligopeptides and oligonucleotides), and synthetic organic compounds based on various core structures.
  • various natural sources can provide compounds for screening, such as plant or animal extracts, and the like.
  • Signal transduction is a process during which stimulatory or inhibitory signals are transmitted into and within a cell to elicit an intracellular response.
  • a modulator of a signal transduction pathway refers to a compound which modulates the activity of one or more cellular proteins mapped to the same specific signal transduction pathway.
  • a modulator may augment (agonist) or suppress (antagonist) the activity of a signaling molecule.
  • an “anti-cancer agent”, “anti-tumor agent” or “chemotherapeutic agent” refers to any agent useful in the treatment of a neoplastic condition.
  • One class of anticancer agents comprises chemotherapeutic agents.
  • “Chemotherapy” means the administration of one or more chemotherapeutic drugs and/or other agents to a cancer patient by various methods, including intravenous, oral, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravesical, subcutaneous, transdermal, buccal, or inhalation or in the form of a suppository.
  • cell proliferation refers to a phenomenon by which the cell number has changed as a result of division. This term also encompasses cell growth by which the cell morphology has changed (e.g., increased in size) consistent with a proliferative signal.
  • selective inhibition refers to a biologically active agent refers to the agent's ability to preferentially reduce the target signaling activity as compared to off-target signaling activity, via direct or indirect interaction with the target.
  • Subject refers to an animal, such as a mammal, for example a human.
  • the methods described herein can be useful in both human therapeutics and veterinary applications.
  • the subject is a mammal, and in some
  • the subject is human.
  • “Mammal” includes humans and both domestic animals such as laboratory animals and household pets (e.g., cats, dogs, swine, cattle, sheep, goats, horses, rabbits), and non-domestic animals such as wildlife and the like.
  • Radionuclides e.g., actinium and thorium radionuclides
  • LET low linear energy transfer
  • beta emitters conversion electron emitters
  • high-energy radiation including without limitation x-rays, gamma rays, and neutrons.
  • an “anti-cancer agent”, “anti-tumor agent” or “chemotherapeutic agent” refers to any agent useful in the treatment of a neoplastic condition.
  • One class of anti- cancer agents comprises chemotherapeutic agents.
  • “Chemotherapy” means the administration of one or more chemotherapeutic drugs and/or other agents to a cancer patient by various methods, including intravenous, oral, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravesical, subcutaneous, transdermal, buccal, or inhalation or in the form of a suppository.
  • Prodrug is meant to indicate a compound that may be converted under physiological conditions or by solvolysis to a biologically active compound described herein (e.g., compound of structure (I)).
  • prodrug refers to a precursor of a biologically active compound that is pharmaceutically acceptable.
  • a prodrug is inactive when administered to a subject, but is converted in vivo to an active compound, for example, by hydrolysis.
  • the prodrug compound often offers advantages of solubility, tissue compatibility or delayed release in a mammalian organism (see, e.g., Bundgard, H., Design of Prodrugs (1985), pp. 7-9, 21-24 (Elsevier, Amsterdam).
  • prodrugs are also meant to include any covalently bonded carriers, which release the active compound in vivo when such prodrug is administered to a
  • Prodrugs of an active compound are typically prepared by modifying functional groups present in the active compound in such a way that the modifications are cleaved, either in routine manipulation or in vivo, to the parent active compound.
  • Prodrugs include compounds wherein a hydroxy, amino or mercapto group is bonded to any group that, when the prodrug of the active compound is administered to a mammalian subject, cleaves to form a free hydroxy, free amino or free mercapto group, respectively.
  • Examples of prodrugs include, but are not limited to, acetate, formate and benzoate derivatives of a hydroxy functional group, or acetamide, formamide and benzamide derivatives of an amine functional group in the active compound and the like.
  • in vivo refers to an event that takes place in a subject's body.
  • the invention disclosed herein is also meant to encompass all pharmaceutically acceptable compounds of structure (I) being isotopically-labeled by having one or more atoms replaced by an atom having a different atomic mass or mass number.
  • isotopes that can be incorporated into the disclosed compounds include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, fluorine, chlorine, and iodine, such as 2 H, 3 H, U C, 13 C, 14 C, 13 N, 15 N, 15 0, 17 0, 18 0, 31 P, 32 P, 35 S,
  • radiolabeled compounds could be useful to help determine or measure the effectiveness of the compounds, by characterizing, for example, the site or mode of action, or binding affinity to pharmacologically important site of action.
  • Certain isotopically-labeled compounds of structure (I) for example, those incorporating a radioactive isotope, are useful in drug and/or substrate tissue distribution studies.
  • the radioactive isotopes tritium, i.e. 3 H, and carbon-14, i.e. 14 C, are particularly useful for this purpose in view of their ease of incorporation and ready means of detection.
  • substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium, i.e. H may afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, for example, increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements, and hence are preferred in some circumstances.
  • Isotopically-labeled compounds of structure (I) can generally be prepared by conventional techniques known to those skilled in the art or by processes analogous to those described in the Preparations and Examples as set out below using an appropriate isotopically-labeled reagent in place of the non-labeled reagent previously employed.
  • the invention disclosed herein is also meant to encompass the in vivo metabolic products of the disclosed compounds. Such products may result from, for example, the oxidation, reduction, hydrolysis, amidation, esterification, and the like of the administered compound, primarily due to enzymatic processes.
  • the invention includes compounds produced by a process comprising administering a compound of this invention to a mammal for a period of time sufficient to yield a metabolic product thereof.
  • Such products are typically identified by administering a radiolabeled compound of the invention in a detectable dose to an animal, such as rat, mouse, guinea pig, monkey, or to human, allowing sufficient time for metabolism to occur, and isolating its conversion products from the urine, blood or other biological samples.
  • Solid compound and “stable structure” are meant to indicate a compound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a useful degree of purity from a reaction mixture, and formulation into an efficacious therapeutic agent.
  • solvate refers to an aggregate that comprises one or more molecules of a compound of the invention with one or more molecules of solvent.
  • the solvent wise water in which case the solvate is a hydrate.
  • the solvent is an organic solvent.
  • the compounds of the present invention may exist as a hydrate, including a
  • the compound of the invention is a true solvate, while in other cases, the compound of the invention merely retains adventitious water or is a mixture of water plus some adventitious solvent.
  • Optional or “optionally” means that the subsequently described event of circumstances may or may not occur, and that the description includes instances where said event or circumstance occurs and instances in which it does not.
  • optionally substituted aryl means that the aryl radical may or may not be substituted and that the description includes both substituted aryl radicals and aryl radicals having no substitution.
  • a “pharmaceutical composition” refers to a formulation of a compound of the invention and a medium generally accepted in the art for the delivery of the biologically active compound to mammals, e.g. , humans. Such a medium includes all pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, diluents or excipients therefor.
  • “Pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient” includes without limitation any adjuvant, carrier, excipient, glidant, sweetening agent, diluent, preservative, dye/colorant, flavor enhancer, surfactant, wetting agent, dispersing agent, suspending agent, stabilizer, isotonic agent, solvent, or emulsifier which has been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration as being acceptable for use in humans or domestic animals.
  • the compounds of the invention, or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts may contain one or more asymmetric centers and may thus give rise to
  • (L)- isomers may be prepared using chiral synthons or chiral reagents, or resolved using conventional techniques, for example, chromatography and fractional crystallization.
  • Conventional techniques for the preparation/isolation of individual enantiomers include chiral synthesis from a suitable optically pure precursor or resolution of the racemate (or the racemate of a salt or derivative) using, for example, chiral high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC).
  • HPLC high pressure liquid chromatography
  • the present invention includes all manner of rotamers and conformationally restricted states of a compound of the invention.
  • stereoisomer refers to a compound made up of the same atoms bonded by the same bonds but having different three-dimensional structures, which are not interchangeable.
  • the present invention contemplates various stereoisomers and mixtures thereof and includes “enantiomers”, which refers to two stereoisomers whose molecules are nonsuperimposeable mirror images of one another.
  • a “tautomer” refers to a proton shift from one atom of a molecule to another atom of the same molecule.
  • the present invention includes tautomers of any said compounds.
  • the invention provides compounds which are capable of selectively binding to and/or modulating a G12C mutant K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras protein.
  • the compounds modulate the G12C mutant K-Ras, H- Ras or N-Ras protein by reaction with an amino acid.
  • the compounds of the invention selectively react with the G12C mutant K-Ras, H-Ras or N- Ras proteins by forming an irreversible covalent bond with the cysteine at the 12 position. By binding to the Cystine 12 the compounds of the invention may lock the switch II of the G12C mutant K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras into an inactive stage.
  • This inactive stage may be distinct from those observed for GTP and GDP bound K-Ras, H- Ras or N-Ras.
  • Some compounds of the invention are also able to perturb the switch I conformation. Because effector binding to K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras is highly sensitive to the conformation of switch I and II, the irreversible binding of these compounds may disrupt K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras downstream signaling.
  • the invention provides a compound of Formula I
  • Y is -CH 2 -, -CHR 22 -, CO, SO or S0 2 .
  • Y is -CH 2 -.
  • Y is -CHR 22 -.
  • Y is CO.
  • Y is SO.
  • Y is S0 2 .
  • n is an integer with value 1-6. In some cases n is 1. In some cases n is 2. In some cases n is 3. In some cases n is 4. In some cases n is 5. In some cases n is 6.
  • Ri is aryl or heteroaryl each of which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more independent R 2 substituents. In some embodiments Ri is substituted aryl. In some cases Ri is unsubstituted aryl. In some cases Ri is substituted heteroaryl. In some cases Ri is unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments Ri an aryl group substituted with one or more R 3 groups. In some embodiments Ri a heteroaryl group substituted with one or more R 3 groups. In some embodiments Ri is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group. In some embodiments Ri is an unsubstituted benzyl group.
  • Ri is a phenyl group substituted with one or more independent R 2 substituents. In some embodiments Ri is an unsubstituted benzothiadiazolyl group. In some embodiments Ri is a benzothiadiazolyl group substituted with one or more independent R 2 substituents. In some embodiments Ri is an unsubstituted
  • Ri is a benzothiadiazolyl group substituted with one or more independent R 2 substituents. In some embodiments Ri is an unsubstituted naphthalenyl group. In some embodiments Ri is a naphthalenyl group substituted with one or more independent R 2 substituents. In some embodiments Ri is an imidazopyridinyl naphthalenyl group. In some embodiments Ri is an
  • Ri is an unsubstituted phenyl group. In some embodiments, Ri is a substituted phenyl group (Formula la). In some embodiments Ri is a phenyl group with a halogen substituent at the 4-position of the phenyl ring. In some embodiments, Ri is a phenyl substituted with a substituted or unsubstituted aryl at the 5-position. In some embodiments, Ri is a phenyl substituted with a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl at the 5 -position. In some embodiments, Ri is a phenyl substituted with a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl at the 5 -position. In some embodiments, Ri is a phenyl substituted with a substituted or unsubstituted
  • Ri is a phenyl with an alkoxy substituent at the 2 position of the phenyl ring. In some embodiments Ri is a phenyl with methoxy substituent at the 2 position of the phenyl ring. In some embodiments Ri is a phenyl group with a methoxy substituent at the 2 position, a halogen substituent at the 4 position and an aryl or heteroaryl substituent (both of which are substituted or unsubstituted) at the 5 position of the phenyl ring.
  • Ri is capable of reversible interaction with K- Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C mutant protein.
  • Ri has high affinity towards K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras and is highly specific towards G12C K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras.
  • Ri is capable of hydrophobic interaction with K-Ras, H- Ras or N-Ras G12C.
  • Ri is able to form hydrogen bonds with various residues of G12C K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras protein.
  • Ri interacts with one or more of G10, R68, Y71, Y96 or Q99 residues in K-Ras G12C ( Figure 1). In some embodiments Ri interacts with the G10 residue of K-Ras G12C. In some embodiments Ri interacts with the R68 residue of K-Ras G12C. In some embodiments Ri interacts with the Y71 residue of K-Ras G12C. In some embodiments Ri interacts with the Y96 residue of K-Ras G12C. In some embodiments Ri interacts with the Q99 residue of K-Ras G12C.
  • R 2 is, at each occurrence, independently halogen, oxo, hydroxy, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted arylene, or substituted or unsubstituted arylene heteroarylene, each of which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more independent R 3 substituents.
  • R 2 is halogen.
  • R 2 is hydroxy.
  • R 2 is an alkoxy group substituted with one or more R 3 substituents. In some embodiments R 2 is an unsubstituted alkoxy group. In some embodiments R 3 is an alkyl group substituted with one or more R 3 groups. In some embodiments R 2 is an unsubstituted alkyl group. In some embodiments R 2 is a heteroalkyl group substituted with one or more R 3 groups. In some embodiments R 2 is an unsubstituted heteroalkyl group. In some embodiments R 2 a cycloalkyl group substituted with one or more R 3 groups. In some embodiments R 2 is an unsubstituted cycloalkyl group.
  • R 2 is a heterocycloalkyl substituted with one or more R 3 groups. In some embodiments R 2 is an unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl group. In some embodiments R 2 is an aryl substituted with one or more R 3 groups. In some embodiments R 2 is an unsubstituted aryl group. In some embodiments R 2 is a heteroaryl group substituted with one or more R 3 groups. In some embodiments R 2 unsubstituted a heteroaryl group. In some embodiments R 2 is an arylene substituted with one or more R 3 groups. In some embodiments R 2 is an unsubstituted arylene group. In some embodiments R 2 is a heteroarylene group substituted with one or more R 3 groups.
  • R 2 unsubstituted a heteroarylene group.
  • R 2 is halogen.
  • R 2 is hydroxy.
  • R 2 is alkoxy.
  • R 2 is methoxy.
  • R2 is oxo.
  • R 3 is halogen, OH, cyano, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloheteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted arylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene.
  • R 3 is halogen.
  • R 3 is hydroxy.
  • R 3 is cyano.
  • R 3 is unsubstituted alkyl.
  • R 3 is an alkyl substituted with one or more R4 groups. In some embodiments R 3 is unsubstituted alkoxy. In some embodiments R 3 is an alkoxy substituted with one or more R 4 groups. In some embodiments R 3 is unsubstituted cycloalkyl. In some embodiments R 3 is a cycloalkyl substituted with one or more R 4 groups. In some embodiments R 3 is unsubstituted hetero alkyl. In some embodiments R 3 is a hetero alkyl substituted with one or more R 4 groups. In some embodiments R 3 is unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl. In some
  • R 3 is a heterocycloalkyl substituted with one or more R 4 groups. In some embodiments R 3 is unsubstituted aryl. In some embodiments R 3 is an aryl substituted with one or more R 4 groups. In some embodiments R 3 is unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments R 3 is a heteroaryl substituted with one or more R 4 groups. In some embodiments R 3 is unsubstituted arylene. In some embodiments R 3 is an arylene substituted with one or more R 4 groups. In some embodiments R 3 is unsubstituted heteroarylene. In some embodiments R 3 is a heteroarylene substituted with one or more R4 groups. In some embodiments R 3 is halogen. In some embodiments R 3 is hydroxyl. In some embodiments R 3 is cyano.
  • R 4 is halogen, OH, cyano, alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylene, or heteroarylene moiety.
  • R4 is halogen.
  • R 4 is hydroxyl.
  • R4 is cyano.
  • R4 is an alkyl.
  • R4 is an alkoxy.
  • R 4 is a cycloalkyl.
  • R4 is heteroalkyl.
  • R 4 is heterocycloalkyl.
  • R4 is aryl.
  • R4 is heteroaryl.
  • R4 is arylene, in some embodiments R 4 is heteroarylene.
  • Ci is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene, substituted or unsubstituted
  • Ci is a cycloalkylene substituted with one or more R 5 groups. In some embodiments Ci is an unsubstituted cycloalkylene. In some embodiments Ci is a heterocycloalkylene substituted with one or more R 5 groups. In some embodiments Ci is an unsubstituted heterocycloalkylene. In some embodiments Ci is an arylene substituted with one or more R 5 groups. In some embodiments Ci is an unsubstituted arylene. In some embodiments Ci is a heteroarylene substituted with one or more R 5 groups. In some embodiments Ci is an unsubstituted heteroarylene. In some embodiments Ci is selected from:
  • Ci is , or
  • R 5 is -OH. In some embodiments R 5 is -CH 2 OH.
  • R5 is alkyl. In some embodiments R 5 is methyl.
  • C 2 is a bond, a cycloalkylene
  • C 2 is a bond. In some embodiments C 2 is an unsubstituted cycloalkylene. In some embodiments C 2 is an unsubstituted heterocycloalkylene. In some embodiments C 2 is an unsubstituted arylene. In some embodiments C 2 is an unsubstituted heteroarylene. In some embodiments C 2 is selected from:
  • CI and C2 form a fused or spiro bicyclic ring.
  • -C1-C2- form a fused bicylic ring.
  • -C1-C2- form a spiro bicyclic ring.
  • -C1-C2- is embodiments -C1-C2-
  • -C1-C2- is In various embodiments X is O, NH, S or CR23R24.
  • X is O. In some embodiments X is NH. In various embodiments X is S. In various embodiments X is CR23R24.
  • D is a bond, -NH-CH 2 -, -NH-, or -CH 2 -. In various embodiments D is a bond. In various embodiments D is -NH-CH 2 . In various embodiments D is -NH-. In various embodiments D is -CH 2 -.
  • R22, R23 and R24 are each independently hydrogen, halogen, -OH, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroalkyl, or heterocycloalkyl.
  • E is an electrophile capable of bonding with a K- Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras protein comprising G12C mutation.
  • the electrophile E is capable of forming an irreversible covalent bond with a G12C mutant K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras protein.
  • the electrophile E binds with the cysteine residue at the position 12 of a G12C mutant K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras protein.
  • E is selected from:
  • the invention provides compounds of Formula I as shown in Table 1.
  • the invention provides compounds of Formula II
  • A is CH 2 , O- or NH. In some embodiments A is CH 2 . In some embodiments A is O. In some embodiments A is NH.
  • Re is aryl or heteroaryl moiety, each of which is either unsubstituted or substituted with one or more R 7 groups.
  • Re is an unsubstituted aryl.
  • Re is an aryl substituted with one or more R 7 groups.
  • R 6 is an unsubstituted heteroaryl.
  • Re is a heteroaryl substituted with one or more R 7 groups.
  • 3 ⁇ 4 is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl moiety.
  • Re is an unsubstituted phenyl moiety.
  • R 6 is a phenyl moiety substituted with one or more R 7 substituents.
  • R 6 is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridinyl moiety. In some embodiments R 6 is an unsubstituted pyridinyl moiety. In some embodiments R 6 is a pyridinyl moiety substituted with one or more R 7 substituents.
  • R 7 is halogen, -OH, ORio, NRnR 12 , oxo, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or substituted arylene, or unsubstituted or substituted hetero arylene.
  • R 7 is a halogen.
  • R 7 is OH.
  • R 7 is OR10.
  • R 7 is NRnRi 2 .
  • R 7 is unsubstituted alkyl. In some embodiments R 7 is a alkyl substituted with one or more Rg substituents. In some embodiments R 7 is unsubstituted cycloalkyl. In some embodiments R 7 is a cycloalkyl substituted with one or more Rg substituents. In some embodiments R 7 is unsubstituted heteroalkyl. In some embodiments R 7 is a heteroalkyl substituted with one or more Rg substituents. In some embodiments R 7 is unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments R 7 is a heterocycloalkyl substituted with one or more R 8 substituents. In some embodiments R 7 is unsubstituted aryl. In some embodiments R 7 is a aryl substituted with one or more R 8 substituents. In some embodiments R 7 is unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments R 7 is a aryl substituted with one or more R 8 substituent
  • R 7 is a heteroaryl substituted with one or more R 8 substituents. In some embodiments R 7 is unsubstituted arylene. In some embodiments R 7 is a arylene substituted with one or more R 8 substituents. In some embodiments R 7 is unsubstituted heteroarylene. In some embodiments R 7 is a heteroarylene substituted with one or more R 8 substituents.
  • R 8 is halogen, OH, cyano, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkoxy, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or substituted arylene, or unsubstituted or substituted heteroarylene.
  • R 8 is halogen.
  • R 8 is OH.
  • R 8 is cyano.
  • R 8 is unsubstituted alkyl.
  • R 8 is a alkyl substituted with one or more R groups. In some embodiments R 8 is unsubstituted alkoxy. In some embodiments R 8 is a alkoxy substituted with one or more R 9 groups. In some embodiments R 8 is unsubstituted cycloalkyl. In some embodiments R 8 is a cycloalkyl substituted with one or more R groups. In some embodiments R 8 is unsubstituted heteroalkyl. In some embodiments R 8 is a heteroalkyl substituted with one or more R groups. In some embodiments R 8 is unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments R 8 is a heterocycloalkyl substituted with one or more R 9 groups.
  • R 8 is unsubstituted aryl. In some embodiments R 8 is a aryl substituted with one or more R 9 groups. In some embodiments R 8 is unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments R 8 is a heteroaryl substituted with one or more R 9 groups. In some embodiments R 8 is unsubstituted arylene. In some embodiments R 8 is a arylene substituted with one or more R 9 groups. In some embodiments R 8 is unsubstituted heteroarylene. In some embodiments R 8 is a heteroarylene substituted with one or more R 9 groups.
  • Rio is hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl.
  • Rio is hydrogen.
  • Rio is unsubstituted alkyl.
  • Rio is alkyl substituted with one or more R13 groups.
  • Rio is unsubstituted cycloalkyl.
  • Rio is cycloalkyl substituted with one or more R13 groups.
  • Rio is unsubstituted heteroalkyl. In some embodiments Rio is heteroalkyl substituted with one or more R13 groups. In some embodiments Rio is unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments Rio is heterocycloalkyl substituted with one or more R13 groups. In some embodiments Rio is unsubstituted aryl. In some embodiments Rio is aryl substituted with one or more R13 groups. In some embodiments Rio is unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments Rio is heteroaryl substituted with one or more R13 groups.
  • Rn is hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl.
  • Rn is hydrogen.
  • Rn is unsubstituted alkyl.
  • Rn is alkyl substituted with one or more R13 groups.
  • Rn is unsubstituted cycloalkyl.
  • Rn is cycloalkyl substituted with one or more R13 groups.
  • Rn is unsubstituted heteroalkyl. In some embodiments Rn is heteroalkyl substituted with one or more R13 groups. In some embodiments Rn is unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments Rn is heterocycloalkyl substituted with one or more R13 groups. In some embodiments Rn is unsubstituted aryl. In some embodiments Rn is aryl substituted with one or more R13 groups. In some embodiments Rn is unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments Rn is heteroaryl substituted with one or more R13 groups.
  • R12 is hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl.
  • R12 is hydrogen.
  • R12 is unsubstituted alkyl.
  • R12 is alkyl substituted with one or more R13 groups.
  • R12 is unsubstituted cycloalkyl.
  • R12 is cycloalkyl substituted with one or more R13 groups.
  • R12 is unsubstituted heteroalkyl. In some embodiments R12 is heteroalkyl substituted with one or more R13 groups. In some embodiments R12 is unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments R12 is heterocycloalkyl substituted with one or more R13 groups. In some embodiments R12 is unsubstituted aryl. In some embodiments R12 is aryl substituted with one or more R13 groups. In some embodiments R12 is unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments R12 is heteroaryl substituted with one or more R13 groups.
  • R 9 is halogen, OH, cyano, alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylene, or heteroarylene. In various embodiments R 9 is halogen. In various embodiments R 9 is OH. In various embodiments R 9 is cyano. In various embodiments R 9 is alkyl. In various embodiments R 9 is cycloalkyl. In various embodiments R 9 is heteroalkyl. In various embodiments R 9 is heterocycloalkyl. In various embodiments R 9 is aryl. In various embodiments R 9 is heteroaryl. In various embodiments R 9 is arylene. In various embodiments R 9 is heteroarylene.
  • R13 is halogen, OH, cyano, alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylene, or heteroarylene. In various embodiments R13 is halogen. In various embodiments R13 is OH. In various embodiments R13 is cyano. In various embodiments R13 is alkyl. In various embodiments
  • R13 is cycloalkyl. In various embodiments R13 is heteroalkyl. In various embodiments R13 is heterocycloalkyl. In various embodiments R13 is aryl. In various embodiments R13 is heteroaryl. In various embodiments R13 is arylene. In various embodiments R13 is heteroarylene.
  • E is an electrophile capable of bonding with a K- Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras protein comprising G12C mutation.
  • the electrophile E is capable of forming an irreversible covalent bond with a G12C mutant K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras protein.
  • the electrophile E binds with the cysteine residue at the position 12 of a G12C mutant K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras protein.
  • R25 is alkyl
  • R 2 6 is cyano or alkyl or R 26 joins with R 27 to form a cycloalkene
  • R 27 is alkyl or R 27 joins with R 26 to form a cycloalkene.
  • E is selected from:
  • E is H . In some embodiments E is In some embodiments E is
  • R 6 is capable of reversible interaction with K-
  • R 6 moiety has high affinity towards K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras and is highly specific towards G12C K-Ras, H- Ras or N-Ras.
  • Re is capable of hydrophobic interaction with K- Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C.
  • R 6 is able to form hydrogen bonds with various residues of G12C K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras protein.
  • Re interacts with one or more of G10, R68, Y71, Y96 or Q99 residues in K-Ras G12C ( Figure 1).
  • R 6 moiety interacts with the G10 residue of K-Ras G12C. In some embodiments R 6 interacts with the R68 residue of K-Ras G12C. In some embodiments R6 interacts with the Y71 residue of K-Ras G12C. In some embodiments Re interacts with the Y96 residue of K-Ras G12C. In some embodiments 5 interacts with the Q99 residue of K-Ras G12C.
  • the ⁇ fi ⁇ unit in Formula II provides proper length and geometry to the compound such that the electrophile E interacts with the cysteine residue at the 12 position in G12C K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras protein. In some embodiments the ⁇ ⁇ also interacts with other protein backbone residues.
  • the invention provides compounds of Formula II as shown in Table 2.
  • the invention provides compounds of Formula III
  • A is a bond, O, NH or -(CO)-. In some embodiments A is a bond. In some embodiments A is O. In some embodiments A is NH. In some embodiments A is -C(O)-.
  • n is 0 or 1. In some cases n is 0. In some cases n is 1.
  • R14 is cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl moiety. In some embodiments R14 is an unsubstituted cycloalkyl. In some embodiments Ri 4 is cycloalkyl substituted with one or more R15 groups. In some embodiments R14 is an unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments R14 is hetero cycloalkyl substituted with one or more R15 groups. In some embodiments R14 is an unsubstituted aryl. In some embodiments R14 is aryl substituted with one or more R15 groups. In some embodiments R14 is an unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments R14 IS heteroaryl substituted with one or more R15 groups. In some embodiments R14 is an unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments R14 is phenyl substituted with one or more R15 groups.
  • R15 is halogen, ORi 8 , NR19R20, oxo, alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylene, or heteroarylene, each of which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more independent R 3 substituents.
  • R15 is halogen.
  • R15 is cyano.
  • R15 is NR1 R20.
  • R15 is oxo.
  • R15 is ORi 8 .
  • R15 is unsubstituted alkyl.
  • R15 is a alkyl substituted with one or more Ri 6 groups. In some embodiments R15 is unsubstituted alkoxy. In some embodiments R 1 ⁇ 2 is a alkoxy substituted with one or more Ri 6 groups. In some embodiments R15 is unsubstituted cycloalkyl. In some embodiments R15 is a cycloalkyl substituted with one or more Ri 6 groups. In some embodiments R15 is unsubstituted heteroalkyl. In some embodiments Ri 5 is a heteroalkyl substituted with one or more Ri 6 groups. In some embodiments R15 is unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl.
  • R15 is a heterocycloalkyl substituted with one or more Ri 6 groups. In some embodiments R15 is unsubstituted aryl. In some embodiments R15 is a aryl substituted with one or more Ri 6 groups. In some embodiments R15 is unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments R15 is a heteroaryl substituted with one or more Ri 6 groups. In some embodiments R15 is unsubstituted arylene. In some embodiments R15 is a arylene substituted with one or more Ri 6 groups. In some embodiments R15 is unsubstituted heteroarylene. In some embodiments R15 is a heteroarylene substituted with one or more Ri 6 groups. In some embodiments R15 is a heteroarylene substituted with one or more Ri 6 groups. In some embodiments R15 is a heteroarylene substituted with one or more Ri 6 groups.
  • Ri 6 is halogen, OH, oxo, cyano alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylene, or heteroarylene, each of which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more independent Rn substituents.
  • R 1 ⁇ 2 is halogen.
  • Ri 6 is OH.
  • Ri 6 is cyano.
  • Ri 6 is unsubstituted alkyl.
  • Ri 6 is a alkyl substituted with one or more Rn groups.
  • Ri 6 is unsubstituted alkoxy.
  • R 1 ⁇ 2 is a alkoxy substituted with one or more Rn groups. In some embodiments R1 ⁇ 2 is unsubstituted cycloalkyl. In some embodiments R 1 ⁇ 2 is a cycloalkyl substituted with one or more Rn groups. In some embodiments R1 ⁇ 2 is unsubstituted heteroalkyl. In some embodiments Ri 6 is a heteroalkyl substituted with one or more Rn groups. In some embodiments R1 ⁇ 2 is unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments R 1 ⁇ 2 is a heterocycloalkyl substituted with one or more Rn groups. In some embodiments R1 ⁇ 2 is unsubstituted aryl.
  • Ri 6 is a aryl substituted with one or more Rn groups. In some embodiments Ri 6 is unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments Ri 6 is a heteroaryl substituted with one or more Rn groups. In some embodiments R1 ⁇ 2 is unsubstituted arylene. In some embodiments R1 ⁇ 2 is a arylene substituted with one or more Rn groups. In some embodiments Ri 6 is unsubstituted heteroarylene. In some embodiments Ri 6 is a heteroarylene substituted with one or more Rn groups.
  • Rig is hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl.
  • Rig is hydrogen.
  • Rig is unsubstituted alkyl.
  • Rig is alkyl substituted with one or more R 2 i groups.
  • Rig is unsubstituted cycloalkyl.
  • Rig is cycloalkyl substituted with one or more R 2 i groups.
  • Rig is unsubstituted heteroalkyl. In one embodiments Rig is heteroalkyl substituted with one or more R 2 i groups. In some embodiments Rig is unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments Rig is heterocycloalkyl substituted with one or more R 2 i groups. In some embodiments Rig is unsubstituted aryl. In some embodiments Rig is aryl substituted with one or more R 2 i groups. In some embodiments Rig is unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments Rig is heteroaryl substituted with one or more R 2 i groups.
  • R1 is hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl.
  • R1 is hydrogen.
  • R1 is unsubstituted alkyl.
  • R19 is alkyl substituted with one or more R 2 i groups.
  • R19 is unsubstituted cycloalkyl.
  • R19 is cycloalkyl substituted with one or more R 2 i groups.
  • R19 is unsubstituted heteroalkyl. In some embodiments R19 is heteroalkyl substituted with one or more R 2 i groups. In some embodiments R19 is unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments R19 is heterocycloalkyl substituted with one or more R21 groups. In some embodiments R1 is unsubstituted aryl. In some embodiments Ri is aryl substituted with one or more R 2 i groups. In some embodiments R1 is unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments R19 is heteroaryl substituted with one or more R 2 i groups.
  • R 2 o is hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl.
  • R 2 o is hydrogen.
  • R 2 o is unsubstituted alkyl.
  • R 2 o is alkyl substituted with one or more R 2 i groups.
  • R 2 o is unsubstituted cycloalkyl.
  • R 2 o is cycloalkyl substituted with one or more R13 groups. In some embodiments R 2 o is unsubstituted heteroalkyl. In some embodiments R 2 o is heteroalkyl substituted with one or more R 2 i groups. In some embodiments R 2 o is unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments R 2 o is heterocycloalkyl substituted with one or more R 2 i groups. In some embodiments R 2 o is unsubstituted aryl. In some embodiments R 20 is aryl substituted with one or more R 2 i groups. In some embodiments R 2 o is unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments R 2 o is heteroaryl substituted with one or more R 2 i groups.
  • Rn is halogen, OH, cyano, alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylene, or heteroarylene. In various embodiments Rn is halogen. In various embodiments Rn is OH. In various embodiments Rn is cyano. In various embodiments Rn is alkyl. In various embodiments
  • Rn is cycloalkyl. In various embodiments R is heteroalkyl. In various embodiments Rn is heterocycloalkyl. In various embodiments Rn is aryl. In various embodiments Rn is heteroaryl. In various embodiments Rn is arylene. In various embodiments Rn is heteroarylene.
  • R 2 i is halogen, OH, cyano, alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylene, or heteroarylene.
  • R 2 i is halogen.
  • R 2 i is OH.
  • R 2 i is cyano.
  • R 2 i is alkyl.
  • R 21 is cycloalkyl.
  • R 2 i is heteroalkyl.
  • R 2 i is heterocycloalkyl.
  • R 2 i is aryl.
  • R 2 i is heteroaryl.
  • R 2 i is arylene.
  • R 2 i is heteroarylene.
  • Ci is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl
  • embodiments Ci is a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkylene, substituted or unsubstituted arylene, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene.
  • Ci is a cycloalkylene substituted with one or more R 5 groups.
  • Ci is an unsubstituted
  • Ci is a heterocycloalkylene substituted with one or more R 5 groups. In some embodiments Ci is an unsubstituted heterocycloalkylene. In some embodiments Ci is an arylene substituted with one or more R 5 groups. In some embodiments Ci is an unsubstituted arylene. In some embodiments Ci is a
  • Ci is an unsubstituted heteroarylene. In some embodiments Ci is selected form the group consisting of
  • R5 is -OH. In some embodiments R5 is -CH 2 OH, in some embodiments R5 is alkyl.
  • C 2 is a bond, a cycloalkylene
  • C 2 is a bond. In some embodiments C 2 is an unsubstituted cycloalkylene. In some embodiments C 2 is an unsubstituted heterocycloalkylene. In some embodiments C 2 is an unsubstituted arylene. In some embodiments C 2 is an unsubstituted heteroarylene. In some embodiments C 2 is selected form the roup consisting of
  • CI and C2 form a fused or spiro bicyclic ring.
  • -C1-C2- form a fused bicylic ring.
  • -C1-C2- form a spiro bicyclic ring.
  • -CI -C2- is embodiments -C1-C2- In some embodiments -C1-C2- is
  • E is an electrophile capable of bonding with a K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras protein comprising G12C mutation. In some embodiments, the electrophile E is capable of forming an irreversible covalent bond with a G12C mutant K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras protein. In some cases E is the general structure
  • R25 is alkyl.
  • R 26 is cyano or alkyl.
  • R 27 is alkyl.
  • R 26 and R 27 can form cycloalkene.
  • E is selected from:
  • R 4 is capable of reversible interaction with K-
  • R14 moiety has high affinity towards K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras and is highly specific towards G12C K-Ras, H- Ras or N-Ras.
  • R14 is capable of hydrophobic interaction with K- Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C.
  • R14 is able to form hydrogen bonds with various residues of G12C K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras protein.
  • Ri4 interacts with one or more of G10, R68, Y71, Y96 or Q99 residues in K-Ras G12C ( Figure 1).
  • R14 moiety interacts with the G10 residue of K-Ras G12C. In some embodiments R14 interacts with the R68 residue of K-Ras G12C. In some embodiments R14 interacts with the Y71 residue of K-Ras G12C. In some embodiments R14 interacts with the Y96 residue of K-Ras G12C. In some embodiments Ri4 interacts with the Q99 residue of K-Ras G12C.
  • the ' n unit in Formula III provides proper length and geometry to the compound such that the electrophile E is able to interact with the cysteine residue at the 12 position in G12C K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras
  • the ' w n also interacts with other protein backbone residues.
  • the invention provides compounds of Formula III as shown in Table 3.
  • the invention provides compounds shown in Table In still other embodiments, the invention provides a compound having the following structure (V):
  • R 1 is aryl or heteroaryl
  • R 30a and R 30b are, at each occurrence, independently
  • R 30a and R 30b join to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring; or R 30a is H, -OH, -NH 2 , -C0 2 H, cyano, Ci-C 6 alkyl, C 3 - Cgcycloalkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboxylalkyl or aminocarbonyl and R 30b joins with R 31b to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring;
  • R 31a and R 31b are, at each occurrence, independently
  • R 31a and R 31b join to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring; or R 31a is H, -OH, -NH 2 , -C0 2 H, cyano, Ci-Cealkyl, C 3 - Cgcycloalkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboxylalkyl or aminocarbonyl and R 31b joins with R 30b to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring;
  • R 32a and R 32b are, at each occurrence, independently
  • R 32a and R 32b join to form a carbocyclic
  • R a is H, -OH, -NH 2 , -C0 2 H, cyano, Ci-C 6 alkyl, C 3 - Cgcycloalkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboxylalkyl or aminocarbonyl and R 32b joins with R 33b to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring;
  • R 33a and R 33b are, at each occurrence, independently
  • R 33a and R 33b join to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring; or R 33a is H, -OH, -NH 2 , -C0 2 H, cyano, Ci-Cealkyl, C 3 - C 8 cycloalkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboxylalkyl or aminocarbonyl and R 33b joins with R 32b to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring;
  • heteroalkylenecarbonyl heterocycloalkylenecarbonyl or heteroarylenecarbonyl
  • L is a bond or alkylene
  • G 1 , G 2 ' G 3 and G 4 are each independently N or CR, where R is H, cyano, halo or Ci-C 6 alkyl;
  • n 1 , n 2 , n 3 and n 4 are each independently 1, 2 or 3;
  • E is an electrophilic moiety capable of forming a covalent bond with the cysteine residue at position 12 of a K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C mutant protein.
  • L 1 is
  • the compound has the following structure (Va):
  • L la is a bond, -NH-, alkylene, alkeneylene, heteroalkylene, heterocycloalkylene or heteroarylene. In other embodiments of compound (Va), L la is a bond, -NH-, alkylene or heteroalkylene
  • the compound has the following structure
  • R 34 is H, Ci-C 6 alkyl or hydroxylalkyl;
  • ⁇ is a carbon-carbon double bond or a carbon-carbon triple bond
  • R 35 and R 36 are each independently H, cyano, Ci-C 6 alkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, or hydroxylalkyl or R 35 and R 36 join to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring when ⁇ is a double bond; or R 35 is absent and R 36 is H, Ci-C 6 alkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl or hydroxylalkyl when ⁇ is a triple bond.
  • the compound has one of the following structures (Vc), (Vd), (Ve) or (Vf):
  • the compound has one of the following structures (Vk), (VI), (Vm), (Vn); (Vo) or (Vp):
  • R 1 is aryl.
  • the aryl is bicyclic, such as a fused bicyclic aryl.
  • the aryl is naphthyl.
  • the aryl is monocyclic.
  • the aryl is phenyl.
  • the aryl is unsubstituted. In other of the foregoing embodiments, the aryl is substituted with one or more
  • substituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, cyano, aminocarbonyl, formyl, Ci-C 6 alkyl, Ci-Cealkylsulfonyl, Ci- C 6 haloalkyl, Cs-Cgcycloalkyl, Ci-C 6 alkoxy, Ci-Cehydroxylalkyl, Ci-Cealkoxyalkyl, Ci- Ceaminoalkyl, aliphatic heterocyclyl, heteroaryl and aryl.
  • the aryl substituents are selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, hydroxyl, cyano, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, methylsulfonyl, methoxy, aminocarbonyl, trifluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluorethyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopropyl and phenyl, wherein the cyclopropyl and phenyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from Ci-C6alkyl, halo, hydroxyl and cyano
  • the substituents are selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, hydroxyl, cyano, methyl, ethyl, methylsulfonyl, methoxy, aminocarbonyl, trifluoromethyl, cyclopropyl and phenyl, wherein the cyclopropyl and phenyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halo, hydroxyl and cyano.
  • the aryl substituents are selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, hydroxyl, methyl, ethyl, cyclobutyl and cyclopropyl, wherein the cyclopropyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from Ci-Cealkyl, halo, hydroxyl and cyano
  • the substituents are selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, hydroxyl, methyl, ethyl and cyclopropyl, wherein the cyclopropyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halo, hydroxyl and cyano.
  • the substituents are selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo, hydroxyl and cyclopropyl, wherein the cyclopropyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from Ci-Cealkyl, halo, hydroxyl and cyano.
  • the substituents are selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo, hydroxyl and cyclopropyl, wherein the cyclopropyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halo, hydroxyl and cyano.
  • the cyclopropyl comprises a geminal difluoro substitution.
  • R 1 has one of the following structures:
  • R 1 is heteroaryl.
  • the heteroaryl is bicyclic, such as a fused bicyclic heteroaryl.
  • the heteroaryl is monocyclic.
  • the heteroaryl comprises nitrogen, sulfur or a combination thereof.
  • the heteroaryl is dihydroquinoxalinyl, indoleyl, benzoimidazolyl, pyridinyl or thiazolyl.
  • the heteroaryl is unsubstituted. In some other embodiments, the heteroaryl is substituted with one or more substituents.
  • the substituents are selected from Ci-C 6 alkyl, halo and oxo. For example, in some embodiments the substituents are selected from halo and oxo. In other embodiments, the substituents are selected from ethyl and chloro. In some more specific embodiments, the substituents are chloro.
  • R 1 has one of the following structures:
  • R a is, at each occurrence, independently H, Ci-C 6 alkyl or halo.
  • R 1 has one of the following structures:
  • R la is, at each occurrence, independently H or halo.
  • R 1 has one of the following structur
  • R 34 is H.
  • R 34 is hydroxylalkyl, such as 2-hydroxylalkyl.
  • at least one of R or R is H.
  • search of R 35 and R 36 are H.
  • R 36 is alkylaminoalkyl.
  • R 36 has the following structure:
  • R is hydroxylalkyl, for example 2- hydroxylalkyl
  • R 35 and R 36 join to form a ring.
  • the ring is a cyclopentene, cyclohexene or phenyl ring.
  • E has one of the following stru
  • E is N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-phenyl
  • L 1 is heteroalkylene. In some more embodiments, the heteroalkylene is unsubstituted. In some different embodiments, the heteroalkylene is substituted.
  • L 1 is aminoalkylene.
  • L 1 is -CH 2 CH 2 NH— .
  • L 1 is heterocycloalkylene or heteroarylene. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkylene or heteroarylene is unsubstituted. In other embodiments, the heterocycloalkylene or heteroarylene is substituted. In some further embodiments, L 1 has one of the following structures:
  • L la is a bond
  • L la is alkylene, alkenylene, heteroalkylene or heterocycloalkylene. In some other embodiments, L la is alkylene or heteroalkylene. In some of these embodiments, L la is substituted alkylene. In various other embodiments, L la is unsubstituted alkylene. For example, in some embodiments L la is ⁇ , ⁇ -
  • L la is substituted heteroalkylene. In some other embodiments, L la is unsubstituted heteroalkylene. In some of the foregoing embodiments, L la is aminoalkylene or thioalkylene, for example aminoalkylene. For example, in some embodimentsL la has one of the following structures:
  • L a is ,3 ⁇ 4>
  • L la is substituted alkenylene. In different embodiments, L la is unsubstituted alkenylene. In some more specific embodiments, L la has the following structure:
  • L la is substituted heterocycloalkylene. In some other embodiments, L la is unsubstituted heterocycloalkylene.
  • L la has the following structure:
  • L is a bond
  • L is substituted alkylene.
  • L is unsubstituted alkylene.
  • R 30a and R 30b are, at each occurrence, independently
  • R 31a and R 31b are, at each occurrence, independently
  • R 32a and R 32b are, at each occurrence, independently
  • R 33a and R 33b are, at each occurrence, independently
  • R 30a , R 30b , R 31a , R 31b , R 32a , R 32b , R 33a and R 33b are selected from H, Ci-Cealkyl, hydroxylalkyl, cyano, cyanoalkyl and aminocarbonyl, for example H, Ci-C 6 alkyl, hydroxylalkyl, cyano, and aminocarbonyl or in other embodiments H, Ci-Cealkyl and hydroxylalkyl.
  • At least one of R a , R , R a , R 31b , R 32a , R 32b , R 33a or R 33b is H.
  • each of R 30a , R 30b , R 31a , R 31b , R 32a , R 32b , R 33a or R 33b is H.
  • At least one of R 30a , R 30b , R 31a , R 31b , R 32a , R 32b , R 33a or R 33b is hydroxylalkyl.
  • At least one of R 30a , R 30b , R 31a , R 31b , R 32a , R 32b , R 33a or R 33b is cyano.
  • At least one of R 30a , R 30b , R 31a , R 31b , R 32a , R 32b , R 33a or R 33b is aminocarbonyl.
  • R 33a or R 33b is C l . C6alkyl
  • R a and R join to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring.
  • R 31a and R 31b join to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring.
  • R 32a and R 32b join to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring.
  • R 33a and R 33b join to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring.
  • R 30a is H, -OH, -NH 2 , -C0 2 H, cyano, L-i- C 6 alkyl, Cs-Cscycloalkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboxylalkyl or aminocarbonyl and R 30b joins with R 31b to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring.
  • R 31a is H, -OH, -NH 2 , -C0 2 H, cyano, Ci-C 6 alkyl,
  • R 32a is H, -OH, -NH 2 , -C0 2 H, cyano, Ci-C 6 alkyl,
  • R 33a is H, -OH, -NH 2 , -C0 2 H, cyano, L-i-
  • R joins with R to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring.
  • the compound is selected from a compound in Table 5.
  • (V) and (VI') are available from commercial sources and/or are easily prepared according to procedures known in the art. All variables on (V) and (V"), with the exception of M , are as defined above. In some procedures, M 1 is NH. Briefly, an appropriately substituted acid (V) is activated and reacted with an appropriately substituted heterocycle (V") under appropriate coupling conditions.
  • the L -E moiety may be present in (V") as illustrated or may be installed after coupling For example L -E may be installed before or after coupling via acylation (or thioacylation) using a reagent such as an acid chloride thionyl chloride.
  • V is moncyclic and the second cyclic moiety is added after the compouling step.
  • the acid moiety is present on the cyclic moiety (V") and R 1 is appropriately substituted with a nucleophilic moiety to enable coupling to form (Va).
  • Embodiments wherein L 1 is heterocycloalkylene or heteroarylene can be prepared from analogous methods, for example by use of Buchwald chemistry to include the heterocycloalkylene or heteroarylene portion. Other methods for preparation of different compounds of structure (V) are known in the art.
  • an appropriately substituted acid is reacted with an appropriately substituted heterocycle under amide coupling conditions.
  • Acylation (or thioacylation) using a reagent such as an acid chloride or thionyl chloride results in compounds of structure V.
  • a reagent such as an acid chloride or thionyl chloride
  • the invention provides a compound having the following structure (VI):
  • A is CR 37b , N or NR 38a ;
  • B is CR 37c , N, NR 38b or S
  • C is CR 37d , N, NR 38c or S
  • G 3 and G 4 are each independently N or CR, wherein R is H, cyano, halo or C ⁇ alkyl;
  • L la is a bond, -NH-, alkylene or heteroalkylene
  • L is a bond or alkylene
  • R 32a and R 32b join to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring; or R 32a is H, -OH, -NH 2 , -C0 2 H, cyano, Ci-Cealkyl, C 3 - C 8 cycloalkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboxylalkyl or aminocarbonyl and R 32b joins with R 33b to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring;
  • R 33a and R 33b are, at each occurrence, independently
  • R 33a and R 33b join to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring; or R 33a is H, -OH, -NH 2 , -C0 2 H, cyano, Ci-C 6 alkyl, C 3 -
  • R 37a , R 37b , R 37c , R 37d and R 37e are each independently H, halo, oxo, hydroxyl, cyano, aminocarbonyl, formyl, Ci-Cealkyl, Ci-Cealkylsulfonyl, Ci- Cehaloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, Ci-Cealkoxy, Ci-Cehydroxylalkyl, Ci-Cealkoxyalkyl, Ci- Ceaminoalkyl, heterocyclyl or aryl;
  • R 38a , R 38b and R 38c are each independently H, Ci-C 6 alkyl or aryl;
  • n 3 and n 4 are each independently 1 , 2 or 3
  • n 0 or 1 ;
  • E is an electrophilic moiety capable of forming a covalent bond with the cysteine residue at position 12 of a K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C mutant protein.
  • the compound has one of the following structures (Via), (VIb), (Vic), (VId), (Vie), (Vlf) or (VIg):
  • the compound has one of the following structures Via'), (VIb'), (Vic'), (VId'), (Vie'), (Vlf) or (Vig'):
  • R 34 is H, Ci-Cealkyl or hydroxylalkyl
  • ⁇ is a carbon-carbon double bond or a carbon-carbon triple bond
  • R 35 and R 36 are each independently H, cyano, Ci-Cealkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, or hydroxylalkyl or R 35 and R 36 join to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring when ⁇ is a double bond; or R 35 is absent and R 36 is H, Ci-C 6 alkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl or hydroxylalkyl when ⁇ is a triple bond.
  • R 37a is halo, aryl or heteroaryl.
  • R 35 and R 36 are each H.
  • G 3 is N and G 4 is CR, for example CH.
  • G 3 is CR, for example, CH, and G 4 is N.
  • G 3 is N and G 4 is N.
  • n 3 is 2 and n 4 is 2. In still other embodiments, n 3 is 1 and n 4 is 1. In some more embodiments, n 3 is 2 and n 4 is 1.
  • R 37a , R 37b , R 37c , R 37d and R 37e are each independently H, -OH, halo, oxo, Ci-C 6 alkyl, Ci-C 6 alkoxy, heterocyclyl or aryl.
  • R , R , R J /C , R J /d and R J /e are each independently H, -OH, fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, methyl, methoxy, heteroaryl or aryl.
  • R 37a or R 37e is aryl. In some more specific embodiments, R 37a is aryl, such as phenyl.
  • the aryl is unsubstituted. In some other embodiments, the aryl is substituted. For example, in some embodiments the aryl is substituted with one or more halo substituents. In some of these embodiments, the halo substituents are selected from fluoro and chloro.
  • R 37a is heteroaryl.
  • the heteroaryl is unsubstituted.
  • the heteroaryl is substituted.
  • the heteroaryl comprises nitrogen, sulfur or a combination thereof.
  • the heteroaryl is thiophenyl.
  • R 37a is halo.
  • halo is chloro, bromo or iodo.
  • R a or R e has one of the following structures:
  • R a has one of the following structures
  • R a , R and R c are each independently H or aryl. In still other embodiments, R 38 a , R 38fo and R 38 c are each independently H.
  • R 38c is aryl.
  • the aryl is substituted with one or more halo substituents.
  • halo is chloro.
  • R 34 is H.
  • R 34 is hydroxylalkyl, such as 2-hydroxylalkyl.
  • R is hydroxylalkyl, for example 2- hydroxylalkyl
  • R and R join to form a ring.
  • the ring is a cyclopentene, cyclohexene or phenyl ring.
  • E has one of the following struc
  • E is '
  • L 1 is heteroalkylene. In some more embodiments, the heteroalkylene is unsubstituted. In some different embodiments, the heteroalkylene is substituted.
  • L 1 is aminoalkylene.
  • L 1 is -CH 2 CH 2 NH— .
  • L a is a bond
  • L la is alkylene, alkenylene, heteroalkylene or heterocycloalkylene.
  • L a is alkylene or heteroalkylene.
  • L a is substituted alkylene.
  • d alkylene For example, in some embodiments L ia is
  • L a is substituted heteroalkylene. In some other embodiments, L la is unsubstituted heteroalkylene. In some of the foregoing embodiments, L la is aminoalkylene or thioalkylene, for example aminoalkylene. For example, in some embodimentsL la has one of the following structures:
  • L la is
  • L la is substituted alkenylene. In different embodiments, L la is unsubstituted alkenylene. In some more specific embodiments, L la has the following structure:
  • L la is substituted heterocycloalkylene. In some other embodiments, L la is unsubstituted heterocycloalkylene.
  • L la has the following structure:
  • L is a bond
  • L is substituted alkylene. In still other embodiments, L is unsubstituted alkylene.
  • R 32a and R 32b are, at each occurrence, independently
  • R 33a and R 33b are, at each occurrence, independently
  • R 32a , R 32b , R 33a or R 33b are selected from H, Ci- Csalkyl, hydroxylalkyl, cyano, cyanoalkyl and aminocarbonyl, for example H, hydroxyl alkyl and cyano.
  • At least one of R a , R , R a or R 33b is H.
  • each of R 32a , R 32b , R 33a or R 33b is H.
  • At least one of R a , R , R a or R 33b is hydroxylalkyl.
  • At least one of R 32a , R 32b , R 33a or R 33b is cyano.
  • At least one of R a , R , R a or R is aminocarbonyl.
  • R 32a and R 32b join to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring. In other embodiments, R 33a and R 33b join to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring.
  • R 32a is H, -OH, -NH 2 , -C0 2 H, cyano, L-i- C 6 alkyl, C3-C 8 cycloalkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboxylalkyl or aminocarbonyl
  • R joins with R to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring.
  • R is H, -OH, -NH 2 , -C0 2 H, cyano, Ci- C 6 alkyl, Cs-Cscycloalkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboxylalkyl or aminocarbonyl
  • R joins with R to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring.
  • the compound is selected from a compound in Table 6.
  • M is NH and M is absent.
  • M 1 is N or CH and M 2 is a precursor to L la which reacts with an activated acid.
  • M is NH 2 , aminoalkyl or other heterosubstituted alkyl.
  • Embodiments where M comprises a carbanion (or M is a carbanion) are also contemplated such that L 1 is alkylene.
  • an appropriately substituted acid (VI') is activated and reacted with an appropriately substituted heterocycle (VI") under appropriate coupling conditions.
  • the L -E moiety may be present in (VI") as illustrated or may be installed after coupling
  • L2-E may be installed before or after coupling via acylation (or thioacylation) using a reagent such as an acid chloride or thionyl chloride.
  • the functional groups of intermediate compounds may need to be protected by suitable protecting groups.
  • suitable protecting groups include trialkylsilyl or diarylalkylsilyl (for example, t-butyldimethylsilyl, t-butyldiphenylsilyl or
  • Suitable protecting groups for amino, amidino and guanidino include t-butoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, and the like.
  • Suitable protecting groups for mercapto include -C(0)-R" (where R" is alkyl, aryl or arylalkyl), /?-methoxybenzyl, trityl and the like.
  • Suitable protecting groups for carboxylic acid include alkyl, aryl or arylalkyl esters. Protecting groups may be added or removed in accordance with standard techniques, which are known to one skilled in the art and as described herein.
  • protecting groups are described in detail in Green, T.W. and P.G.M. Wutz, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis (1999), 3rd Ed., Wiley.
  • the protecting group may also be a polymer resin such as a Wang resin, Rink resin or a 2-chlorotrityl-chloride resin.
  • starting components may be obtained from sources such as Sigma Aldrich, Lancaster Synthesis, Inc.,
  • V-41 463.20 V-42 382.40 + V-43 417.35 * V-44 440.30
  • V-45 405.35 V-46 421.30 V-47 404.35 V-48 494.30
  • V-65 451.30 V-66 459.25 V-67 433.20 V-68 433.40
  • V-69 421.35 V-70 421.35 V-71 428.35 V-72 416.35
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises any one (or more) of the foregoing compounds and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is formulated for oral administration.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is formulated for injection.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions comprise a compound as disclosed herein and an additional therapeutic agent (e.g., anticancer agent).
  • additional therapeutic agent e.g., anticancer agent
  • Suitable routes of administration include, but are not limited to, oral, intravenous, rectal, aerosol, parenteral, ophthalmic, pulmonary, transmucosal, transdermal, vaginal, otic, nasal, and topical administration.
  • parenteral delivery includes intramuscular, subcutaneous, intravenous, intramedullary injections, as well as intrathecal, direct intraventricular, intraperitoneal, intralymphatic, and intranasal injections.
  • a compound as described herein is administered in a local rather than systemic manner, for example, via injection of the compound directly into an organ, often in a depot preparation or sustained release formulation.
  • long acting formulations are administered by implantation (for example subcutaneous ly or intramuscularly) or by intramuscular injection.
  • the drug is delivered in a targeted drug delivery system, for example, in a liposome coated with organ-specific antibody.
  • the liposomes are targeted to and taken up selectively by the organ.
  • the compound as described herein is provided in the form of a rapid release formulation, in the form of an extended release formulation, or in the form of an intermediate release formulation.
  • the compound described herein is administered topically.
  • the compounds according to the invention are effective over a wide dosage range.
  • dosages from 0.01 to 1000 mg, from 0.5 to 100 mg, from 1 to 50 mg per day, and from 5 to 40 mg per day are examples of dosages that are used in some embodiments.
  • An exemplary dosage is 10 to 30 mg per day. The exact dosage will depend upon the route of administration, the form in which the compound is administered, the subject to be treated, the body weight of the subject to be treated, and the preference and experience of the attending physician.
  • a compound of the invention is administered in a single dose.
  • such administration will be by injection, e.g., intravenous injection, in order to introduce the agent quickly.
  • other routes are used as appropriate.
  • a single dose of a compound of the invention is used for treatment of an acute condition.
  • a compound of the invention is administered in multiple doses. In some embodiments, dosing is about once, twice, three times, four times, five times, six times, or more than six times per day. In other embodiments, dosing is about once a month, once every two weeks, once a week, or once every other day. In another embodiment a compound of the invention and another agent are administered together about once per day to about 6 times per day. In another embodiment the administration of a compound of the invention and an agent continues for less than about 7 days. In yet another embodiment the administration continues for more than about 6, 10, 14, 28 days, two months, six months, or one year. In some cases, continuous dosing is achieved and maintained as long as necessary.
  • a compound of the invention is administered for more than 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 14, or 28 days. In some embodiments, a compound of the invention is administered for less than 28, 14, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, or 1 day. In some embodiments, a compound of the invention is administered chronically on an ongoing basis, e.g., for the treatment of chronic effects.
  • the compounds of the invention are administered in dosages. It is known in the art that due to intersubject variability in compound pharmacokinetics, individualization of dosing regimen is necessary for optimal therapy. Dosing for a compound of the invention may be found by routine experimentation in light of the instant disclosure.
  • the compounds described herein are formulated into pharmaceutical compositions.
  • pharmaceutical compositions are formulated in a conventional manner using one or more
  • physiologically acceptable carriers comprising excipients and auxiliaries which facilitate processing of the active compounds into preparations which can be used pharmaceutically. Proper formulation is dependent upon the route of administration chosen. Any pharmaceutically acceptable techniques, carriers, and excipients are used as suitable to formulate the pharmaceutical compositions described herein: Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, Nineteenth Ed (Easton, Pa.: Mack Publishing Company, 1995); Hoover, John E., Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pennsylvania 1975; Liberman, H.A. and Lachman, L., Eds., Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms, Marcel Decker, New York, N.Y., 1980; and
  • compositions comprising a compound of structure (I) and a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent(s), excipient(s), or carrier(s).
  • the compounds described are administered as pharmaceutical compositions in which compounds of structure (I) are mixed with other active ingredients, as in combination therapy.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions include one or more compounds of structure (I).
  • a pharmaceutical composition refers to a mixture of a compound of structure (I) with other chemical components, such as carriers, stabilizers, diluents, dispersing agents, suspending agents, thickening agents, and/or excipients.
  • the pharmaceutical composition facilitates administration of the compound to an organism.
  • therapeutically effective amounts of compounds of structure (I) provided herein are administered in a pharmaceutical composition to a mammal having a disease, disorder or medical condition to be treated.
  • the mammal is a human.
  • therapeutically effective amounts vary depending on the severity of the disease, the age and relative health of the subject, the potency of the compound used and other factors.
  • the compounds described herein are used singly or in combination with one or more therapeutic agents as components of mixtures.
  • one or more compounds of structure (I) is formulated in an aqueous solutions.
  • the aqueous solution is selected from, by way of example only, a physiologically compatible buffer, such as Hank's solution, Ringer's solution, or physiological saline buffer.
  • a physiologically compatible buffer such as Hank's solution, Ringer's solution, or physiological saline buffer.
  • one or more compound of structure (I) is/are formulated for transmucosal administration.
  • transmucosal formulations include penetrants that are appropriate to the barrier to be permeated.
  • appropriate formulations include aqueous or nonaqueous solutions.
  • such solutions include physiologically compatible buffers and/or excipients.
  • compounds described herein are formulated for oral administration.
  • Compounds described herein are formulated by combining the active compounds with, e.g., pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients.
  • the compounds described herein are formulated in oral dosage forms that include, by way of example only, tablets, powders, pills, dragees, capsules, liquids, gels, syrups, elixirs, slurries, suspensions and the like.
  • pharmaceutical preparations for oral use are obtained by mixing one or more solid excipient with one or more of the compounds described herein, optionally grinding the resulting mixture, and processing the mixture of granules, after adding suitable auxiliaries, if desired, to obtain tablets or dragee cores.
  • suitable excipients are, in particular, fillers such as sugars, including lactose, sucrose, mannitol, or sorbitol; cellulose preparations such as: for example, maize starch, wheat starch, rice starch, potato starch, gelatin, gum tragacanth, methylcellulose,
  • microcrystalline cellulose hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, sodium
  • disintegrating agents are optionally added.
  • Disintegrating agents include, by way of example only, cross-linked
  • croscarmellose sodium polyvinylpyrrolidone, agar, or alginic acid or a salt thereof such as sodium alginate.
  • dosage forms such as dragee cores and tablets, are provided with one or more suitable coating.
  • suitable coating In specific embodiments, concentrated sugar solutions are used for coating the dosage form.
  • the sugar solutions optionally contain additional components, such as by way of example only, gum arabic, talc, polyvinylpyrrolidone, carbopol gel, polyethylene glycol, and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions, and suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures.
  • Dyestuffs and/or pigments are also optionally added to the coatings for identification purposes.
  • dyestuffs and/or pigments are optionally utilized to characterize different combinations of active compound doses.
  • Oral dosage forms include push- fit capsules made of gelatin, as well as soft, sealed capsules made of gelatin and a plasticizer, such as glycerol or sorbitol.
  • push- fit capsules contain the active ingredients in admixture with one or more filler.
  • Fillers include, by way of example only, lactose, binders such as starches, and/or lubricants such as talc or magnesium stearate and, optionally, stabilizers.
  • soft capsules contain one or more active compound that is dissolved or suspended in a suitable liquid. Suitable liquids include, by way of example only, one or more fatty oil, liquid paraffin, or liquid polyethylene glycol.
  • stabilizers are optionally added.
  • therapeutically effective amounts of at least one of the compounds described herein are formulated for buccal or sublingual
  • Formulations suitable for buccal or sublingual administration include, by way of example only, tablets, lozenges, or gels.
  • the compounds described herein are formulated for parental injection, including
  • formulations for injection are presented in unit dosage form (e.g., in ampoules) or in multi-dose containers. Preservatives are, optionally, added to the injection formulations.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions are formulated in a form suitable for parenteral injection as sterile suspensions, solutions or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles.
  • Parenteral injection formulations optionally contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents.
  • pharmaceutical formulations for parenteral administration include aqueous solutions of the active compounds in water-soluble form.
  • suspensions of the active compounds e.g., compounds of structure (I) are prepared as appropriate oily injection suspensions.
  • Suitable lipophilic solvents or vehicles for use in the pharmaceutical compositions described herein include, by way of example only, fatty oils such as sesame oil, or synthetic fatty acid esters, such as ethyl oleate or triglycerides, or liposomes.
  • aqueous injection suspensions contain substances which increase the viscosity of the suspension, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, sorbitol, or dextran.
  • the suspension contains suitable stabilizers or agents which increase the solubility of the compounds to allow for the preparation of highly concentrated solutions.
  • the active ingredient is in powder form for constitution with a suitable vehicle, e.g., sterile pyrogen-free water, before use.
  • the compounds of structure (I) are administered topically.
  • the compounds described herein are formulated into a variety of topically administrable compositions, such as solutions, suspensions, lotions, gels, pastes, medicated sticks, balms, creams or ointments.
  • Such pharmaceutical such as solutions, suspensions, lotions, gels, pastes, medicated sticks, balms, creams or ointments.
  • compositions optionally contain solubilizers, stabilizers, tonicity enhancing agents, buffers and preservatives.
  • the compounds of structure (I) are formulated for transdermal administration.
  • transdermal formulations employ transdermal delivery devices and transdermal delivery patches and can be lipophilic emulsions or buffered, aqueous solutions, dissolved and/or dispersed in a polymer or an adhesive.
  • patches are constructed for continuous, pulsatile, or on demand delivery of pharmaceutical agents.
  • the transdermal delivery of the compounds of structure (I) is
  • transdermal patches provide controlled delivery of the compounds of structure (I).
  • the rate of absorption is slowed by using rate-controlling membranes or by trapping the compound within a polymer matrix or gel.
  • absorption enhancers are used to increase absorption.
  • Absorption enhancers or carriers include absorbable pharmaceutically acceptable solvents that assist passage through the skin.
  • transdermal devices are in the form of a bandage comprising a backing member, a reservoir containing the compound optionally with carriers, optionally a rate controlling barrier to deliver the compound to the skin of the host at a controlled and predetermined rate over a prolonged period of time, and means to secure the device to the skin.
  • the compounds of structure (I) are formulated for administration by inhalation.
  • Various forms suitable for administration by inhalation include, but are not limited to, aerosols, mists or powders.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions of any of compound of structure (I) are conveniently delivered in the form of an aerosol spray presentation from pressurized packs or a nebuliser, with the use of a suitable propellant (e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane,
  • the dosage unit of a pressurized aerosol is determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount.
  • capsules and cartridges of, such as, by way of example only, gelatin for use in an inhaler or insufflator are formulated containing a powder mix of the compound and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch.
  • the compounds of structure (I) are formulated in rectal compositions such as enemas, rectal gels, rectal foams, rectal aerosols, suppositories, jelly suppositories, or retention enemas, containing conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter or other glycerides, as well as synthetic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone, PEG, and the like.
  • a low-melting wax such as, but not limited to, a mixture of fatty acid glycerides, optionally in combination with cocoa butter is first melted.
  • compositions are formulated in any conventional manner using one or more physiologically acceptable carriers comprising excipients and auxiliaries which facilitate processing of the active compounds into preparations which can be used pharmaceutically. Proper formulation is dependent upon the route of administration chosen. Any pharmaceutically acceptable techniques, carriers, and excipients are optionally used as suitable. Pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of structure (I) are manufactured in a
  • compositions include at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient and at least one compound of structure (I), described herein as an active ingredient.
  • the active ingredient is in free-acid or free- base form, or in a pharmaceutically acceptable salt form.
  • the methods and pharmaceutical compositions described herein include the use of N-oxides, crystalline forms (also known as polymorphs), as well as active metabolites of these compounds having the same type of activity. All tautomers of the compounds described herein are included within the scope of the compounds presented herein.
  • the compounds described herein encompass unsolvated as well as solvated forms with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like. The solvated forms of the compounds presented herein are also considered to be disclosed herein.
  • compositions optionally include other medicinal or pharmaceutical agents, carriers, adjuvants, such as preserving, stabilizing, wetting or emulsifying agents, solution promoters, salts for regulating the osmotic pressure, buffers, and/or other therapeutically valuable substances.
  • adjuvants such as preserving, stabilizing, wetting or emulsifying agents, solution promoters, salts for regulating the osmotic pressure, buffers, and/or other therapeutically valuable substances.
  • compositions comprising the compounds described herein include formulating the compounds with one or more inert, pharmaceutically acceptable excipients or carriers to form a solid, semi-solid or liquid.
  • Solid compositions include, but are not limited to, powders, tablets, dispersible granules, capsules, cachets, and suppositories.
  • Liquid compositions include solutions in which a compound is dissolved, emulsions comprising a compound, or a solution containing liposomes, micelles, or nanoparticles comprising a compound as disclosed herein.
  • Semi-solid compositions include, but are not limited to, gels, suspensions and creams.
  • compositions described herein include liquid solutions or suspensions, solid forms suitable for solution or suspension in a liquid prior to use, or as emulsions. These compositions also optionally contain minor amounts of nontoxic, auxiliary substances, such as wetting or emulsifying agents, pH buffering agents, and so forth.
  • composition comprising at least one compound of structure (I) illustratively takes the form of a liquid where the agents are present in solution, in suspension or both. Typically when the composition is administered as a solution or suspension a first portion of the agent is present in solution and a second portion of the agent is present in particulate form, in suspension in a liquid matrix.
  • a liquid composition includes a gel formulation. In other embodiments, the liquid composition is aqueous.
  • useful aqueous suspensions contain one or more polymers as suspending agents.
  • Useful polymers include water-soluble polymers such as cellulosic polymers, e.g., hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, and water-insoluble polymers such as cross-linked carboxyl-containing polymers.
  • Certain pharmaceutical compositions described herein comprise a mucoadhesive polymer, selected for example from carboxymethylcellulose, carbomer (acrylic acid polymer),
  • polymethylmethacrylate polyacrylamide
  • polycarbophil acrylic acid/butyl acrylate copolymer
  • sodium alginate sodium alginate and dextran.
  • Useful pharmaceutical compositions also, optionally, include
  • solubilizing agents to aid in the solubility of a compound of structure (I).
  • the term "solubilizing agent” generally includes agents that result in formation of a micellar solution or a true solution of the agent.
  • Certain acceptable nonionic surfactants for example polysorbate 80, are useful as solubilizing agents, as can ophthalmically acceptable glycols, polyglycols, e.g., polyethylene glycol 400, and glycol ethers.
  • useful pharmaceutical compositions optionally include one or more pH adjusting agents or buffering agents, including acids such as acetic, boric, citric, lactic, phosphoric and hydrochloric acids; bases such as sodium hydroxide, sodium phosphate, sodium borate, sodium citrate, sodium acetate, sodium lactate and tris-hydroxymethylaminomethane; and buffers such as citrate/dextrose, sodium bicarbonate and ammonium chloride.
  • acids such as acetic, boric, citric, lactic, phosphoric and hydrochloric acids
  • bases such as sodium hydroxide, sodium phosphate, sodium borate, sodium citrate, sodium acetate, sodium lactate and tris-hydroxymethylaminomethane
  • buffers such as citrate/dextrose, sodium bicarbonate and ammonium chloride.
  • acids, bases and buffers are included in an amount required to maintain pH of the composition in an acceptable range.
  • compositions also, optionally, include one or more salts in an amount required to bring osmolality of the composition into an acceptable range.
  • salts include those having sodium, potassium or ammonium cations and chloride, citrate, ascorbate, borate, phosphate, bicarbonate, sulfate, thiosulfate or bisulfite anions; suitable salts include sodium chloride, potassium chloride, sodium thiosulfate, sodium bisulfite and ammonium sulfate.
  • compositions optionally include one or more preservatives to inhibit microbial activity.
  • Suitable preservatives include mercury-containing substances such as merfen and thiomersal; stabilized chlorine dioxide; and quaternary ammonium compounds such as benzalkonium chloride, cetyltrimethylammonium bromide and cetylpyridinium chloride.
  • compositions include one or more surfactants to enhance physical stability or for other purposes.
  • Suitable nonionic surfactants include polyoxyethylene fatty acid glycerides and vegetable oils, e.g., polyoxyethylene (60) hydrogenated castor oil; and polyoxyethylene alkylethers and alkylphenyl ethers, e.g., octoxynol 10, octoxynol 40.
  • compositions include one or more antioxidants to enhance chemical stability where required.
  • Suitable antioxidants include, by way of example only, ascorbic acid and sodium metabisulfite.
  • aqueous suspension compositions are packaged in single-dose non-reclosable containers.
  • multiple-dose reclosable containers are used, in which case it is typical to include a preservative in the composition.
  • hydrophobic pharmaceutical compounds are employed. Liposomes and emulsions are examples of delivery vehicles or carriers useful herein. In certain embodiments, organic solvents such as N-methylpyrrolidone are also employed. In additional embodiments, the compounds described herein are delivered using a sustained-release system, such as semipermeable matrices of solid hydrophobic polymers containing the therapeutic agent. Various sustained-release materials are useful herein. In some embodiments, sustained-release capsules release the compounds for a few weeks up to over 100 days. Depending on the chemical nature and the biological stability of the therapeutic reagent, additional strategies for protein stabilization are employed.
  • the formulations described herein comprise one or more antioxidants, metal chelating agents, thiol containing compounds and/or other general stabilizing agents.
  • stabilizing agents include, but are not limited to: (a) about 0.5% to about 2% w/v glycerol, (b) about 0.1 % to about 1% w/v methionine, (c) about 0.1% to about 2% w/v monothioglycerol, (d) about 1 mM to about 10 mM EDTA, (e) about 0.01% to about 2% w/v ascorbic acid, (f) 0.003% to about 0.02% w/v polysorbate 80, (g) 0.001% to about 0.05% w/v.
  • polysorbate 20 (h) arginine, (i) heparin, j) dextran sulfate, (k) cyclodextrins, (1) pentosan polysulfate and other heparinoids, (m) divalent cations such as magnesium and zinc; or (n)
  • the concentration of one or more compounds provided in the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention is less than 100%, 90%, 80%, 70%, 60%, 50%, 40%, 30%, 20%, 19%, 18%, 17%, 16%, 15%,14%, 13%, 12%, 11%, 10%, 9%, 8%, 7%, 6%, 5%, 4%, 3%, 2%, 1%, 0.5%, 0.4%, 0.3%, 0.2%, 0.1%, 0.09%, 0.08%, 0.07%, 0.06%, 0.05%, 0.04%, 0.03%, 0.02%, 0.01%, 0.009%, 0.008%, 0.007%, 0.006%, 0.005%, 0.004%, 0.003%, 0.002%, 0.001%, 0.0009%, 0.0008%, 0.0007%, 0.0006%, 0.0005%, 0.0004%, 0.0003%, 0.0002%, or 0.0001% w/w, w/v or v/v.
  • the concentration of one or more compounds of the invention is greater than 90%, 80%, 70%, 60%, 50%, 40%, 30%, 20%, 19.75%, 19.50%, 19.25% 19%, 18.75%, 18.50%, 18.25% 18%, 17.75%, 17.50%, 17.25% 17%, 16.75%, 16.50%, 16.25% 16%, 15.75%, 15.50%, 15.25% 15%, 14.75%, 14.50%, 14.25% 14%, 13.75%, 13.50%, 13.25% 13%, 12.75%, 12.50%, 12.25% 12%, 11.75%, 11.50%, 11.25% 11%, 10.75%, 10.50%, 10.25% 10%, 9.75%, 9.50%, 9.25% 9%, 8.75%, 8.50%, 8.25% 8%, 7.75%, 7.50%, 7.25% 7%, 6.75%, 6.50%, 6.25% 6%, 5.75%, 5.50%, 5.25% 5%, 4.75%, 4.50%, 4.25%,
  • the concentration of one or more compounds of the invention is in the range from approximately 0.0001% to approximately 50%, approximately 0.001% to approximately 40 %, approximately 0.01% to approximately 30%, approximately 0.02% to approximately 29%, approximately 0.03% to
  • approximately 0.09% to approximately 22% approximately 0.1% to approximately 21%, approximately 0.2% to approximately 20%, approximately 0.3% to approximately 19%, approximately 0.4% to approximately 18%, approximately 0.5% to approximately 17%, approximately 0.6% to approximately 16%, approximately 0.7% to approximately 15%, approximately 0.8% to approximately 14%, approximately 0.9% to approximately 12%), approximately 1% to approximately 10%> w/w, w/v or v/v.
  • the concentration of one or more compounds of the invention is in the range from approximately 0.001% to approximately 10%, approximately 0.01% to approximately 5%, approximately 0.02% to approximately 4.5%, approximately 0.03% to approximately 4%, approximately 0.04% to
  • the amount of one or more compounds of the invention is equal to or less than 10 g, 9.5 g, 9.0 g, 8.5 g, 8.0 g, 7.5 g, 7.0 g, 6.5 g, 6.0 g, 5.5 g, 5.0 g, 4.5 g, 4.0 g, 3.5 g, 3.0 g, 2.5 g, 2.0 g, 1.5 g, 1.0 g, 0.95 g, 0.9 g, 0.85 g, 0.8 g, 0.75 g, 0.7 g, 0.65 g, 0.6 g, 0.55 g, 0.5 g, 0.45 g, 0.4 g, 0.35 g, 0.3 g, 0.25 g, 0.2 g, 0.15 g, 0.1 g, 0.09 g, 0.08 g, 0.07 g, 0.06 g, 0.05 g, 0.04 g, 0.03 g, 0.02 g, 0.01 g, 0.009 g, 0.00
  • the amount of one or more compounds of the invention is more than 0.0001 g, 0.0002 g, 0.0003 g, 0.0004 g, 0.0005 g, 0.0006 g, 0.0007 g, 0.0008 g, 0.0009 g, 0.001 g, 0.0015 g, 0.002 g, 0.0025 g, 0.003 g, 0.0035 g, 0.004 g, 0.0045 g, 0.005 g, 0.0055 g, 0.006 g, 0.0065 g, 0.007 g, 0.0075 g, 0.008 g, 0.0085 g, 0.009 g, 0.0095 g, 0.01 g, 0.015 g, 0.02 g, 0.025 g, 0.03 g, 0.035 g, 0.04 g, 0.045 g, 0.05 g, 0.055 g, 0.06 g, 0.065 g, 0.07 g, 0.075
  • the amount of one or more compounds of the invention is in the range of 0.0001-10 g, 0.0005-9 g, 0.001-8 g, 0.005-7 g, 0.01-6 g, 0.05-5 g, 0.1-4 g, 0.5-4 g, or 1-3 g.
  • kits and articles of manufacture are also provided.
  • such kits comprise a carrier, package, or container that is compartmentalized to receive one or more containers such as vials, tubes, and the like, each of the container(s) comprising one of the separate elements to be used in a method described herein.
  • Suitable containers include, for example, bottles, vials, syringes, and test tubes.
  • the containers are formed from a variety of materials such as glass or plastic.
  • Packaging materials for use in packaging pharmaceutical products include those found in, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,323,907, 5,052,558 and 5,033,252. Examples of
  • pharmaceutical packaging materials include, but are not limited to, blister packs, bottles, tubes, inhalers, pumps, bags, vials, containers, syringes, bottles, and any packaging material suitable for a selected formulation and intended mode of
  • the container(s) includes one or more compounds described herein, optionally in a composition or in combination with another agent as disclosed herein.
  • the container(s) optionally have a sterile access port (for example the container is an intravenous solution bag or a vial having a stopper pierceable by a hypodermic injection needle).
  • kits optionally comprising a compound with an identifying description or label or instructions relating to its use in the methods described herein.
  • a kit typically includes one or more additional containers, each with one or more of various materials (such as reagents, optionally in concentrated form, and/or devices) desirable from a commercial and user standpoint for use of a compound described herein.
  • materials include, but not limited to, buffers, diluents, filters, needles, syringes; carrier, package, container, vial and/or tube labels listing contents and/or instructions for use, and package inserts with instructions for use.
  • a set of instructions will also typically be included.
  • a label is optionally on or associated with the container.
  • a label is on a container when letters, numbers or other characters forming the label are attached, molded or etched into the container itself, a label is associated with a container when it is present within a receptacle or carrier that also holds the container, e.g., as a package insert.
  • a label is used to indicate that the contents are to be used for a specific therapeutic application.
  • the label indicates directions for use of the contents, such as in the methods described herein.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions is presented in a pack or dispenser device which contains one or more unit dosage forms containing a compound provided herein.
  • the pack for example contains metal or plastic foil, such as a blister pack.
  • the pack or dispenser device is accompanied by instructions for administration.
  • the pack or dispenser is
  • compositions containing a compound provided herein formulated in a compatible pharmaceutical carrier are prepared, placed in an appropriate container, and labeled for treatment of an indicated condition.
  • the present invention provides a method of inhibiting Ras-mediated cell signaling comprising contacting a cell with an effective amount of one or more compounds disclosed herein.
  • Inhibition of Ras-mediated signal transduction can be assessed and demonstrated by a wide variety of ways known in the art. Non-limiting examples include a showing of (a) a decrease in GTPase activity of Ras; (b) a decrease in GTP binding affinity or an increase in GDP binding affinity; (c) an increase in K off of GTP or a decrease in K off of GDP; (d) a decrease in the levels of signaling transduction molecules downstream in the Ras pathway, such as a decrease in pMEK level; and/or (e) a decrease in binding of Ras complex to downstream signaling molecules including but not limited to Raf. Kits and commercially available assays can be utilized for determining one or more of the above.
  • the invention also provides methods of using the compounds or pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention to treat disease conditions, including but not limited to conditions implicated by G12C K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras mutation, G12C H-Ras mutation and/or G12C N-Ras mutation (e.g., cancer).
  • a method for treatment of cancer comprising administering an effective amount of any of the foregoing pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of structure (I) to a subject in need thereof.
  • the cancer is mediated by a K-Ras, H-Ras or N- Ras G12C mutation.
  • the cancer is pancreatic cancer, colon cancer, MYH associated polyposis, colorectal cancer or lung cancer.
  • the invention provides method of treating a disorder in a subject in need thereof, wherein the said method comprises determining if the subject has a K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C mutation and if the subject is determined to have the K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C mutation, then administering to the subject a therapeutically effective dose of at least one compound of structure (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, prodrug, tautomer, solvate, hydrate or derivative thereof.
  • the disclosed compounds strongly inhibit anchorage-independent cell growth and therefore have the potential to inhibit tumor metastasis. Accordingly, in another embodiment the disclosure provides a method for inhibiting tumor metastasis, the method comprising administering an effective amount a pharmaceutical
  • composition of comprising any of the compounds disclosed herein and a
  • K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C mutations have also been identified in hematological malignancies (e.g., cancers that affect blood, bone marrow and/or lymph nodes). Accordingly, certain embodiments are directed to administration of a disclosed compounds (e.g., in the form of a pharmaceutical composition) to a patient in need of treatment of a hematological malignancy.
  • malignancies include, but are not limited to leukemias and lymphomas.
  • the presently disclosed compounds can be used for treatment of diseases such as Acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL), Acute myelogenous leukemia (AML), Chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), small lymphocytic lymphoma (SLL), Chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML), Acute monocytic leukemia (AMoL) and/ or other leukemias.
  • ALL Acute lymphoblastic leukemia
  • AML Acute myelogenous leukemia
  • CLL Chronic lymphocytic leukemia
  • SLL small lymphocytic lymphoma
  • CML Chronic myelogenous leukemia
  • Acute monocytic leukemia Acute monocytic leukemia
  • the compounds are useful for treatment of lymphomas such as all subtypes of Hodgkins lymphoma or non-Hodgkins lymphoma.
  • Determining whether a tumor or cancer comprises a G12C K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras mutation can be undertaken by assessing the nucleotide sequence encoding the K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras protein, by assessing the amino acid sequence of the K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras protein, or by assessing the characteristics of a putative K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras mutant protein.
  • the sequence of wild-type human K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras is known in the art, (e.g. Accession No. NP203524).
  • PCR-RFLP polymerase chain reaction-restriction fragment length polymorphism
  • PCR-SSCP polymerase chain reaction- single strand conformation polymorphism
  • MAA mutant allele-specific PCR amplification
  • samples are evaluated for G12C K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras mutations by real-time PCR.
  • real-time PCR fluorescent probes specific for the K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C mutation are used. When a mutation is present, the probe binds and fluorescence is detected.
  • the K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C mutation is identified using a direct sequencing method of specific regions (e.g., exon 2 and/or exon 3) in the K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras gene. This technique will identify all possible mutations in the region sequenced.
  • Methods for detecting a mutation in a K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras protein are known by those of skill in the art. These methods include, but are not limited to, detection of a K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras mutant using a binding agent (e.g., an antibody) specific for the mutant protein, protein electrophoresis and Western blotting, and direct peptide sequencing.
  • a binding agent e.g., an antibody
  • Methods for determining whether a tumor or cancer comprises a G12C K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras mutation can use a variety of samples.
  • the sample is taken from a subject having a tumor or cancer.
  • the sample is taken from a subject having a cancer or tumor.
  • the sample is a fresh tumor/cancer sample.
  • the sample is a frozen tumor/cancer sample.
  • the sample is a formalin-fixed paraffin- embedded sample.
  • the sample is processed to a cell lysate.
  • the sample is processed to DNA or RNA.
  • the invention also relates to a method of treating a hyperproliferative disorder in a mammal that comprises administering to said mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, prodrug, solvate, hydrate or derivative thereof.
  • said method relates to the treatment of cancer such as acute myeloid leukemia, cancer in adolescents, adrenocortical carcinoma childhood, AIDS-related cancers (e.g.
  • Lymphoma and Kaposi's Sarcoma anal cancer, appendix cancer, astrocytomas, atypical teratoid, basal cell carcinoma, bile duct cancer, bladder cancer, bone cancer, brain stem glioma, brain tumor, breast cancer, bronchial tumors, burkitt lymphoma, carcinoid tumor, atypical teratoid, embryonal tumors, germ cell tumor, primary lymphoma, cervical cancer, childhood cancers, chordoma, cardiac tumors, chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML), chronic myleoproliferative disorders, colon cancer, colorectal cancer, craniopharyngioma, cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, extrahepatic ductal carcinoma in situ (DCIS), embryonal tumors, CNS cancer, endometrial cancer, ependymoma, esophageal cancer,
  • CLL chronic lymphocytic
  • esthesioneuroblastoma ewing sarcoma, extracranial germ cell tumor, extragonadal germ cell tumor, eye cancer, fibrous histiocytoma of bone, gall bladder cancer, gastric cancer, gastrointestinal carcinoid tumor, gastrointestinal stromal tumors (GIST), germ cell tumor, gestational trophoblastic tumor, hairy cell leukemia, head and neck cancer, heart cancer, liver cancer, hodgkin lymphoma, hypopharyngeal cancer, intraocular melanoma, islet cell tumors, pancreatic neuroendocrine tumors, kidney cancer, laryngeal cancer, lip and oral cavity cancer, liver cancer, lobular carcinoma in situ (LCIS), lung cancer, lymphoma, metastatic squamous neck cancer with occult primary, midline tract carcinoma, mouth cancer multiple endocrine neoplasia syndromes, multiple myeloma/plasma cell neoplasm, mycosis fungoides,
  • myelodysplasia syndromes myelodysplastic/myeloproliferative neoplasms, multiple myeloma, merkel cell carcinoma, malignant mesothelioma, malignant fibrous histiocytoma of bone and osteosarcoma, nasal cavity and paranasal sinus cancer, nasopharyngeal cancer, neuroblastoma, non-hodgkin lymphoma, non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), oral cancer, lip and oral cavity cancer, oropharyngeal cancer, ovarian cancer, pancreatic cancer, papillomatosis, paraganglioma, paranasal sinus and nasal cavity cancer, parathyroid cancer, penile cancer, pharyngeal cancer, pleuropulmonary blastoma, primary central nervous system (CNS) lymphoma, prostate cancer, rectal cancer, transitional cell cancer, retinoblastoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, salivary gland cancer
  • hyperproliferative disorder such as benign hyperplasia of the skin (e. g., psoriasis), restenosis, or prostate (e. g., benign prostatic hypertrophy (BPH)).
  • benign hyperplasia of the skin e. g., psoriasis
  • restenosis e. g., restenosis
  • prostate e. g., benign prostatic hypertrophy (BPH)
  • the invention relates to methods for treatment of lung cancers, the methods comprise administering an effective amount of any of the above described compound (or a pharmaceutical composition comprising the same) to a subject in need thereof.
  • the lung cancer is a non- small cell lung carcinoma (NSCLC), for example adenocarcinoma, squamous-cell lung carcinoma or large-cell lung carcinoma.
  • the lung cancer is a small cell lung carcinoma.
  • Other lung cancers treatable with the disclosed compounds include, but are not limited to, glandular tumors, carcinoid tumors and undifferentiated carcinomas.
  • Subjects that can be treated with compounds of the invention, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, prodrug, solvate, tautomer, hydrate or derivative of said compounds, according to the methods of this invention include, for example, subjects that have been diagnosed as having acute myeloid leukemia, acute myeloid leukemia, cancer in adolescents, adrenocortical carcinoma childhood, AIDS-related cancers (e.g.
  • Lymphoma and Kaposi's Sarcoma anal cancer, appendix cancer, astrocytomas, atypical teratoid, basal cell carcinoma, bile duct cancer, bladder cancer, bone cancer, brain stem glioma, brain tumor, breast cancer, bronchial tumors, burkitt lymphoma, carcinoid tumor, atypical teratoid, embryonal tumors, germ cell tumor, primary lymphoma, cervical cancer, childhood cancers, chordoma, cardiac tumors, chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML), chronic myleoproliferative disorders, colon cancer, colorectal cancer, craniopharyngioma, cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, extrahepatic ductal carcinoma in situ (DCIS), embryonal tumors, CNS cancer, endometrial cancer, ependymoma, esophageal cancer,
  • CLL chronic lymphocytic
  • esthesioneuroblastoma ewing sarcoma, extracranial germ cell tumor, extragonadal germ cell tumor, eye cancer, fibrous histiocytoma of bone, gall bladder cancer, gastric cancer, gastrointestinal carcinoid tumor, gastrointestinal stromal tumors (GIST), germ cell tumor, gestational trophoblastic tumor, hairy cell leukemia, head and neck cancer, heart cancer, liver cancer, hodgkin lymphoma, hypopharyngeal cancer, intraocular melanoma, islet cell tumors, pancreatic neuroendocrine tumors, kidney cancer, laryngeal cancer, lip and oral cavity cancer, liver cancer, lobular carcinoma in situ (LCIS), lung cancer, lymphoma, metastatic squamous neck cancer with occult primary, midline tract carcinoma, mouth cancer multiple endocrine neoplasia syndromes, multiple myeloma/plasma cell neoplasm, mycosis fungoides,
  • myelodysplasia syndromes myelodysplastic/myeloproliferative neoplasms, multiple myeloma, merkel cell carcinoma, malignant mesothelioma, malignant fibrous histiocytoma of bone and osteosarcoma, nasal cavity and paranasal sinus cancer, nasopharyngeal cancer, neuroblastoma, non-hodgkin lymphoma, non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), oral cancer, lip and oral cavity cancer, oropharyngeal cancer, ovarian cancer, pancreatic cancer, papillomatosis, paraganglioma, paranasal sinus and nasal cavity cancer, parathyroid cancer, penile cancer, pharyngeal cancer, pleuropulmonary blastoma, primary central nervous system (CNS) lymphoma, prostate cancer, rectal cancer, transitional cell cancer, retinoblastoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, salivary gland cancer
  • subjects that are treated with the compounds of the invention include subjects that have been diagnosed as having a non-cancerous hyperproliferative disorder such as benign hyperplasia of the skin (e. g., psoriasis), restenosis, or prostate (e. g., benign prostatic hypertrophy (BPH)).
  • a non-cancerous hyperproliferative disorder such as benign hyperplasia of the skin (e. g., psoriasis), restenosis, or prostate (e. g., benign prostatic hypertrophy (BPH)).
  • the invention further provides methods of modulating a G12C Mutant K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras protein activity by contacting the protein with an effective amount of a compound of the invention. Modulation can be inhibiting or activating protein activity.
  • the invention provides methods of inhibiting protein activity by contacting the G12C Mutant K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras protein with an effective amount of a compound of the invention in solution.
  • the invention provides methods of inhibiting the G12C Mutant K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras protein activity by contacting a cell, tissue, organ that express the protein of interest.
  • the invention provides methods of inhibiting protein activity in subject including but not limited to rodents and mammal (e.g., human) by administering into the subject an effective amount of a compound of the invention.
  • the percentage modulation exceeds 25%, 30%, 40%>, 50%>, 60%>, 70%>, 80%), or 90%).
  • the percentage of inhibiting exceeds 25%, 30%>, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or 90%.
  • the invention provides methods of inhibiting K- Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C activity in a cell by contacting said cell with an amount of a compound of the invention sufficient to inhibit the activity of K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C in said cell. In some embodiments, the invention provides methods of inhibiting K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C activity in a tissue by contacting said tissue with an amount of a compound of the invention sufficient to inhibit the activity of K-Ras, H- Ras or N-Ras G12C in said tissue.
  • the invention provides methods of inhibiting K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C activity in an organism by contacting said organism with an amount of a compound of the invention sufficient to inhibit the activity of K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C in said organism. In some embodiments, the invention provides methods of inhibiting K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C activity in an animal by contacting said animal with an amount of a compound of the invention sufficient to inhibit the activity of K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C in said animal.
  • the invention provides methods of inhibiting K-Ras, H- Ras or N-Ras G12C activity in a mammal by contacting said mammal with an amount of a compound of the invention sufficient to inhibit the activity of K-Ras, H-Ras or N- Ras G12C in said mammal. In some embodiments, the invention provides methods of inhibiting K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C activity in a human by contacting said human with an amount of a compound of the invention sufficient to inhibit the activity of K- Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C in said human. The present invention provides methods of treating a disease mediated by K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C activity in a subject in need of such treatment.
  • the present invention also provides methods for combination therapies in which an agent known to modulate other pathways, or other components of the same pathway, or even overlapping sets of target enzymes are used in combination with a compound of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, prodrug, solvate, tautomer, hydrate or derivative thereof.
  • such therapy includes but is not limited to the combination of one or more compounds of the invention with chemotherapeutic agents, therapeutic antibodies, and radiation treatment, to provide a synergistic or additive therapeutic effect.
  • chemotherapeutics are presently known in the art and can be used in combination with the compounds of the invention.
  • the chemotherapeutic is selected from the group consisting of mitotic inhibitors, alkylating agents, anti-metabolites, intercalating antibiotics, growth factor inhibitors, cell cycle inhibitors, enzymes, topoisomerase inhibitors, biological response modifiers, anti- hormones, angiogenesis inhibitors, and anti-androgens.
  • Non-limiting examples are chemotherapeutic agents, cytotoxic agents, and non-peptide small molecules such as Gleevec® (Imatinib Mesylate), Velcade® (bortezomib), Casodex (bicalutamide), Iressa® (gefitinib), and Adriamycin as well as a host of chemotherapeutic agents.
  • Non-limiting examples of chemotherapeutic agents include alkylating agents such as thiotepa and cyclosphosphamide (CYTOXANTM); alkyl sulfonates such as busulfan, improsulfan and piposulfan; aziridines such as benzodopa, carboquone, meturedopa, and uredopa; ethylenimines and
  • methylamelamines including altretamine, triethylenemelamine,
  • trietylenephosphoramide triethylenethiophosphaoramide and trimethylolomelamine
  • nitrogen mustards such as chlorambucil, chlornaphazine, cholophosphamide, estramustine, ifosfamide, mechlorethamine, mechlorethamine oxide hydrochloride, melphalan, novembichin, phenesterine, prednimustine, trofosfamide, uracil mustard
  • nitrosureas such as carmustine, chlorozotocin, fotemustine, lomustine, nimustine, ranimustine
  • antibiotics such as aclacinomysins, actinomycin, authramycin, azaserine, bleomycins, cactinomycin, calicheamicin, carabicin, carminomycin, carzinophilin, CasodexTM, chromomycins, dactinomycin, daunorubicin, detorub
  • dideoxyuridine, doxifluridine, enocitabine, floxuridine, androgens such as calusterone, dromostanolone propionate, epitiostanol, mepitiostane, testolactone; anti-adrenals such as aminoglutethimide, mitotane, trilostane; folic acid replenisher such as frolinic acid; aceglatone; aldophosphamide glycoside; aminolevulinic acid; amsacrine; bestrabucil; bisantrene; edatraxate; defofamine; demecolcine; diaziquone; elfomithine; elliptinium acetate; etoglucid; gallium nitrate; hydroxyurea; lentinan; lonidamine; mitoguazone; mitoxantrone; mopidamol; nitracrine; pentostatin; phenamet; pirarubici
  • Ara-C arabinoside
  • cyclophosphamide thiotepa
  • taxanes e.g. paclitaxel
  • chemotherapeutic cell conditioners include anti-hormonal agents that act to regulate or inhibit hormone action on tumors such as anti-estrogens including for example tamoxifen, (NolvadexTM), raloxifene, aromatase inhibiting 4(5)- imidazoles, 4-hydroxytamoxifen, trioxifene, keoxifene, LY 117018, onapristone, and toremifene (Fareston); and anti-androgens such as flutamide, nilutamide, bicalutamide, leuprolide, and goserelin; chlorambucil; gemcitabine; 6-thioguanine; mercaptopurine; methotrexate; platinum analogs such as
  • the compounds or pharmaceutical composition of the present invention can be used in combination with commonly prescribed anti-cancer drugs such as Herceptin®, Avastin®, Erbitux®, Rituxan®, Taxol®, Arimidex®, Taxotere®, ABVD, AVICF E, Abagovomab, Acridine carboxamide, Adecatumumab, 17-N- Allylamino-17-demethoxygeldanamycin, Alpharadin, Alvocidib, 3-Aminopyridine-2- carboxaldehyde thiosemicarbazone, Amonafide, Anthracenedione, Anti-CD22 immunotoxins, Antineoplastic, Antitumorigenic herbs, Apaziquone, Atiprimod, Azathioprine, Belotecan, Bendamustine, BIBW 2992, Biricodar, Brostallicin,
  • anti-cancer drugs such as Herceptin®, Avastin®, Erbitux®, Rituxan®, Tax
  • Lurtotecan Mafosfamide, Mitozolomide, Nafoxidine, Nedaplatin, Olaparib, Ortataxel, PAC-1, Pawpaw, Pixantrone, Proteasome inhibitor, Rebeccamycin, Resiquimod, Rubitecan, SN-38, Salinosporamide A, Sapacitabine, Stanford V, Swainsonine, Talaporfm, Tariquidar, Tegafur-uracil, Temodar, Tesetaxel, Triplatin tetranitrate, Tris(2-chloroethyl)amine, Troxacitabine, Uramustine, Vadimezan, Vinflunine, ZD6126 or Zosuquidar.
  • This invention further relates to a method for using the compounds or pharmaceutical compositions provided herein, in combination with radiation therapy for inhibiting abnormal cell growth or treating the hyperproliferative disorder in the mammal.
  • Techniques for administering radiation therapy are known in the art, and these techniques can be used in the combination therapy described herein.
  • the administration of the compound of the invention in this combination therapy can be determined as described herein.
  • Radiation therapy can be administered through one of several methods, or a combination of methods, including without limitation external-beam therapy, internal radiation therapy, implant radiation, stereotactic radiosurgery, systemic radiation therapy, radiotherapy and permanent or temporary interstitial brachytherapy.
  • brachytherapy refers to radiation therapy delivered by a spatially confined radioactive material inserted into the body at or near a tumor or other proliferative tissue disease site.
  • the term is intended without limitation to include exposure to radioactive isotopes (e.g. At-211, 1-131, 1-125, Y-90, Re-186, Re-188, Sm- 153, Bi-212, P-32, and radioactive isotopes of Lu).
  • Suitable radiation sources for use as a cell conditioner of the present invention include both solids and liquids.
  • the radiation source can be a radionuclide, such as 1-125, 1-131, Yb-169, Ir-192 as a solid source, 1-125 as a solid source, or other radionuclides that emit photons, beta particles, gamma radiation, or other therapeutic rays.
  • the radioactive material can also be a fluid made from any solution of radionuclide(s), e.g., a solution of I- 125 or I- 131 , or a radioactive fluid can be produced using a slurry of a suitable fluid containing small particles of solid radionuclides, such as Au-198, Y-90.
  • the radionuclide(s) can be embodied in a gel or radioactive micro spheres.
  • this invention further relates to a method for sensitizing abnormal cells in a mammal to treatment with radiation which comprises administering to the mammal an amount of a compound of the present invention or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, prodrug, solvate, hydrate or derivative thereof, which amount is effective is sensitizing abnormal cells to treatment with radiation.
  • the amount of the compound, salt, or solvate in this method can be determined according to the means for ascertaining effective amounts of such compounds described herein.
  • the compounds or pharmaceutical compositions of the invention can be used in combination with an amount of one or more substances selected from anti- angiogenesis agents, signal transduction inhibitors, antiproliferative agents, glycolysis inhibitors, or autophagy inhibitors.
  • Anti-angiogenesis agents such as MMP-2 (matrix-metalloproteinase 2) inhibitors, MMP-9 (matrix -metalloprotienase 9) inhibitors, and COX-11
  • Anti-angiogenesis agents include, for example, rapamycin, temsirolimus (CCI-779), everolimus (RAD001), sorafenib, sunitinib, and bevacizumab.
  • COX-II inhibitors include CELEBREXTM (alecoxib), valdecoxib, and rofecoxib. Examples of useful matrix metalloproteinase inhibitors are described in WO 96/33172 (published October
  • MMP-2 and MMP-9 inhibitors are those that have little or no activity inhibiting MMP-1. More preferred, are those that selectively inhibit MMP-2 and/or AMP-9 relative to the other matrix- metalloproteinases (i. e., MAP-1, MMP-3, MMP-4, MMP-5, MMP-6, MMP- 7, MMP- 8, MMP-10, MMP-11, MMP-12, andMMP-13).
  • MMP inhibitors useful in the invention are AG-3340, RO 32-3555, and RS 13-0830.
  • Autophagy inhibitors include, but are not limited to chloroquine, 3- methyladenine, hydroxychloroquine (PlaquenilTM), bafilomycin Al, 5-amino-4- imidazole carboxamide riboside (AICAR), okadaic acid, autophagy-suppressive algal toxins which inhibit protein phosphatases of type 2A or type 1, analogues of cAMP, and drugs which elevate cAMP levels such as adenosine, LY204002, N6-mercaptopurine riboside, and vinblastine.
  • antisense or siRNA that inhibits expression of proteins including but not limited to ATG5 (which are implicated in autophagy), may also be used.
  • the invention also relates to a method of and to a pharmaceutical composition for treating a cardiovascular disease in a mammal which comprises an amount of a compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, prodrug, solvate, tautomer, hydrate or derivative thereof, or an isotopically-labeled derivative thereof, and an amount of one or more therapeutic agents use for the treatment of cardiovascular diseases.
  • agents for use in cardiovascular disease applications are antithrombotic agents, e.g., prostacyclin and salicylates, thrombolytic agents, e.g., streptokinase, urokinase, tissue plasminogen activator (TP A) and anisoylated plasminogen-streptokinase activator complex (APSAC), anti-platelets agents, e.g., acetyl-salicylic acid (ASA) and clopidrogel, vasodilating agents, e.g., nitrates, calcium channel blocking drugs, anti-proliferative agents, e.g., colchicine and alkylating agents, intercalating agents, growth modulating factors such as interleukins, transformation growth factor-beta and congeners of platelet derived growth factor, monoclonal antibodies directed against growth factors, anti-inflammatory agents, both steroidal and non-steroidal, and other agents that can modulate vessel tone, function, arterio
  • Antibiotics can also be included in combinations or coatings comprised by the invention. Moreover, a coating can be used to effect therapeutic delivery focally within the vessel wall. By incorporation of the active agent in a swellable polymer, the active agent will be released upon swelling of the polymer.
  • the compounds described herein are formulated or administered in conjunction with liquid or solid tissue barriers also known as lubricants.
  • tissue barriers include, but are not limited to, polysaccharides, polyglycans, seprafilm, interceed and hyaluronic acid.
  • medicaments which are administered in conjunction with the compounds described herein include any suitable drugs usefully delivered by inhalation for example, analgesics, e.g. codeine, dihydromorphine, ergotamine, fentanyl or morphine; anginal preparations, e.g. diltiazem; antiallergics, e.g. cromoglycate, ketotifen or nedocromil; anti-infectives, e.g. cephalosporins, penicillins, streptomycin, sulphonamides, tetracyclines or pentamidine; antihistamines, e.g. methapyrilene; anti-inflammatories, e.g. beclomethasone, flunisolide, budesonide, tipredane, triamcinolone acetonide or fluticasone; antitussives, e.g. noscapine;
  • analgesics e.g. codeine
  • bronchodilators e.g. ephedrine, adrenaline, fenoterol, formoterol, isoprenaline, metaproterenol, phenylephrine, phenylpropanolamine, pirbuterol, reproterol, rimiterol, salbutamol, salmeterol, terbutalin, isoetharine, tulobuterol, orciprenaline or (-)-4-amino- 3,5-dichloro-a-[[[6-[2-(2-pyridinyl)ethoxy]hexyl]-amino]methyl]benzenemethanol; diuretics, e.g.
  • the medicaments are used in the form of salts (e.g. as alkali metal or amine salts or as acid addition salts) or as esters (e.g. lower alkyl esters) or as solvates (e.g. hydrates) to optimize the activity and/or stability of the medicament.
  • salts e.g. as alkali metal or amine salts or as acid addition salts
  • esters e.g. lower alkyl esters
  • solvates e.g. hydrates
  • exemplary therapeutic agents useful for a combination therapy include but are not limited to agents as described above, radiation therapy, hormone antagonists, hormones and their releasing factors, thyroid and antithyroid drugs, estrogens and progestins, androgens, adrenocorticotropic hormone; adrenocortical steroids and their synthetic analogs; inhibitors of the synthesis and actions of adrenocortical hormones, insulin, oral hypoglycemic agents, and the pharmacology of the endocrine pancreas, agents affecting calcification and bone turnover: calcium, phosphate, parathyroid hormone, vitamin D, calcitonin, vitamins such as water-soluble vitamins, vitamin B complex, ascorbic acid, fat-soluble vitamins, vitamins A, K, and E, growth factors, cytokines, chemokines, muscarinic receptor agonists and antagonists; anticholinesterase agents; agents acting at the neuromuscular junction and/or autonomic ganglia; catecholamines, sympathomimetic drugs,
  • Therapeutic agents can also include agents for pain and inflammation such as histamine and histamine antagonists, bradykinin and bradykinin antagonists, 5- hydroxytryptamine (serotonin), lipid substances that are generated by biotransformation of the products of the selective hydrolysis of membrane phospholipids, eicosanoids, prostaglandins, thromboxanes, leukotrienes, aspirin, nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory agents, analgesic-antipyretic agents, agents that inhibit the synthesis of prostaglandins and thromboxanes, selective inhibitors of the inducible cyclooxygenase, selective inhibitors of the inducible cyclooxygenase-2, autacoids, paracrine hormones, somatostatin, gastrin, cytokines that mediate interactions involved in humoral and cellular immune responses, lipid-derived autacoids, eicosanoids, ⁇ -adrenergic agonists, ipratropium
  • Additional therapeutic agents contemplated herein include diuretics, vasopressin, agents affecting the renal conservation of water, rennin, angiotensin, agents useful in the treatment of myocardial ischemia, anti-hypertensive agents, angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitors, ⁇ -adrenergic receptor antagonists, agents for the treatment of hypercholesterolemia, and agents for the treatment of dyslipidemia.
  • therapeutic agents contemplated include drugs used for control of gastric acidity, agents for the treatment of peptic ulcers, agents for the treatment of gastroesophageal reflux disease, prokinetic agents, antiemetics, agents used in irritable bowel syndrome, agents used for diarrhea, agents used for constipation, agents used for inflammatory bowel disease, agents used for biliary disease, agents used for pancreatic disease.
  • Therapeutic agents used to treat protozoan infections drugs used to treat Malaria, Amebiasis, Giardiasis, Trichomoniasis, Trypanosomiasis, and/or
  • Leishmaniasis and/or drugs used in the chemotherapy of helminthiasis.
  • Other therapeutic agents include antimicrobial agents, sulfonamides, trimethoprim- sulfamethoxazole quinolones, and agents for urinary tract infections, penicillins, cephalosporins, and other, ⁇ -lactam antibiotics, an agent comprising an aminoglycoside, protein synthesis inhibitors, drugs used in the chemotherapy of tuberculosis,
  • mycobacterium avium complex disease and leprosy, antifungal agents, antiviral agents including nonretroviral agents and antiretroviral agents.
  • therapeutic agents used for immunomodulation such as immunomodulators, immunosuppressive agents, tolerogens, and immunostimulants are contemplated by the methods herein.
  • therapeutic agents acting on the blood and the blood-forming organs hematopoietic agents, growth factors, minerals, and vitamins, anticoagulant, thrombolytic, and antiplatelet drugs.
  • a compound of the present invention For treating renal carcinoma, one may combine a compound of the present invention with sorafenib and/or avastin.
  • a compound of the present invention For treating an endometrial disorder, one may combine a compound of the present invention with doxorubincin, taxotere (taxol), and/or cisplatin (carboplatin).
  • doxorubincin for treating an endometrial disorder, one may combine doxorubincin, taxotere (taxol), and/or cisplatin (carboplatin).
  • cisplatin carboxyribonitride
  • doxorubincin taxotere
  • doxorubincin taxotere
  • doxorubincin taxotere
  • doxorubincin topotecan
  • tamoxifen for treating renal carcinoma, one may combine a compound of the present invention with sorafenib and/or avastin.
  • a compound of the present invention For treating breast cancer, one may combine a compound of the present invention with taxotere (taxol), gemcitabine (capecitabine), tamoxifen, letrozole, tarceva, lapatinib, PD0325901, avastin, herceptin, OSI-906, and/or OSI-930.
  • taxotere taxotere
  • gemcitabine gemcitabine
  • tamoxifen letrozole
  • tarceva lapatinib
  • PD0325901 avastin
  • herceptin herceptin
  • OSI-906 herceptin
  • OSI-930 for treating lung cancer, one may combine a compound of the present invention with taxotere (taxol), gemcitabine, cisplatin, pemetrexed, Tarceva, PD0325901, and/or avastin.
  • the compounds described herein can be used in combination with the agents disclosed herein or other suitable agents, depending on the condition being treated. Hence, in some embodiments the one or more compounds of the invention will be co-administered with other agents as described above.
  • the compounds described herein are administered with the second agent simultaneously or separately.
  • This administration in combination can include simultaneous administration of the two agents in the same dosage form, simultaneous administration in separate dosage forms, and separate administration. That is, a compound described herein and any of the agents described above can be formulated together in the same dosage form and administered simultaneously. Alternatively, a compound of the invention and any of the agents described above can be
  • a compound of the present invention can be administered just followed by and any of the agents described above, or vice versa.
  • a compound of the invention and any of the agents described above are administered a few minutes apart, or a few hours apart, or a few days apart.

Abstract

Irreversible inhibitors of G12C mutant K-Ras protein are provided. Also disclosed are methods to modulate the activity of G12C mutant K-Ras protein and methods of treatment of disorders mediated by G12C mutant K-Ras protein.

Description

COVALENT INHIBITORS OF KRAS G12C
BACKGROUND
Technical Field
Ras represents a group of closely related monomeric globular protein of 189 amino acids (21 kDa molecular mass) which is associated with the plasma membrane and which binds either GDP or GTP. Ras acts as a molecular switch. When Ras contains bound GDP it is in the resting or off position and is "inactive". In response to exposure of the cell to certain growth promoting stimuli, Ras is induced to exchange its bound GDP for a GTP. With GTP bound, Ras is "switched on" and is able to interact with and activate other proteins (its "downstream targets"). The Ras protein itself has a very low intrinsic ability to hydrolyze GTP back to GDP, thus turning itself into the off state. Switching Ras off requires extrinsic proteins termed GTPase-activating proteins (GAPs) that interact with Ras and greatly accelerate the conversion of GTP to GDP. Any mutation in Ras which affects its ability to interact with GAP or to convert GTP back to GDP will result in a prolonged activation of the protein and consequently a prolonged signal to the cell telling it to continue to grow and divide. Because these signals result in cell growth and division, overactive Ras signaling may ultimately lead to cancer.
Structurally, Ras proteins contain a G domain which is responsible for the enzymatic activity of Ras - the guanine nucleotide binding and the hydrolysis
(GTPase reaction). It also contains a C-terminal extension, known as the CAAX box, which may be post-translationally modified and is responsible for targeting the protein to the membrane. The G domain is approximately 21-25 kDa in size and it contains a phosphate binding loop (P-loop). The P-loop represents the pocket where the nucleotides are bound in the protein, and this is the rigid part of the domain with conserved amino acid residues which are essential for nucleotide binding and hydrolysis (Glycine 12, Threonine 26 and Lysine 16). The G domain also contains the so called Switch I (residues 30-40) and Switch II (residues 60-76) regions, both of which are the dynamic parts of the protein which are often represented as the "spring- loaded" mechanism because of their ability to switch between the resting and loaded state. The key interaction is the hydrogen bonds formed by Threonine-35 and glycine- 60 with the γ-phosphate of GTP which maintain Switch 1 and Switch 2 regions respectively in their active conformation. After hydrolysis of GTP and release of phosphate, these two relax into the inactive GDP conformation.
The most notable members of the Ras subfamily are HRAS, KRAS and NRAS, mainly for being implicated in many types of cancer. However, there are many other members including DIRAS1; DIRAS2; DIRAS3; ERAS; GEM; MRAS;
NKIRAS1; NKIRAS2; NRAS; RALA; RALB; RAP1A; RAP IB; RAP2A; RAP2B; RAP2C; RASD1; RASD2; RASL10A; RASL10B; RASL11A; RASL11B; RASL12; REMl; REM2; RERG; RERGL; RRAD; RRAS; RRAS2.
Mutations in any one of the three main isoforms of RAS (H-Ras, N-Ras, or K-Ras) genes are among the most common events in human tumorigenesis. About 30% of all human tumors are found to carry some mutation in Ras genes. Remarkably, K-Ras mutations are detected in 25-30% of tumors. By comparison, the rates of oncogenic mutation occurring in the N-Ras and H-Ras family members are much lower (8% and 3% respectively). The most common K-Ras mutations are found at residue G12 and G13 in the P-loop and at residue Q61.
G12C is a frequent mutation of K-Ras gene (glycine- 12 to cysteine).
This mutation had been found in about 13% of cancer occurrences, about 43% of lung cancer occurrences, and in almost 100% of MYH-associates polyposis (familial colon cancer syndrome). However targeting this gene with small molecules is a challenge. Accordingly, there is a need in the art for small molecules for targeting Ras (e.g., K- Ras, H-Ras and/or N-Ras) and use of the same for treatment of various diseases, such as cancer. The present invention provides these and other related advantages.
BRIEF SUMMARY
The present invention provides compounds which are capable of modulating G12C mutant K-Ras, H-Ras and/or N-Ras proteins. In some instances, the compound acts as an electrophile capable of forming a covalent bond with the cysteine residue at position 12 of a K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C mutant protein.
In some aspects of the invention, the compounds described herein are included in pharmaceutical compositions. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In some aspects of the invention, the pharmaceutical composition is suitable for oral administration. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is suitable for injection.
In one aspect, a method is provided. The method comprises a method of regulating activity of a K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C mutant protein wherein the method comprises reacting the K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C mutant protein with any of the compounds described herein. In some embodiments, the method inhibits proliferation of a cell population by contacting the cell population with any of the compounds described herein. In some embodiments, the method of inhibiting proliferation of a cell is measured as a decrease in cell viability of the cell population.
In one aspect, a method of treating a disorder in a subject is provided.
The method of treating a disorder in a subject comprises: (a) determining if the subject has a K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C mutation; and (b) if the subject is determined to have the K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C mutation then administering to the subject a therapeutically effective dose of a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one compound described herein. In some embodiments, the disorder is a cancer. In some embodiments, the cancer is pancreatic cancer, colon cancer, MYH associated polyposis, colorectal cancer, lung cancer or NSCLC.
In one aspect, a method of preparing a labeled K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C mutant protein is provided. The method of preparing a labeled K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C mutant comprises reacting the K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C mutant with a compound described herein, resulting in a labeled K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C protein.
In one aspect, a compound of Formula I having is provided:
Figure imgf000004_0001
wherein X is O or NH, S, or CR23,R24; Y is CH2, CHR22, CO, SO, or S02; n is an integer of value 1-6; Rl is aryl or heteroaryl, each of which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more independent R2 substituents; R2 is halogen, -OH, oxo, alkoxy, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylene, or heteroarylene, each of which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more independent R3 substituents; R3 is halogen, OH, cyano, alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylene, or heteroarylene, each of which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more independent R4 substituents; R4 is halogen, OH, cyano, alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylene, or heteroarylene; CI is alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylene, heteroarylene, or heterocycloalkylene; each of which may be substituted with a R5 substituent; C2 is a bond, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylene, heteroarylene, cycloalkylene, or heterocycloalkylene, wherein C 1 and C2 may form a fused or spiro bicyclic ring; D is a bond, -NH-CH2-, -NH-, or -CH2-; R5 is OH, alkyl, or -CH20H; and E is an electrophile capable of forming a covalent bond with the cysteine residue at position 12 of a K-Ras G12C mutant protein.
In some embodiments, the compound of Formula 1 has an O at position X. In other embodiments, the X represents a NH group.
In some embodiments, the compound of Formula 1 has a bond at position D. In other embodiments, D is a NH group. In other embodiments, the compound of Formula 1 has -NH-CH2- at position D connected to -NH-CH2- connected to the carbonyl carbon.
In some embodiments, the compound of Formula 1 has a group at position E that is selected from the group consisting of:
0 0 O H , H , H
Figure imgf000005_0001
Figure imgf000006_0001
In some embodiments, the compound of Formula 1 has a phenyl moiety is at position Rl and the phenyl moiety position Rl is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more independent R2 substituents. In other embodiments, the compound of Formula 1 has a benzothiadiazolyl moiety is at position Rl and is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more independent R2 substituents. In other embodiments, the compound of Formula 1 has a naphthalenyl moiety is at position Rl and is
unsubstituted or substituted by one or more independent R2 substituents. In other embodiments, the compound of Formula 1 has an imidazopyridinyl moiety is at position Rl and is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more independent R2 substituents.
In some embodiments, the compound of Formula 1 has a halogen at position R2. In other embodiments, the compound of Formula 1 has an OH at position R2. In other embodiments, the compound of Formula 1 has an OMe at position R2. In other embodiments, the compound of Formula 1 has an aryl or heteroaryl moiety at position R2 that is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more independent R3 substituents. In other embodiments, the compound of Formula 1 has a phenyl, pyridinyl, or thiophenyl moiety at position R2 that is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more inde endent R3 substituents.
Figure imgf000006_0002
compound of Formula 1 has a
Figure imgf000006_0003
at the -C1-C2 position. In other embodiments, the compound of Formula 1 has
Figure imgf000007_0001
at the -C1-C2 position.
In some embodiments, the compound of Formula 1 has group at Ci that is selected from the grou consisting of:
Figure imgf000007_0002
Figure imgf000007_0003
In some embodiments, the compound of Formula 1 has group at C2 that is selected from the roup consisting of:
Figure imgf000007_0004
In some embodiments, the compound of Formula 1 is selected from the compounds shown in Table 1.
In another aspect, a composition is provided; the composition comprises a compound of Formula II having the structure of E R6 wherein A is -CH2-, -
0-, or -NH-;R6 is aryl or heteroaryl, each of which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more independent R7 substituents;R7 is halogen, -OH, OR10, NR11R12, alkyl, oxo, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylene, or
heteroarylene, each of which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more independent R8 substituents;R8 is halogen, OH, cyano, alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylene, or heteroarylene, each of which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more independent R9 substituents;R10, Rl 1 and R12 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, each of which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more independent R13 substituents;R9 and R13 are independently halogen, OH, cyano, alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylene, or heteroarylene; E is an electrophile capable of forming a covalent bond with the cysteine residue at position 12 of a K-Ras G12C mutant protein.
bodiments, the E of the Formula II compound represents
Figure imgf000008_0001
In some embodiments, the Rl of the Formula II compound represents an aryl, unsubstituted or substituted by one or more independent R2 substituents. In other embodiments, the Rl of the Formula II compound is a heteroaryl, unsubstituted or substituted by one or more independent R2 substituents. In some embodiments, the Rl of the Formula II compound represents a phenyl moiety unsubstituted or substituted by one or more independent R2 substituents. In some embodiments, the Rl of the Formula II compound represents a pyridinyl moiety unsubstituted or substituted by one or more independent R2 substituents.
In some embodiments, the A of the Formula II compound is O. In other embodiments, the A of the Formula II compound is NH.
In some embodiments, the Formula II compound is selected from the compounds shown in Table 2.
In another aspect, a compound is provided; the compound of Formula III having the structure of:
Figure imgf000008_0002
wherein A is a bond, O, NH, or -C(0)-;n is 0 or 2;R14 is cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, each of which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more independent R15 substituents;R15 is halogen, OR18, NR19R20, oxo, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylene, or heteroarylene, each of which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more independent R16 substituents;R16 is halogen, OH, alkyl, alkoxy, cyano cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylene, or heteroarylene, each of which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more independent R17 substituents;R18, R19 and R20 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylene, or heteroarylene, each of which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more independent R21 substituents;R17 and R21 are independently halogen, OH, cyano, alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylene, or heteroarylene;Cl is cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl;C2 is a bond, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylene, or heteroarylene; wherein CI and C2 may form a fused or spiro bicyclic ring; and E is an electrophile capable of forming a covalent bond with the cysteine residue at position 12 of a K-Ras G12C mutant protein.
In some embodiments, the A of the Formula III compound represents O. In other embodiments, the A of the Formula III compound represents -C(O)-. In other embodiments, the A of the Formula III compound represents a bond.
In some embodiments, the n of the Formula III compound represents 0. In other embodiments, the n of the Formula III compound represents 1. In other embodiments, the n of the Formula III compound represents 2.
In some embodiments, the C2 of the Formula III compound represents a bond. In some embodiments, the C2 of the Formula III compound represents a pyridinyl.
In some embodiments the CI of the Formula III compound is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000009_0001
In some embodiments, the Rl of the Formula III compound is an aryl ( heteroaryl moiety unsubstituted or substituted by one or more independent R2 substituents. In other embodiments, the Rl of the Formula III compound is a phenyl moiety unsubstituted or substituted by one or more independent R2 substituents. In other embodiments, the Rl of the Formula III compound is C O . In other embodiments, Rl of the Formula III compound represents
Figure imgf000009_0002
. In other embodiments, Rl represents a pyridinyl moiety unsubstituted or substituted by one or more independent R2 substituents. In other embodiments, the Rl of the Formula III compound represents In other embodiments, the Rl of the Formula III compound represents
Figure imgf000010_0001
In some embodiments, the R2 of the Formula III compound represents a halogen. In other embodiments, the R2 of the Formula III compound represents an alkyl. In other embodiments, the R2 of the Formula III compound represents a -CH3.
In some embodiments the E of the Formula III compound represents:
Figure imgf000010_0002
In some embodiments, the Formula III compound is selected from the compounds shown in Table 3.
In another aspect, a composition is provided; the composition comprises a compound shown in Table 4.
In other embodiments, a compound of structure (V) is provided:
Figure imgf000010_0003
(V)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, stereoisomer or prodrug thereof, wherein R1,
Figure imgf000010_0004
E, G1, a2, a3, a4, R30a, R30b, R31a, R31b, R32a, R32b, R33a, R33b, n1, n2, n3 and n4 are as defined herein.
Also provided in various different embodiments is a compound of structure (VI):
Figure imgf000011_0001
(VI)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, stereoisomer or prodrug thereof, wherein A, B, C, Lla, L2, E, G3, G4, R32a, R32b, R33a, R33b, R37a, R37e, n3, n4 and m are as defined herein,
These and other aspects of the invention will be apparent upon reference to the following detailed description. To this end, various references are set forth herein which describe in more detail certain background information, procedures, compounds and/or compositions, and are each hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE SEVERAL VIEWS OF THE DRAWINGS
The novel features of the invention are set forth with particularity in the appended claims. A better understanding of the features and advantages of the present invention will be obtained by reference to the following detailed description that sets forth illustrative embodiments, in which the principles of the invention are utilized, and the accompanying drawings of which:
Fig. 1 Shows the enzymatic activity of Ras.
Fig. 2 shows a signal transduction pathway for Ras.
Fig. 3 Shows some common oncogenes, their respective tumor type and cumulative mutation frequencies (all tumors).
Fig. 4 shows the results of cell potency assay for the compound 1-189.
Fig. 5 shows the results of comparison of cell potency assay for the compound 1-189, 1-92 and 1-94.
Fig. 6 shows the results of comparison of cell potency assay for the compound 1-92 and 1-95.
Fig. 7 shows the results of comparison of cell potency assay for the compound 1-66, 1-45 and 1-91. Fig. 8 shows the results of comparison of cell potency assay for the compound 1-47, 1-42 and 1-60.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as is commonly understood by one of skill in the art to which this invention belongs. All patents and publications referred to herein are incorporated by reference.
As used in the specification and claims, the singular form "a", "an" and "the" include plural references unless the context clearly dictates otherwise.
"Amino" refers to the -NH2 radical.
"Carboxy" or "carboxyl" refers to the -C02H radical.
"Cyano" refers to the -CN radical.
"Hydroxy" or "hydroxyl" refers to the -OH radical.
"Imino" refers to the =NH substituent.
"Nitro" refers to the -N02 radical.
"Oxo" refers to the =0 substituent.
"Thioxo" refers to the =S substituent.
"Alkyl" refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain radical consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms, which is saturated or unsaturated (i.e., contains one or more double and/or triple bonds), having from one to twelve carbon atoms (Ci-Ci2 alkyl), preferably one to eight carbon atoms (Ci-C8 alkyl) or one to six carbon atoms (Ci-C6 alkyl), and which is attached to the rest of the molecule by a single bond, e.g., methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, 1 -methyl ethyl (z'so-propyl), n-butyl, n-pentyl, 1,1-dimethylethyl (t-butyl), 3-methylhexyl, 2-methylhexyl, ethenyl, prop-l-enyl, but-l-enyl, pent-l-enyl, penta-l,4-dienyl, ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, pentynyl, hexynyl, and the like. Alkyl includes alkenyls (one or more carbon-carbon double bonds) and alkynyls (one or more carbon-carbon triple bonds). Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkyl group is optionally substituted. "Alkylene" or "alkylene chain" refers to a straight or branched divalent hydrocarbon chain linking the rest of the molecule to a radical group, consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen, which is saturated or unsaturated (i.e., contains one or more double and/or triple bonds), and having from one to twelve carbon atoms, e.g., methylene, ethylene, propylene, n-butylene, ethenylene, propenylene, n-butenylene, propynylene, n-butynylene, and the like. The alkylene chain is attached to the rest of the molecule through a single or double bond and to the radical group through a single or double bond. The points of attachment of the alkylene chain to the rest of the molecule and to the radical group can be through one carbon or any two carbons within the chain. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkylene chain is optionally substituted.
"Alkenylene" is an alkylene, as defined above, which comprises one or more carbon-carbon double bonds. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkenylene is optionally substituted
"Alkylenecarbonyl" refers to a radical of the formula -C(=0)Ra-, where
Ra is an alkylene chain as defined above. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkylenecarbonyl is optionally substituted.
"Alkenylenecarbonyl" refers to an alkylenecarbonyl, as defined above, which comprises one or more carbon-carbon double bonds. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkenylenecarbonyl is optionally substituted.
"Alkoxy" refers to a radical of the formula -ORa where Ra is an alkyl radical as defined above containing one to twelve carbon atoms. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkoxy group is optionally substituted.
"Alkylamino" refers to a radical of the formula -NHRa or -NRaRa where each Ra is, independently, an alkyl radical as defined above containing one to twelve carbon atoms. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkylamino group is optionally substituted.
"Aminoalkyl" refers to an alkyl group comprising at least one amino substituent. The amino substituent can be on a tertiary, secondary or primary carbon. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an aminoalkyl group is optionally substituted.
"Alkylaminoalkyl" refers to an alkyl group comprising at least one alkylamino substituent. The alkylamino substituent can be on a tertiary, secondary or primary carbon. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an
alkylaminoalkyl group is optionally substituted.
"Aminocarbonyl" refers to a radical of the formula -C(=0)NRaRb, where Ra and Rb are each independently H or alkyl. Unless stated otherwise
specifically in the specification, an alkoxy group is optionally substituted.
"Aryl" refers to a hydrocarbon ring system radical comprising hydrogen,
6 to 18 carbon atoms and at least one aromatic ring. For purposes of this invention, the aryl radical is a monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic or tetracyclic ring system, which may include fused or bridged ring systems. Aryl radicals include, but are not limited to, aryl radicals derived from aceanthrylene, acenaphthylene, acephenanthrylene, anthracene, azulene, benzene, chrysene, fluoranthene, fluorene, as-indacene, s-indacene, indane, indene, naphthalene, phenalene, phenanthrene, pleiadene, pyrene, and triphenylene. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, the term "aryl" or the prefix "ar-" (such as in "aralkyl") is meant to include aryl radicals that are optionally substituted.
"Arylene" refers to a divalent aryl group which links the rest of the molecule (e.g., compound of structure I-VI) to a radical group and/or to the rest of the molecule. Unless stated specifically otherwise, an arylene is optionally substituted.
"Aralkyl" refers to a radical of the formula -Rb-Rc where Rb is an alkylene chain as defined above and Rc is one or more aryl radicals as defined above, for example, benzyl, diphenylmethyl and the like. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an aralkyl group is optionally substituted.
"Carboxyalkyl" refers to a radical of the formula -Rb-Rc where Rb is an alkylene chain as defined above and Rc is a carboxy group as defined above. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, carboxyalkyl group is optionally substituted. "Cyanoalkyl" refers to a radical of the formula -Rb-Rc where Rb is an alkylene chain as defined above and Rc is a cyano group as defined above. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, a cyanoalkyl group is optionally substituted.
"Cycloalkyl" or "carbocyclic ring" refers to a stable non-aromatic monocyclic or polycyclic hydrocarbon radical consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms, which may include fused or bridged ring systems, having from three to fifteen carbon atoms, preferably having from three to ten carbon atoms, and which is saturated or unsaturated and attached to the rest of the molecule by a single bond. Monocyclic radicals include, for example, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl. Polycyclic radicals include, for example, adamantyl, norbornyl, decalinyl, 7,7-dimethyl-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl, and the like. A
"cycloalkenyl" is a cycloalkyl comprising one or more carbob-carbon double bonds within the ring. Unless otherwise stated specifically in the specification, a cycloalkyl (or cycloalkenyl) group is optionally substituted.
The term "bicycloalkyl" refers to a structure consisting of two cycloalkyl moieties, unsubstituted or substituted, that have two or more atoms in common. If the cycloalkyl moieties have exactly two atoms in common they are said to be "fused". Examples include, but are not limited to, bicyclo[3.1.0]hexyl, perhydronaphthyl, and the like. If the cycloalkyl moieties have more than two atoms in common they are said to be "bridged". Examples include, but are not limited to, bicyclo[3.2.1]heptyl
("norbornyl"), bicyclo[2.2.2]octyl, and the like.
As used herein, the term "heteroatom" or "ring heteroatom" is meant to include oxygen (O), nitrogen (N), sulfur (S), and phosphorus (P).
The term "heteroalkyl," by itself or in combination with another term, means, unless otherwise stated, a straight or branched chain, or cyclic hydrocarbon radical, or combinations thereof, comprising of at least one carbon atoms and at least one heteroatom selected from the group comprising of O, N, P, Si and S, and wherein the nitrogen, phosphorus, and sulfur atoms may optionally be oxidized and the nitrogen heteroatom may optionally be quaternized. The heteroatom(s) O, N, P and S and Si may be placed at any interior position of the heteroalkyl group or at the position at which alkyl group is attached to the remainder of the molecule. The alkyl portion of the moiety is unsubstituted or substituted.
"Heteroalkylene" refers to an alkylene group comprising at least one heteroatom (e.g., N, O or S). In some embodiments, the heteroatom is within the alkylene chain (i.e., the heteroalkylene comprises at least one carbon-heteroatom- carbon bond. In other embodiments, the heteroatom is at a terminus of the alkylene and thus serves to join the alkylene to the remainder of the molecule (e.g., M1-H-A-M2, where Ml and M2 are portions of the a molecule, H is a heteroatom and A is an alkylene). Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, a heteroalkylene is optionally substituted.
"Heteroalkylenecarbonyl" refers to a radical of the formula -C(=0)Ra-, where Ra is a heteroalkylene chain as defined above. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, a heteroalkylenecarbonyl is optionally substituted.
The term "heterobi cycloalkyl" refers to a bicycloalkyl structure, which is unsubstituted or substituted, in which at least one carbon atom is replaced with a heteroatom independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur.
The term "spiroalkyl" refers to a structure, which is unsubstituted or substituted, which comprises at least two cycloalkyl units joined at single carbon. In various embodiments the spiroalkyl rings can be 1 -18 carbons.
The term "heterospiroalkyl" refers to a spiroalkyl structure, which is unsubstituted or substituted, in which at least one carbon atom is replaced with a heteroatom independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur.
"Cycloalkylalkyl" refers to a radical of the formula -RbRd where Rb is an alkylene chain as defined above and Rd is a cycloalkyl radical as defined above. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, a cycloalkylalkyl group is optionally substituted.
"Fused" refers to any ring structure described herein which is fused to an existing ring structure in the compounds of the invention. When the fused ring is a heterocyclyl ring or a heteroaryl ring, any carbon atom on the existing ring structure which becomes part of the fused heterocyclyl ring or the fused heteroaryl ring is replaced with a nitrogen atom.
"Halo" or "halogen" refers to bromo, chloro, fluoro or iodo.
"Haloalkyl" refers to an alkyl radical, as defined above, that is substituted by one or more halo radicals, as defined above, e.g., trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trichloromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 1 ,2-difluoroethyl,
3- bromo-2-fluoropropyl, 1 ,2-dibromoethyl, and the like. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, a haloalkyl group is optionally substituted.
"Heterocyclyl" or "heterocyclic ring" refers to a stable 3- to 18-membered non-aromatic ring radical which consists of two to twelve carbon atoms and from one to six heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, the heterocyclyl radical is a monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic or tetracyclic ring system, which may include fused or bridged ring systems; and the nitrogen, carbon or sulfur atoms in the heterocyclyl radical is optionally oxidized; the nitrogen atom is optionally quatemized; and the heterocyclyl radical is partially or fully saturated. Examples of such
heterocyclyl radicals include, but are not limited to, dioxolanyl, thienyl[l,3]dithianyl, decahydroisoquinolyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, morpholinyl, octahydroindolyl, octahydroisoindolyl, 2-oxopiperazinyl,
2-oxopiperidinyl, 2-oxopyrrolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl,
4- piperidonyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, quinuclidinyl, thiazolidinyl, tetrahydrofuryl, trithianyl, tetrahydropyranyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiamorpholinyl, 1-oxo-thiomorpholinyl, and 1,1-dioxo-thiomorpholinyl. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the
specification. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, a heterocyclyl group is optionally substituted.
"Heterocycloalkylene" refers to a divalent saturated heterocyclyl group which links the rest of the molecule {e.g., compound of structure I- VI) to a radical group and/or to the rest of the molecule. Unless stated specifically otherwise, a heterocycloalkylene is optionally substituted. "Heterocycloalkylenecarbonyl" refers to a radical of the
formula -RaC(=0)-, wherein Ra is a heterocycloalkylene as defined above. Unless stated specifically otherwise, a heterocycloalkylenecarbonyl is optionally substituted.
"N-heterocyclyl" refers to a heterocyclyl radical as defined above containing at least one nitrogen and where the point of attachment of the heterocyclyl radical to the rest of the molecule is through a nitrogen atom in the heterocyclyl radical. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, a N-heterocyclyl group is optionally substituted.
"Heterocyclylalkyl" or "heterocycloalkyl" refers to a radical of the formula -RbRe where Rb is an alkylene chain as defined above and Rg is a heterocyclyl radical as defined above, and if the heterocyclyl is a nitrogen-containing heterocyclyl, the heterocyclyl is optionally attached to the alkyl radical at the nitrogen atom. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, a heterocyclylalkyl group is optionally substituted.
"Heteroaryl" refers to a 5- to 14-membered ring system radical comprising hydrogen atoms, one to thirteen carbon atoms, one to six heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and at least one aromatic ring. For purposes of this invention, the heteroaryl radical may be a monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic or tetracyclic ring system, which may include fused or bridged ring systems; and the nitrogen, carbon or sulfur atoms in the heteroaryl radical may be optionally oxidized; the nitrogen atom may be optionally quaternized.
Examples include, but are not limited to, azepinyl, acridinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzindolyl, benzodioxolyl, benzofuranyl, benzooxazolyl,
benzothiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, benzo[¾][l ,4]dioxepinyl, 1 ,4-benzodioxanyl, benzonaphthofuranyl, benzoxazolyl, benzodioxolyl, benzodioxinyl, benzopyranyl, benzopyranonyl, benzofuranyl, benzofuranonyl, benzothienyl (benzothiophenyl), benzotriazolyl, benzo[4,6]imidazo[l ,2-a]pyridinyl, carbazolyl, cinnolinyl,
dibenzofuranyl, dibenzothiophenyl, furanyl, furanonyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, indazolyl, indolyl, indazolyl, isoindolyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, isoquinolyl, indolizinyl, isoxazolyl, naphthyridinyl, oxadiazolyl, 2-oxoazepinyl, oxazolyl, oxiranyl, 1- oxidopyridinyl, 1-oxidopyrimidinyl, 1-oxidopyrazinyl, 1-oxidopyridazinyl,
1 -phenyl- lH-pyrrolyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, phthalazinyl, pteridinyl, purinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinolinyl, quinuclidinyl, isoquinolinyl,
tetrahydroquinolinyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, triazinyl, and thiophenyl (i.e. thienyl). Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, a heteroaryl group is optionally substituted.
"Heteroarylene" refers to a divalent saturated heteroaryl group which links the rest of the molecule (e.g., compound of structure I- VI) to a radical group and/or to the rest of the molecule. Unless stated specifically otherwise, a heteroarylene is optionally substituted.
"Heteroarylenecarbonyl" refers to a radical of the formula -RaC(=0)-, wherein Ra is a heteroarylene as defined above. Unless stated specifically otherwise, a heteroarylenecarbonyl is optionally substituted.
"N-heteroaryl" refers to a heteroaryl radical as defined above containing at least one nitrogen and where the point of attachment of the heteroaryl radical to the rest of the molecule is through a nitrogen atom in the heteroaryl radical. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an N-heteroaryl group is optionally substituted.
"Heteroarylalkyl" refers to a radical of the formula -RbRf where Rb is an alkylene chain as defined above and Rf is a heteroaryl radical as defined above. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, a heteroarylalkyl group is optionally substituted.
"Hydroxylalkyl" refers to an alkyl group comprising at least one hydroxyl substituent. The -OH substituent may be on a primary, secondary or tertiary carbon. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, a hydroxylalkyl group is optionally substituted.
"Thioalkyl" refers to a radical of the formula -SRa where Ra is an alkyl radical as defined above containing one to twelve carbon atoms. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, a thioalkyl group is optionally substituted. The term "substituted" used herein means any of the above groups (e.g.., alkyl, alkylene, alkenylene, alkenylenecarbonyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, thioalkyl, aryl, arylene, aralkyl, carboxyalkyl, cyanoalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heteroalkyl, heteroalkylene, heteroalkylenecarbonyl,
heterobicycloalkyl, spiroalkyl, heterospiroalkyl, haloalkyl, heterocyclyl,
heterocycloalkylene, heterocycloalkylenecarbonyl, N-heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylene, heteroarylenecarbonyl, N-heteroaryl, hydroxylalkyl, thioalkyl and/or heteroarylalkyl) wherein at least one hydrogen atom is replaced by a bond to a non-hydrogen atoms such as, but not limited to: a halogen atom such as F, CI, Br, and I; an oxygen atom in groups such as hydroxyl groups, alkoxy groups, and ester groups; a sulfur atom in groups such as thiol groups, thioalkyl groups, sulfone groups, sulfonyl groups, and sulfoxide groups; a nitrogen atom in groups such as amines, amides, alkylamines, dialkylamines, arylamines, alkylarylamines, diarylamines, N-oxides, imides, and enamines; a silicon atom in groups such as trialkylsilyl groups,
dialkylarylsilyl groups, alkyldiarylsilyl groups, and triarylsilyl groups; and other heteroatoms in various other groups. "Substituted" also means any of the above groups in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced by a higher-order bond (e.g., a double- or triple-bond) to a heteroatom such as oxygen in oxo, carbonyl, carboxyl, and ester groups; and nitrogen in groups such as imines, oximes, hydrazones, and nitriles. For example, "substituted" includes any of the above groups in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced
with -NRgRh, -NRgC(=0)Rh, -NRgC(=0)NRgRh, -NRgC(=0)ORh, -NRgS02Rh, -OC(=0 )NRgRh, -ORg, -SRg, -SORg, -S02Rg, -OS02Rg, -S02ORg, =NS02Rg, and -S02NRgRh. "Substituted also means any of the above groups in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced with -C(=0)Rg, -C(=0)ORg, -C(=0)NRgRh, -CH2S02Rg, -CH2S02NRgRh. In the foregoing, Rg and R are the same or different and independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, thioalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, haloalkyl, heterocyclyl, N-heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl, N-heteroaryl and/or heteroarylalkyl. "Substituted" further means any of the above groups in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced by a bond to an amino, cyano, hydroxyl, imino, nitro, oxo, thioxo, halo, alkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, thioalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, haloalkyl, heterocyclyl, N-heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl, N-heteroaryl and/or heteroarylalkyl group. In addition, each of the foregoing substituents is optionally substituted with one or more of the above substituents.
"Electrophile" or "electrophilic moiety" is any moiety capable of reacting with a nucleophile (e.g., a moiety having a lone pair of electrons, a negative charge, a partial negative charge and/or an excess of electrons, for example a -SH group). Electrohiles typically are electron poor or comprise atoms which are electron poor. In certain embodiments an electrohile contains a positive charge or partial positive charge, has a resonance structure which contains a positive charge or partial positive charge or is a moiety in which derealization or polarization of electrons results in one or more atom which contains a positive charge or partial positive charge. In some embodiments, the electrophiles comprise conjugated double bonds, for example an α,β-unsaturated carbonyl or α,β-unsaturated thiocarbonyl compound.
The term "effective amount" or "therapeutically effective amount" refers to that amount of a compound described herein that is sufficient to effect the intended application including but not limited to disease treatment, as defined below. The therapeutically effective amount may vary depending upon the intended treatment application (in vivo), or the subject and disease condition being treated, e.g., the weight and age of the subject, the severity of the disease condition, the manner of
administration and the like, which can readily be determined by one of ordinary skill in the art. The term also applies to a dose that will induce a particular response in target cells, e.g. reduction of platelet adhesion and/or cell migration. The specific dose will vary depending on the particular compounds chosen, the dosing regimen to be followed, whether it is administered in combination with other compounds, timing of
administration, the tissue to which it is administered, and the physical delivery system in which it is carried.
As used herein, "treatment" or "treating" refer to an approach for obtaining beneficial or desired results with respect to a disease, disorder or medical condition including but not limited to a therapeutic benefit and/or a prophylactic benefit. By therapeutic benefit is meant eradication or amelioration of the underlying disorder being treated. Also, a therapeutic benefit is achieved with the eradication or amelioration of one or more of the physiological symptoms associated with the underlying disorder such that an improvement is observed in the subject,
notwithstanding that the subject may still be afflicted with the underlying disorder. In certain embodiments, for prophylactic benefit, the compositions are administered to a subject at risk of developing a particular disease, or to a subject reporting one or more of the physiological symptoms of a disease, even though a diagnosis of this disease may not have been made.
A "therapeutic effect," as that term is used herein, encompasses a therapeutic benefit and/or a prophylactic benefit as described above. A prophylactic effect includes delaying or eliminating the appearance of a disease or condition, delaying or eliminating the onset of symptoms of a disease or condition, slowing, halting, or reversing the progression of a disease or condition, or any combination thereof.
The term "co-administration," "administered in combination with," and their grammatical equivalents, as used herein, encompass administration of two or more agents to an animal, including humans, so that both agents and/or their metabolites are present in the subject at the same time. Co -administration includes simultaneous administration in separate compositions, administration at different times in separate compositions, or administration in a composition in which both agents are present.
"Pharmaceutically acceptable salt" includes both acid and base addition salts.
"Pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt" refers to those salts which retain the biological effectiveness and properties of the free bases, which are not biologically or otherwise undesirable, and which are formed with inorganic acids such as, but are not limited to, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid and the like, and organic acids such as, but not limited to, acetic acid, 2,2-dichloroacetic acid, adipic acid, alginic acid, ascorbic acid, aspartic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, benzoic acid, 4-acetamidobenzoic acid, camphoric acid, camphor- 10-sulfonic acid, capric acid, caproic acid, caprylic acid, carbonic acid, cinnamic acid, citric acid, cyclamic acid, dodecylsulfuric acid, ethane- 1, 2 -disulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic acid, formic acid, fumaric acid, galactaric acid, gentisic acid, glucoheptonic acid, gluconic acid, glucuronic acid, glutamic acid, glutaric acid, 2-oxo-glutaric acid, glycerophosphoric acid, glycolic acid, hippuric acid, isobutyric acid, lactic acid, lactobionic acid, lauric acid, maleic acid, malic acid, malonic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, mucic acid, naphthalene-l,5-disulfonic acid, naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid, l-hydroxy-2-naphthoic acid, nicotinic acid, oleic acid, orotic acid, oxalic acid, palmitic acid, pamoic acid, propionic acid, pyroglutamic acid, pyruvic acid, salicylic acid, 4-aminosalicylic acid, sebacic acid, stearic acid, succinic acid, tartaric acid, thiocyanic acid, /?-toluenesulfonic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, undecylenic acid, and the like.
"Pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salt" refers to those salts which retain the biological effectiveness and properties of the free acids, which are not biologically or otherwise undesirable. These salts are prepared from addition of an inorganic base or an organic base to the free acid. Salts derived from inorganic bases include, but are not limited to, the sodium, potassium, lithium, ammonium, calcium, magnesium, iron, zinc, copper, manganese, aluminum salts and the like. Preferred inorganic salts are the ammonium, sodium, potassium, calcium, and magnesium salts. Salts derived from organic bases include, but are not limited to, salts of primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, substituted amines including naturally occurring substituted amines, cyclic amines and basic ion exchange resins, such as ammonia, isopropylamine, trimethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, tripropylamine, diethanolamine, ethanolamine, deanol, 2-dimethylaminoethanol,
2-diethylaminoethanol, dicyclohexylamine, lysine, arginine, histidine, caffeine, procaine, hydrabamine, choline, betaine, benethamine, benzathine, ethylenediamine, glucosamine, methylglucamine, theobromine, triethanolamine, tromethamine, purines, piperazine, piperidine, N-ethylpiperidine, polyamine resins and the like. Particularly preferred organic bases are isopropylamine, diethylamine, ethanolamine,
trimethylamine, dicyclohexylamine, choline and caffeine. The terms "antagonist" and "inhibitor" are used interchangeably, and they refer to a compound having the ability to inhibit a biological function of a target protein, whether by inhibiting the activity or expression of the protein, such as K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C. Accordingly, the terms "antagonist" and "inhibitors" are defined in the context of the biological role of the target protein. While preferred antagonists herein specifically interact with (e.g. bind to) the target, compounds that inhibit a biological activity of the target protein by interacting with other members of the signal transduction pathway of which the target protein is a member are also specifically included within this definition. A preferred biological activity inhibited by an antagonist is associated with the development, growth, or spread of a tumor.
The term "agonist" as used herein refers to a compound having the ability to initiate or enhance a biological function of a target protein, whether by inhibiting the activity or expression of the target protein. Accordingly, the term
"agonist" is defined in the context of the biological role of the target polypeptide.
While preferred agonists herein specifically interact with (e.g. bind to) the target, compounds that initiate or enhance a biological activity of the target polypeptide by interacting with other members of the signal transduction pathway of which the target polypeptide is a member are also specifically included within this definition.
As used herein, "agent" or "biologically active agent" refers to a biological, pharmaceutical, or chemical compound or other moiety. Non-limiting examples include a simple or complex organic or inorganic molecule, a peptide, a protein, an oligonucleotide, an antibody, an antibody derivative, antibody fragment, a vitamin derivative, a carbohydrate, a toxin, or a chemotherapeutic compound. Various compounds can be synthesized, for example, small molecules and oligomers (e.g., oligopeptides and oligonucleotides), and synthetic organic compounds based on various core structures. In addition, various natural sources can provide compounds for screening, such as plant or animal extracts, and the like.
"Signal transduction" is a process during which stimulatory or inhibitory signals are transmitted into and within a cell to elicit an intracellular response. A modulator of a signal transduction pathway refers to a compound which modulates the activity of one or more cellular proteins mapped to the same specific signal transduction pathway. A modulator may augment (agonist) or suppress (antagonist) the activity of a signaling molecule.
An "anti-cancer agent", "anti-tumor agent" or "chemotherapeutic agent" refers to any agent useful in the treatment of a neoplastic condition. One class of anticancer agents comprises chemotherapeutic agents. "Chemotherapy" means the administration of one or more chemotherapeutic drugs and/or other agents to a cancer patient by various methods, including intravenous, oral, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravesical, subcutaneous, transdermal, buccal, or inhalation or in the form of a suppository.
The term "cell proliferation" refers to a phenomenon by which the cell number has changed as a result of division. This term also encompasses cell growth by which the cell morphology has changed (e.g., increased in size) consistent with a proliferative signal.
The term "selective inhibition" or "selectively inhibit" refers to a biologically active agent refers to the agent's ability to preferentially reduce the target signaling activity as compared to off-target signaling activity, via direct or indirect interaction with the target.
"Subject" refers to an animal, such as a mammal, for example a human. The methods described herein can be useful in both human therapeutics and veterinary applications. In some embodiments, the subject is a mammal, and in some
embodiments, the subject is human.
"Mammal" includes humans and both domestic animals such as laboratory animals and household pets (e.g., cats, dogs, swine, cattle, sheep, goats, horses, rabbits), and non-domestic animals such as wildlife and the like.
"Radiation therapy" means exposing a subject, using routine methods and compositions known to the practitioner, to radiation emitters such as alpha-particle emitting radionuclides (e.g., actinium and thorium radionuclides), low linear energy transfer (LET) radiation emitters (i.e. beta emitters), conversion electron emitters (e.g. strontium-89 and samarium- 153-EDTMP, or high-energy radiation, including without limitation x-rays, gamma rays, and neutrons.
An "anti-cancer agent", "anti-tumor agent" or "chemotherapeutic agent" refers to any agent useful in the treatment of a neoplastic condition. One class of anti- cancer agents comprises chemotherapeutic agents. "Chemotherapy" means the administration of one or more chemotherapeutic drugs and/or other agents to a cancer patient by various methods, including intravenous, oral, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravesical, subcutaneous, transdermal, buccal, or inhalation or in the form of a suppository.
"Prodrug" is meant to indicate a compound that may be converted under physiological conditions or by solvolysis to a biologically active compound described herein (e.g., compound of structure (I)). Thus, the term "prodrug" refers to a precursor of a biologically active compound that is pharmaceutically acceptable. In some aspects, a prodrug is inactive when administered to a subject, but is converted in vivo to an active compound, for example, by hydrolysis. The prodrug compound often offers advantages of solubility, tissue compatibility or delayed release in a mammalian organism (see, e.g., Bundgard, H., Design of Prodrugs (1985), pp. 7-9, 21-24 (Elsevier, Amsterdam). A discussion of prodrugs is provided in Higuchi, T., et al, "Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems," A.C.S. Symposium Series, Vol. 14, and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, ed. Edward B. Roche, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987, both of which are incorporated in full by reference herein. The term "prodrug" is also meant to include any covalently bonded carriers, which release the active compound in vivo when such prodrug is administered to a
mammalian subject. Prodrugs of an active compound, as described herein, are typically prepared by modifying functional groups present in the active compound in such a way that the modifications are cleaved, either in routine manipulation or in vivo, to the parent active compound. Prodrugs include compounds wherein a hydroxy, amino or mercapto group is bonded to any group that, when the prodrug of the active compound is administered to a mammalian subject, cleaves to form a free hydroxy, free amino or free mercapto group, respectively. Examples of prodrugs include, but are not limited to, acetate, formate and benzoate derivatives of a hydroxy functional group, or acetamide, formamide and benzamide derivatives of an amine functional group in the active compound and the like.
The term "in vivo" refers to an event that takes place in a subject's body. The invention disclosed herein is also meant to encompass all pharmaceutically acceptable compounds of structure (I) being isotopically-labeled by having one or more atoms replaced by an atom having a different atomic mass or mass number. Examples of isotopes that can be incorporated into the disclosed compounds include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, fluorine, chlorine, and iodine, such as 2H, 3H, UC, 13C, 14C, 13N, 15N, 150, 170, 180, 31P, 32P, 35S,
18 36 123 125
F, CI, I, and I, respectively. These radiolabeled compounds could be useful to help determine or measure the effectiveness of the compounds, by characterizing, for example, the site or mode of action, or binding affinity to pharmacologically important site of action. Certain isotopically-labeled compounds of structure (I), for example, those incorporating a radioactive isotope, are useful in drug and/or substrate tissue distribution studies. The radioactive isotopes tritium, i.e. 3H, and carbon-14, i.e. 14C, are particularly useful for this purpose in view of their ease of incorporation and ready means of detection.
Substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium, i.e. H, may afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, for example, increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements, and hence are preferred in some circumstances.
Substitution with positron emitting isotopes, such as UC, 18F, 150 and
13 N, can be useful in Positron Emission Topography (PET) studies for examining substrate receptor occupancy. Isotopically-labeled compounds of structure (I) can generally be prepared by conventional techniques known to those skilled in the art or by processes analogous to those described in the Preparations and Examples as set out below using an appropriate isotopically-labeled reagent in place of the non-labeled reagent previously employed. The invention disclosed herein is also meant to encompass the in vivo metabolic products of the disclosed compounds. Such products may result from, for example, the oxidation, reduction, hydrolysis, amidation, esterification, and the like of the administered compound, primarily due to enzymatic processes. Accordingly, the invention includes compounds produced by a process comprising administering a compound of this invention to a mammal for a period of time sufficient to yield a metabolic product thereof. Such products are typically identified by administering a radiolabeled compound of the invention in a detectable dose to an animal, such as rat, mouse, guinea pig, monkey, or to human, allowing sufficient time for metabolism to occur, and isolating its conversion products from the urine, blood or other biological samples.
"Stable compound" and "stable structure" are meant to indicate a compound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a useful degree of purity from a reaction mixture, and formulation into an efficacious therapeutic agent.
Often crystallizations produce a solvate of the compound of the invention. As used herein, the term "solvate" refers to an aggregate that comprises one or more molecules of a compound of the invention with one or more molecules of solvent. In some embodiments, the solvent wise water, in which case the solvate is a hydrate. Alternatively, in other embodiments, the solvent is an organic solvent. Thus, the compounds of the present invention may exist as a hydrate, including a
monohydrate, dihydrate, hemihydrate, sesquihydrate, trihydrate, tetrahydrate and the like, as well as the corresponding solvated forms. In some aspects, the compound of the invention is a true solvate, while in other cases, the compound of the invention merely retains adventitious water or is a mixture of water plus some adventitious solvent.
"Optional" or "optionally" means that the subsequently described event of circumstances may or may not occur, and that the description includes instances where said event or circumstance occurs and instances in which it does not. For example, "optionally substituted aryl" means that the aryl radical may or may not be substituted and that the description includes both substituted aryl radicals and aryl radicals having no substitution. A "pharmaceutical composition" refers to a formulation of a compound of the invention and a medium generally accepted in the art for the delivery of the biologically active compound to mammals, e.g. , humans. Such a medium includes all pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, diluents or excipients therefor.
"Pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient" includes without limitation any adjuvant, carrier, excipient, glidant, sweetening agent, diluent, preservative, dye/colorant, flavor enhancer, surfactant, wetting agent, dispersing agent, suspending agent, stabilizer, isotonic agent, solvent, or emulsifier which has been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration as being acceptable for use in humans or domestic animals.
The compounds of the invention, or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts may contain one or more asymmetric centers and may thus give rise to
enantiomers, diastereomers, and other stereoisomeric forms that are defined, in terms of absolute stereochemistry, as (R)- or (S)- or, as (D)- or (L)- for amino acids. The present invention is meant to include all such possible isomers, as well as their racemic and optically pure forms. Optically active (+) and (-), (R)- and (S)-, or (D)- and
(L)- isomers may be prepared using chiral synthons or chiral reagents, or resolved using conventional techniques, for example, chromatography and fractional crystallization. Conventional techniques for the preparation/isolation of individual enantiomers include chiral synthesis from a suitable optically pure precursor or resolution of the racemate (or the racemate of a salt or derivative) using, for example, chiral high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC). When the compounds described herein contain olefmic double bonds or other centres of geometric asymmetry, and unless specified otherwise, it is intended that the compounds include both E and Z geometric isomers. Likewise, all tautomeric forms are also intended to be included.
The present invention includes all manner of rotamers and conformationally restricted states of a compound of the invention.
A "stereoisomer" refers to a compound made up of the same atoms bonded by the same bonds but having different three-dimensional structures, which are not interchangeable. The present invention contemplates various stereoisomers and mixtures thereof and includes "enantiomers", which refers to two stereoisomers whose molecules are nonsuperimposeable mirror images of one another.
A "tautomer" refers to a proton shift from one atom of a molecule to another atom of the same molecule. The present invention includes tautomers of any said compounds.
The chemical naming protocol and structure diagrams used herein are a modified form of the I.U.P.A.C. nomenclature system, using the ACD/Name Version 9.07 software program and/or ChemDraw Ultra Version 11.0.1 software naming program (CambridgeSoft). For complex chemical names employed herein, a substituent group is typically named before the group to which it attaches. For example, cyclopropylethyl comprises an ethyl backbone with a cyclopropyl substituent. Except as described below, all bonds are identified in the chemical structure diagrams herein, except for all bonds on some carbon atoms, which are assumed to be bonded to sufficient hydrogen atoms to complete the valency. Compounds
In an aspect, the invention provides compounds which are capable of selectively binding to and/or modulating a G12C mutant K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras protein.. In some embodiments, the compounds modulate the G12C mutant K-Ras, H- Ras or N-Ras protein by reaction with an amino acid. In some embodiment the compounds of the invention selectively react with the G12C mutant K-Ras, H-Ras or N- Ras proteins by forming an irreversible covalent bond with the cysteine at the 12 position. By binding to the Cystine 12 the compounds of the invention may lock the switch II of the G12C mutant K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras into an inactive stage. This inactive stage may be distinct from those observed for GTP and GDP bound K-Ras, H- Ras or N-Ras. Some compounds of the invention are also able to perturb the switch I conformation. Because effector binding to K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras is highly sensitive to the conformation of switch I and II, the irreversible binding of these compounds may disrupt K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras downstream signaling.
In some embodiments, the invention provides a compound of Formula I
Figure imgf000031_0001
Formula I
In various embodiments Y is -CH2-, -CHR22-, CO, SO or S02. In some embodiments Y is -CH2-. In some embodiments Y is -CHR22-. In some embodiments Y is CO. In some embodiments Y is SO. In some embodiments Y is S02.
In various embodiments n is an integer with value 1-6. In some cases n is 1. In some cases n is 2. In some cases n is 3. In some cases n is 4. In some cases n is 5. In some cases n is 6.
Ri is aryl or heteroaryl each of which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more independent R2 substituents. In some embodiments Ri is substituted aryl. In some cases Ri is unsubstituted aryl. In some cases Ri is substituted heteroaryl. In some cases Ri is unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments Ri an aryl group substituted with one or more R3 groups. In some embodiments Ri a heteroaryl group substituted with one or more R3 groups. In some embodiments Ri is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group. In some embodiments Ri is an unsubstituted benzyl group. In some embodiments Ri is a phenyl group substituted with one or more independent R2 substituents. In some embodiments Ri is an unsubstituted benzothiadiazolyl group. In some embodiments Ri is a benzothiadiazolyl group substituted with one or more independent R2 substituents. In some embodiments Ri is an unsubstituted
benzothiadiazolyl group. In some embodiments Ri is a benzothiadiazolyl group substituted with one or more independent R2 substituents. In some embodiments Ri is an unsubstituted naphthalenyl group. In some embodiments Ri is a naphthalenyl group substituted with one or more independent R2 substituents. In some embodiments Ri is an imidazopyridinyl naphthalenyl group. In some embodiments Ri is an
imidazopyridinyl group substituted with one or more independent R2 substituents.
In some embodiments, Ri is an unsubstituted phenyl group. In some embodiments, Ri is a substituted phenyl group (Formula la). In some embodiments Ri is a phenyl group with a halogen substituent at the 4-position of the phenyl ring. In some embodiments, Ri is a phenyl substituted with a substituted or unsubstituted aryl at the 5-position. In some embodiments, Ri is a phenyl substituted with a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl at the 5 -position. In some embodiments, Ri is a phenyl substituted with a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl at the 5 -position. In some embodiments, Ri is a phenyl substituted with a substituted or unsubstituted
heterocycloaryl (heteroaryl) at the 5-position. In some embodiments Ri is a phenyl with an alkoxy substituent at the 2 position of the phenyl ring. In some embodiments Ri is a phenyl with methoxy substituent at the 2 position of the phenyl ring. In some embodiments Ri is a phenyl group with a methoxy substituent at the 2 position, a halogen substituent at the 4 position and an aryl or heteroaryl substituent (both of which are substituted or unsubstituted) at the 5 position of the phenyl ring.
Figure imgf000032_0001
Formula la, RI = Ph
In some embodiments, Ri is capable of reversible interaction with K- Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C mutant protein. In some embodiments Ri has high affinity towards K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras and is highly specific towards G12C K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras. In some embodiments Ri is capable of hydrophobic interaction with K-Ras, H- Ras or N-Ras G12C. In some embodiments Ri is able to form hydrogen bonds with various residues of G12C K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras protein. In some embodiments Ri interacts with one or more of G10, R68, Y71, Y96 or Q99 residues in K-Ras G12C (Figure 1). In some embodiments Ri interacts with the G10 residue of K-Ras G12C. In some embodiments Ri interacts with the R68 residue of K-Ras G12C. In some embodiments Ri interacts with the Y71 residue of K-Ras G12C. In some embodiments Ri interacts with the Y96 residue of K-Ras G12C. In some embodiments Ri interacts with the Q99 residue of K-Ras G12C.
R2 is, at each occurrence, independently halogen, oxo, hydroxy, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted arylene, or substituted or unsubstituted arylene heteroarylene, each of which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more independent R3 substituents. In some embodiments R2 is halogen. In some embodiments, R2 is hydroxy. In some embodiments R2 is an alkoxy group substituted with one or more R3 substituents. In some embodiments R2 is an unsubstituted alkoxy group. In some embodiments R3 is an alkyl group substituted with one or more R3 groups. In some embodiments R2 is an unsubstituted alkyl group. In some embodiments R2 is a heteroalkyl group substituted with one or more R3 groups. In some embodiments R2 is an unsubstituted heteroalkyl group. In some embodiments R2 a cycloalkyl group substituted with one or more R3 groups. In some embodiments R2 is an unsubstituted cycloalkyl group. In some embodiments R2 is a heterocycloalkyl substituted with one or more R3 groups. In some embodiments R2 is an unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl group. In some embodiments R2 is an aryl substituted with one or more R3 groups. In some embodiments R2 is an unsubstituted aryl group. In some embodiments R2 is a heteroaryl group substituted with one or more R3 groups. In some embodiments R2 unsubstituted a heteroaryl group. In some embodiments R2 is an arylene substituted with one or more R3 groups. In some embodiments R2 is an unsubstituted arylene group. In some embodiments R2 is a heteroarylene group substituted with one or more R3 groups. In some embodiments R2 unsubstituted a heteroarylene group. In some embodiments R2 is halogen. In some embodiments R2 is hydroxy. In some embodiments R2 is alkoxy. In some embodiments R2 is methoxy. In some embodiments R2 is oxo.
R3 is halogen, OH, cyano, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloheteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted arylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene. In some embodiments R3 is halogen. In some embodiments R3 is hydroxy. In some embodiments R3 is cyano. In some embodiments R3 is unsubstituted alkyl. In some embodiments R3 is an alkyl substituted with one or more R4 groups. In some embodiments R3 is unsubstituted alkoxy. In some embodiments R3 is an alkoxy substituted with one or more R4 groups. In some embodiments R3 is unsubstituted cycloalkyl. In some embodiments R3 is a cycloalkyl substituted with one or more R4 groups. In some embodiments R3 is unsubstituted hetero alkyl. In some embodiments R3 is a hetero alkyl substituted with one or more R4 groups. In some embodiments R3 is unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl. In some
embodiments R3 is a heterocycloalkyl substituted with one or more R4 groups. In some embodiments R3 is unsubstituted aryl. In some embodiments R3 is an aryl substituted with one or more R4 groups. In some embodiments R3 is unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments R3 is a heteroaryl substituted with one or more R4 groups. In some embodiments R3 is unsubstituted arylene. In some embodiments R3 is an arylene substituted with one or more R4 groups. In some embodiments R3 is unsubstituted heteroarylene. In some embodiments R3 is a heteroarylene substituted with one or more R4 groups. In some embodiments R3 is halogen. In some embodiments R3 is hydroxyl. In some embodiments R3 is cyano.
In various embodiments R4 is halogen, OH, cyano, alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylene, or heteroarylene moiety. In some embodiments R4 is halogen. In some embodiments R4 is hydroxyl. In some embodiments R4 is cyano. In some embodiments R4 is an alkyl. In some embodiments R4 is an alkoxy. In some embodiments R4 is a cycloalkyl. In some embodiments R4 is heteroalkyl. In some embodiments R4 is heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments R4 is aryl. In some embodiments R4 is heteroaryl. In some embodiments R4 is arylene, in some embodiments R4 is heteroarylene.
In various embodiments Ci is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene, substituted or unsubstituted
heterocycloalkylene, substituted or unsubstituted arylene, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene. In some embodiments Ci is a cycloalkylene substituted with one or more R5 groups. In some embodiments Ci is an unsubstituted cycloalkylene. In some embodiments Ci is a heterocycloalkylene substituted with one or more R5 groups. In some embodiments Ci is an unsubstituted heterocycloalkylene. In some embodiments Ci is an arylene substituted with one or more R5 groups. In some embodiments Ci is an unsubstituted arylene. In some embodiments Ci is a heteroarylene substituted with one or more R5 groups. In some embodiments Ci is an unsubstituted heteroarylene. In some embodiments Ci is selected from:
Figure imgf000035_0001
Figure imgf000035_0002
In some embodiments, Ci is , or
In some embodiments R5 is -OH. In some embodiments R5 is -CH2OH.
In some embodiment R5 is alkyl. In some embodiments R5 is methyl.
In various embodiments C2 is a bond, a cycloalkylene,
heterocycloalkylene, arylene, or heteroarylene. In some embodiments C2 is a bond. In some embodiments C2 is an unsubstituted cycloalkylene. In some embodiments C2 is an unsubstituted heterocycloalkylene. In some embodiments C2 is an unsubstituted arylene. In some embodiments C2 is an unsubstituted heteroarylene. In some embodiments C2 is selected from:
Figure imgf000035_0003
ni some embodiments, CI and C2 form a fused or spiro bicyclic ring. In some embodiments -C1-C2- form a fused bicylic ring. In some embodiments -C1-C2- form a spiro bicyclic ring. In some embodiments -C1-C2- is
Figure imgf000035_0004
embodiments -C1-C2-
Figure imgf000035_0005
In some embodiments -C1-C2- is
Figure imgf000035_0006
In various embodiments X is O, NH, S or CR23R24. In some
embodiments X is O. In some embodiments X is NH. In various embodiments X is S. In various embodiments X is CR23R24.
In various embodiments D is a bond, -NH-CH2-, -NH-, or -CH2-. In various embodiments D is a bond. In various embodiments D is -NH-CH2. In various embodiments D is -NH-. In various embodiments D is -CH2-.
R22, R23 and R24 are each independently hydrogen, halogen, -OH, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroalkyl, or heterocycloalkyl.
In some embodiments E is an electrophile capable of bonding with a K- Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras protein comprising G12C mutation. In some embodiments, the electrophile E is capable of forming an irreversible covalent bond with a G12C mutant K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras protein. In some cases, the electrophile E binds with the cysteine residue at the position 12 of a G12C mutant K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras protein. In some cases E is selected from:
is
Figure imgf000036_0001
In some embodiments the invention provides compounds of Formula I as shown in Table 1.
In some embodiments, the invention provides compounds of Formula II
E ^ R6
Formula II
In various embodiments A is CH2, O- or NH. In some embodiments A is CH2. In some embodiments A is O. In some embodiments A is NH.
In various embodiments Re is aryl or heteroaryl moiety, each of which is either unsubstituted or substituted with one or more R7 groups. In some embodiments Re is an unsubstituted aryl. In some embodiments Re is an aryl substituted with one or more R7groups. In some embodiments R6 is an unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments Re is a heteroaryl substituted with one or more R7 groups. In some embodiments ¾ is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl moiety. In some embodiments Re is an unsubstituted phenyl moiety. In some embodiments R6 is a phenyl moiety substituted with one or more R7 substituents. In some embodiments R6 is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridinyl moiety. In some embodiments R6 is an unsubstituted pyridinyl moiety. In some embodiments R6 is a pyridinyl moiety substituted with one or more R7 substituents.
R7 is halogen, -OH, ORio, NRnR12, oxo, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or substituted arylene, or unsubstituted or substituted hetero arylene. In some embodiments R7 is a halogen. In some embodiments R7 is OH. In some embodiments R7 is OR10. In some embodiments R7 is NRnRi2. In some embodiments R7 is unsubstituted alkyl. In some embodiments R7 is a alkyl substituted with one or more Rg substituents. In some embodiments R7 is unsubstituted cycloalkyl. In some embodiments R7 is a cycloalkyl substituted with one or more Rg substituents. In some embodiments R7 is unsubstituted heteroalkyl. In some embodiments R7 is a heteroalkyl substituted with one or more Rg substituents. In some embodiments R7 is unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments R7 is a heterocycloalkyl substituted with one or more R8 substituents. In some embodiments R7 is unsubstituted aryl. In some embodiments R7 is a aryl substituted with one or more R8 substituents. In some embodiments R7 is unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some
embodiments R7 is a heteroaryl substituted with one or more R8 substituents. In some embodiments R7 is unsubstituted arylene. In some embodiments R7 is a arylene substituted with one or more R8 substituents. In some embodiments R7 is unsubstituted heteroarylene. In some embodiments R7 is a heteroarylene substituted with one or more R8 substituents.
In various embodiments R8 is halogen, OH, cyano, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkoxy, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or substituted arylene, or unsubstituted or substituted heteroarylene. In some embodiments R8 is halogen. In some embodiments R8 is OH. In some embodiments R8 is cyano. In some embodiments R8 is unsubstituted alkyl. In some embodiments R8 is a alkyl substituted with one or more R groups. In some embodiments R8 is unsubstituted alkoxy. In some embodiments R8 is a alkoxy substituted with one or more R9 groups. In some embodiments R8 is unsubstituted cycloalkyl. In some embodiments R8 is a cycloalkyl substituted with one or more R groups. In some embodiments R8 is unsubstituted heteroalkyl. In some embodiments R8 is a heteroalkyl substituted with one or more R groups. In some embodiments R8 is unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments R8 is a heterocycloalkyl substituted with one or more R9 groups. In some embodiments R8 is unsubstituted aryl. In some embodiments R8 is a aryl substituted with one or more R9 groups. In some embodiments R8 is unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments R8 is a heteroaryl substituted with one or more R9 groups. In some embodiments R8 is unsubstituted arylene. In some embodiments R8 is a arylene substituted with one or more R9 groups. In some embodiments R8 is unsubstituted heteroarylene. In some embodiments R8 is a heteroarylene substituted with one or more R9 groups. In various embodiments, Rio is hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments Rio is hydrogen. In some embodiments Rio is unsubstituted alkyl. In some embodiments Rio is alkyl substituted with one or more R13 groups. In some embodiments Rio is unsubstituted cycloalkyl. In some embodiments Rio is cycloalkyl substituted with one or more R13 groups. In some embodiments Rio is unsubstituted heteroalkyl. In some embodiments Rio is heteroalkyl substituted with one or more R13 groups. In some embodiments Rio is unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments Rio is heterocycloalkyl substituted with one or more R13 groups. In some embodiments Rio is unsubstituted aryl. In some embodiments Rio is aryl substituted with one or more R13 groups. In some embodiments Rio is unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments Rio is heteroaryl substituted with one or more R13 groups.
In various embodiments, Rn is hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments Rn is hydrogen. In some embodiments Rn is unsubstituted alkyl. In some embodiments Rn is alkyl substituted with one or more R13 groups. In some embodiments Rn is unsubstituted cycloalkyl. In some embodiments Rn is cycloalkyl substituted with one or more R13 groups. In some embodiments Rn is unsubstituted heteroalkyl. In some embodiments Rn is heteroalkyl substituted with one or more R13 groups. In some embodiments Rn is unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments Rn is heterocycloalkyl substituted with one or more R13 groups. In some embodiments Rn is unsubstituted aryl. In some embodiments Rn is aryl substituted with one or more R13 groups. In some embodiments Rn is unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments Rn is heteroaryl substituted with one or more R13 groups.
In various embodiments, R12 is hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments R12 is hydrogen. In some embodiments R12 is unsubstituted alkyl. In some embodiments R12 is alkyl substituted with one or more R13 groups. In some embodiments R12 is unsubstituted cycloalkyl. In some embodiments R12 is cycloalkyl substituted with one or more R13 groups. In some embodiments R12 is unsubstituted heteroalkyl. In some embodiments R12 is heteroalkyl substituted with one or more R13 groups. In some embodiments R12 is unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments R12 is heterocycloalkyl substituted with one or more R13 groups. In some embodiments R12 is unsubstituted aryl. In some embodiments R12 is aryl substituted with one or more R13 groups. In some embodiments R12 is unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments R12 is heteroaryl substituted with one or more R13 groups.
In various embodiments R9 is halogen, OH, cyano, alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylene, or heteroarylene. In various embodiments R9 is halogen. In various embodiments R9 is OH. In various embodiments R9 is cyano. In various embodiments R9 is alkyl. In various embodiments R9 is cycloalkyl. In various embodiments R9 is heteroalkyl. In various embodiments R9 is heterocycloalkyl. In various embodiments R9 is aryl. In various embodiments R9 is heteroaryl. In various embodiments R9 is arylene. In various embodiments R9 is heteroarylene.
In various embodiments R13 is halogen, OH, cyano, alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylene, or heteroarylene. In various embodiments R13 is halogen. In various embodiments R13 is OH. In various embodiments R13 is cyano. In various embodiments R13 is alkyl. In various
embodiments R13 is cycloalkyl. In various embodiments R13 is heteroalkyl. In various embodiments R13 is heterocycloalkyl. In various embodiments R13 is aryl. In various embodiments R13 is heteroaryl. In various embodiments R13 is arylene. In various embodiments R13 is heteroarylene.
In some embodiments E is an electrophile capable of bonding with a K- Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras protein comprising G12C mutation. In some embodiments, the electrophile E is capable of forming an irreversible covalent bond with a G12C mutant K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras protein. In some cases, the electrophile E binds with the cysteine residue at the position 12 of a G12C mutant K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras protein.
In some cases E has the general structure
Figure imgf000041_0001
wherein:
R25 is alkyl;
R26 is cyano or alkyl or R26 joins with R27 to form a cycloalkene; and
R27 is alkyl or R27 joins with R26 to form a cycloalkene.
In some cases E is selected from:
Figure imgf000041_0002
0
* N
In some embodiments E is H . In some embodiments E is In some embodiments E is
Figure imgf000041_0003
In some embodiments, R6 is capable of reversible interaction with K-
Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C mutant protein. In some embodiments R6 moiety has high affinity towards K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras and is highly specific towards G12C K-Ras, H- Ras or N-Ras. In some embodiments Re is capable of hydrophobic interaction with K- Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C. In some embodiments R6 is able to form hydrogen bonds with various residues of G12C K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras protein. In some embodiments Re interacts with one or more of G10, R68, Y71, Y96 or Q99 residues in K-Ras G12C (Figure 1). In some embodiments, R6 moiety interacts with the G10 residue of K-Ras G12C. In some embodiments R6 interacts with the R68 residue of K-Ras G12C. In some embodiments R6 interacts with the Y71 residue of K-Ras G12C. In some embodiments Re interacts with the Y96 residue of K-Ras G12C. In some embodiments 5 interacts with the Q99 residue of K-Ras G12C.
In some embodiments, the ^^^fi^ unit in Formula II provides proper length and geometry to the compound such that the electrophile E interacts with the cysteine residue at the 12 position in G12C K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras protein. In some embodiments the ^^^ ^ also interacts with other protein backbone residues.
In some embodiments the invention provides compounds of Formula II as shown in Table 2.
In some embodiments, the invention provides compounds of Formula III
Figure imgf000042_0001
Formula III
In various embodiments A is a bond, O, NH or -(CO)-. In some embodiments A is a bond. In some embodiments A is O. In some embodiments A is NH. In some embodiments A is -C(O)-.
In various embodiments n is 0 or 1. In some cases n is 0. In some cases n is 1.
In various embodiments R14 is cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl moiety. In some embodiments R14 is an unsubstituted cycloalkyl. In some embodiments Ri4 is cycloalkyl substituted with one or more R15 groups. In some embodiments R14 is an unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments R14 is hetero cycloalkyl substituted with one or more R15 groups. In some embodiments R14 is an unsubstituted aryl. In some embodiments R14 is aryl substituted with one or more R15 groups. In some embodiments R14 is an unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments R14 IS heteroaryl substituted with one or more R15 groups. In some embodiments R14 is an unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments R14 is phenyl substituted with one or more R15 groups.
In various embodiments R15 is halogen, ORi8, NR19R20, oxo, alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylene, or heteroarylene, each of which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more independent R3 substituents. In some embodiments R15 is halogen. In some embodiments R15 is cyano. In some embodiments R15 is NR1 R20. In some embodiments R15 is oxo. In some embodiments R15 is ORi8. In some embodiments R15 is unsubstituted alkyl. In some embodiments R15 is a alkyl substituted with one or more Ri6 groups. In some embodiments R15 is unsubstituted alkoxy. In some embodiments R½ is a alkoxy substituted with one or more Ri6 groups. In some embodiments R15 is unsubstituted cycloalkyl. In some embodiments R15 is a cycloalkyl substituted with one or more Ri6 groups. In some embodiments R15 is unsubstituted heteroalkyl. In some embodiments Ri5 is a heteroalkyl substituted with one or more Ri6 groups. In some embodiments R15 is unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments R15 is a heterocycloalkyl substituted with one or more Ri6 groups. In some embodiments R15 is unsubstituted aryl. In some embodiments R15 is a aryl substituted with one or more Ri6 groups. In some embodiments R15 is unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments R15 is a heteroaryl substituted with one or more Ri6 groups. In some embodiments R15 is unsubstituted arylene. In some embodiments R15 is a arylene substituted with one or more Ri6 groups. In some embodiments R15 is unsubstituted heteroarylene. In some embodiments R15 is a heteroarylene substituted with one or more Ri6 groups
In various embodiments Ri6 is halogen, OH, oxo, cyano alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylene, or heteroarylene, each of which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more independent Rn substituents. In some embodiments R½ is halogen. In some embodiments Ri6 is OH. In some embodiments Ri6 is cyano. In some embodiments Ri6 is unsubstituted alkyl. In some embodiments Ri6 is a alkyl substituted with one or more Rn groups. In some embodiments Ri6 is unsubstituted alkoxy. In some embodiments R½ is a alkoxy substituted with one or more Rn groups. In some embodiments R½ is unsubstituted cycloalkyl. In some embodiments R½ is a cycloalkyl substituted with one or more Rn groups. In some embodiments R½ is unsubstituted heteroalkyl. In some embodiments Ri6 is a heteroalkyl substituted with one or more Rn groups. In some embodiments R½ is unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments R½ is a heterocycloalkyl substituted with one or more Rn groups. In some embodiments R½ is unsubstituted aryl. In some embodiments Ri6 is a aryl substituted with one or more Rn groups. In some embodiments Ri6 is unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments Ri6 is a heteroaryl substituted with one or more Rn groups. In some embodiments R½ is unsubstituted arylene. In some embodiments R½ is a arylene substituted with one or more Rn groups. In some embodiments Ri6 is unsubstituted heteroarylene. In some embodiments Ri6 is a heteroarylene substituted with one or more Rn groups.
In various embodiments, Rig is hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments Rig is hydrogen. In some embodiments Rig is unsubstituted alkyl. In some embodiments Rig is alkyl substituted with one or more R2i groups. In some embodiments Rig is unsubstituted cycloalkyl. In some embodiments Rig is cycloalkyl substituted with one or more R2i groups. In some embodiments Rig is unsubstituted heteroalkyl. In one embodiments Rig is heteroalkyl substituted with one or more R2i groups. In some embodiments Rig is unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments Rig is heterocycloalkyl substituted with one or more R2i groups. In some embodiments Rig is unsubstituted aryl. In some embodiments Rig is aryl substituted with one or more R2i groups. In some embodiments Rig is unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments Rig is heteroaryl substituted with one or more R2i groups.
In various embodiments, R1 is hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments R1 is hydrogen. In some embodiments R1 is unsubstituted alkyl. In some embodiments R19 is alkyl substituted with one or more R2i groups. In some embodiments R19 is unsubstituted cycloalkyl. In some embodiments R19 is cycloalkyl substituted with one or more R2i groups. In some embodiments R19 is unsubstituted heteroalkyl. In some embodiments R19 is heteroalkyl substituted with one or more R2i groups. In some embodiments R19 is unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments R19 is heterocycloalkyl substituted with one or more R21 groups. In some embodiments R1 is unsubstituted aryl. In some embodiments Ri is aryl substituted with one or more R2i groups. In some embodiments R1 is unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments R19 is heteroaryl substituted with one or more R2i groups.
In various embodiments R2o is hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments R2o is hydrogen. In some embodiments R2o is unsubstituted alkyl. In some embodiments R2o is alkyl substituted with one or more R2i groups. In some embodiments R2o is unsubstituted cycloalkyl. In some embodiments R2o is cycloalkyl substituted with one or more R13 groups. In some embodiments R2o is unsubstituted heteroalkyl. In some embodiments R2o is heteroalkyl substituted with one or more R2i groups. In some embodiments R2o is unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments R2o is heterocycloalkyl substituted with one or more R2i groups. In some embodiments R2o is unsubstituted aryl. In some embodiments R20 is aryl substituted with one or more R2i groups. In some embodiments R2o is unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments R2o is heteroaryl substituted with one or more R2i groups.
In various embodiments Rn is halogen, OH, cyano, alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylene, or heteroarylene. In various embodiments Rn is halogen. In various embodiments Rn is OH. In various embodiments Rn is cyano. In various embodiments Rn is alkyl. In various
embodiments Rn is cycloalkyl. In various embodiments R is heteroalkyl. In various embodiments Rn is heterocycloalkyl. In various embodiments Rn is aryl. In various embodiments Rn is heteroaryl. In various embodiments Rn is arylene. In various embodiments Rn is heteroarylene.
In various embodiments R2i is halogen, OH, cyano, alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylene, or heteroarylene. In various embodiments R2i is halogen. In various embodiments R2i is OH. In various embodiments R2i is cyano. In various embodiments R2i is alkyl. In various embodiments R21 is cycloalkyl. In various embodiments R2i is heteroalkyl. In various embodiments R2i is heterocycloalkyl. In various embodiments R2i is aryl. In various embodiments R2i is heteroaryl. In various embodiments R2i is arylene. In various embodiments R2i is heteroarylene.
In various embodiments Ci is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, embodiments Ci is a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkylene, substituted or unsubstituted arylene, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene. In some embodiments Ci is a cycloalkylene substituted with one or more R5 groups. In some embodiments Ci is an unsubstituted
cycloalkylene. In some embodiments Ci is a heterocycloalkylene substituted with one or more R5 groups. In some embodiments Ci is an unsubstituted heterocycloalkylene. In some embodiments Ci is an arylene substituted with one or more R5 groups. In some embodiments Ci is an unsubstituted arylene. In some embodiments Ci is a
heteroarylene substituted with one or more R5 groups. In some embodiments Ci is an unsubstituted heteroarylene. In some embodiments Ci is selected form the group consisting of
Figure imgf000046_0001
Figure imgf000046_0002
In some embodiments,
Figure imgf000046_0003
In some embodiments R5 is -OH. In some embodiments R5 is -CH2OH, in some embodiments R5 is alkyl.
In various embodiments C2 is a bond, a cycloalkylene,
heterocycloalkylene, arylene, or heteroarylene. In some embodiments C2 is a bond. In some embodiments C2 is an unsubstituted cycloalkylene. In some embodiments C2 is an unsubstituted heterocycloalkylene. In some embodiments C2 is an unsubstituted arylene. In some embodiments C2 is an unsubstituted heteroarylene. In some embodiments C2 is selected form the roup consisting of
Figure imgf000047_0001
In some embodiments, CI and C2 form a fused or spiro bicyclic ring. In some embodiments -C1-C2- form a fused bicylic ring. In some embodiments -C1-C2- form a spiro bicyclic ring. In some embodiments -CI -C2- is
Figure imgf000047_0002
embodiments -C1-C2-
Figure imgf000047_0003
In some embodiments -C1-C2- is
Figure imgf000047_0004
In some embodiments E is an electrophile capable of bonding with a K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras protein comprising G12C mutation. In some embodiments, the electrophile E is capable of forming an irreversible covalent bond with a G12C mutant K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras protein. In some cases E is the general structure
Figure imgf000047_0005
R25 is alkyl. R26 is cyano or alkyl. R27 is alkyl. R26 and R 27 can form cycloalkene.
In some of the foregoing embodiments of compounds of Formula III, E is selected from:
Figure imgf000047_0006
e embodiments E is In some embodiments E is
Figure imgf000048_0001
In some embodiments, R 4 is capable of reversible interaction with K-
Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C mutant protein. In some embodiments R14 moiety has high affinity towards K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras and is highly specific towards G12C K-Ras, H- Ras or N-Ras. In some embodiments R14 is capable of hydrophobic interaction with K- Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C. In some embodiments R14 is able to form hydrogen bonds with various residues of G12C K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras protein. In some embodiments Ri4 interacts with one or more of G10, R68, Y71, Y96 or Q99 residues in K-Ras G12C (Figure 1). In some embodiments, R14 moiety interacts with the G10 residue of K-Ras G12C. In some embodiments R14 interacts with the R68 residue of K-Ras G12C. In some embodiments R14 interacts with the Y71 residue of K-Ras G12C. In some embodiments R14 interacts with the Y96 residue of K-Ras G12C. In some embodiments Ri4 interacts with the Q99 residue of K-Ras G12C.
In some embodiments, the ' n unit in Formula III provides proper length and geometry to the compound such that the electrophile E is able to interact with the cysteine residue at the 12 position in G12C K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras
A'
protein. In some embodiments the ' w n also interacts with other protein backbone residues.
In some embodiments the invention provides compounds of Formula III as shown in Table 3.
In some embodiments the invention provides compounds shown in Table In still other embodiments, the invention provides a compound having the following structure (V):
Figure imgf000049_0001
(V)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, stereoisomer or prodrug thereof, wherein:
R1 is aryl or heteroaryl;
R30a and R30b are, at each occurrence, independently
H, -OH, -NH2, -CO2H, cyano, cyanoalkyl, Ci-Cealkyl, C3-Cgcycloalkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboxylalkyl or aminocarbonyl; or R30a and R30b join to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring; or R30a is H, -OH, -NH2, -C02H, cyano, Ci-C6alkyl, C3- Cgcycloalkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboxylalkyl or aminocarbonyl and R30b joins with R31b to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring;
R31a and R31b are, at each occurrence, independently
H, -OH, -NH2, -C02H, cyano, cyanoalkyl, Ci-C6alkyl, C3-Cgcycloalkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboxylalkyl or aminocarbonyl; or R31a and R31b join to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring; or R31a is H, -OH, -NH2, -C02H, cyano, Ci-Cealkyl, C3- Cgcycloalkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboxylalkyl or aminocarbonyl and R31b joins with R30b to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring;
R32a and R32b are, at each occurrence, independently
H, -OH, -NH2, -C02H, cyano, cyanoalkyl, Ci-Cealkyl, C3-Cgcycloalkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboxylalkyl or aminocarbonyl; or R32a and R32b join to form a carbocyclic
, 32a
or heterocyclic ring; or R a is H, -OH, -NH2, -C02H, cyano, Ci-C6alkyl, C3- Cgcycloalkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboxylalkyl or aminocarbonyl and R 32b joins with R33b to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring; R33a and R33b are, at each occurrence, independently
H, -OH, -NH2, -C02H, cyano, cyanoalkyl, Ci-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboxylalkyl or aminocarbonyl; or R33a and R33b join to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring; or R33a is H, -OH, -NH2, -C02H, cyano, Ci-Cealkyl, C3- C8cycloalkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboxylalkyl or aminocarbonyl and R33b joins with R32b to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring;
L1 is carbonyl, -NHC(=0)-, alkylene, alkenylene, heteroalkylene, heterocycloalkylene, heteroarylene, alkylenecarbonyl, alkenylenecarbonyl,
heteroalkylenecarbonyl, heterocycloalkylenecarbonyl or heteroarylenecarbonyl;
L is a bond or alkylene;
G1, G2' G3 and G4 are each independently N or CR, where R is H, cyano, halo or Ci-C6alkyl;
n1, n2, n3 and n4 are each independently 1, 2 or 3; and
E is an electrophilic moiety capable of forming a covalent bond with the cysteine residue at position 12 of a K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C mutant protein.
In some embodiments of the compounds of structure V, L1 is
carbonyl, -NHC(=0)-, alkylene, heteroalkylene, alkylenecarbonyl or
heteroalkylenecarbonyl;
In some other embodiments, the compound has the following structure (Va):
Figure imgf000050_0001
(Va)
wherein:
Lla is a bond, -NH-, alkylene, alkeneylene, heteroalkylene, heterocycloalkylene or heteroarylene. In other embodiments of compound (Va), Lla is a bond, -NH-, alkylene or heteroalkylene
In some more embodiments, the compound has the following structure
(Vb):
Figure imgf000051_0001
(Vb)
wherein:
Q is -C(=0)-, -NR34C(=0)-, -S(=0)2- or - NR34S(=0)2-; R34 is H, Ci-C6alkyl or hydroxylalkyl;
≡≡≡ is a carbon-carbon double bond or a carbon-carbon triple bond; and R35 and R36 are each independently H, cyano, Ci-C6alkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, or hydroxylalkyl or R35 and R36 join to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring when≡≡≡ is a double bond; or R35 is absent and R36 is H, Ci-C6alkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl or hydroxylalkyl when≡≡≡ is a triple bond.
In some different embodiments, the compound has one of the following structures (Vc), (Vd), (Ve) or (Vf):
Figure imgf000052_0001
(Vc) (Vd) (Ve) (Vf)
In still other embodiments, wherein the compound has one of the following structures (Vg), (Vh), (Vi) or (Vj):
Figure imgf000052_0002
Figure imgf000053_0001
In some other embodiments, the compound has one of the following structures (Vk), (VI), (Vm), (Vn); (Vo) or (Vp):
Figure imgf000053_0002
(Vk) (VI) (Vm)
Figure imgf000054_0001
(Vn) (Vo) (Vp)
In various other embodiments, R1 is aryl. For example, in some embodiments the aryl is bicyclic, such as a fused bicyclic aryl. In some more specific embodiments, the aryl is naphthyl.
In various other embodiments, the aryl is monocyclic. For example, in some embodiments the aryl is phenyl.
In some of the foregoing embodiments, the aryl is unsubstituted. In other of the foregoing embodiments, the aryl is substituted with one or more
substituents. For example, in some embodiments the substituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, cyano, aminocarbonyl, formyl, Ci-C6alkyl, Ci-Cealkylsulfonyl, Ci- C6haloalkyl, Cs-Cgcycloalkyl, Ci-C6alkoxy, Ci-Cehydroxylalkyl, Ci-Cealkoxyalkyl, Ci- Ceaminoalkyl, aliphatic heterocyclyl, heteroaryl and aryl.
In other embodiments, the aryl substituents are selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, hydroxyl, cyano, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, methylsulfonyl, methoxy, aminocarbonyl, trifluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluorethyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopropyl and phenyl, wherein the cyclopropyl and phenyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from Ci-C6alkyl, halo, hydroxyl and cyano
In some different embodiments, the substituents are selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, hydroxyl, cyano, methyl, ethyl, methylsulfonyl, methoxy, aminocarbonyl, trifluoromethyl, cyclopropyl and phenyl, wherein the cyclopropyl and phenyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halo, hydroxyl and cyano.
In other exemplary embodiments, the aryl substituents are selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, hydroxyl, methyl, ethyl, cyclobutyl and cyclopropyl, wherein the cyclopropyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from Ci-Cealkyl, halo, hydroxyl and cyano
In some more embodiments, the substituents are selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, hydroxyl, methyl, ethyl and cyclopropyl, wherein the cyclopropyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halo, hydroxyl and cyano.
In still more embodiments, the substituents are selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo, hydroxyl and cyclopropyl, wherein the cyclopropyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from Ci-Cealkyl, halo, hydroxyl and cyano.
In some more specific embodiments, the substituents are selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo, hydroxyl and cyclopropyl, wherein the cyclopropyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halo, hydroxyl and cyano. For example, in some embodiments the cyclopropyl comprises a geminal difluoro substitution.
In still other embodiments, R1 has one of the following structures:
Figure imgf000055_0001
Figure imgf000056_0001
Figure imgf000057_0001
In still other embodiments, R1 is heteroaryl. For example, in some embodiments the heteroaryl is bicyclic, such as a fused bicyclic heteroaryl.
In some more embodiments, the heteroaryl is monocyclic.
In some of the foregoing embodiments, the heteroaryl comprises nitrogen, sulfur or a combination thereof. For example, in some embodiments the heteroaryl is dihydroquinoxalinyl, indoleyl, benzoimidazolyl, pyridinyl or thiazolyl.
In some embodiments, the heteroaryl is unsubstituted. In some other embodiments, the heteroaryl is substituted with one or more substituents. In some embodiments, the substituents are selected from Ci-C6alkyl, halo and oxo. For example, in some embodiments the substituents are selected from halo and oxo. In other embodiments, the substituents are selected from ethyl and chloro. In some more specific embodiments, the substituents are chloro.
In some embodiments of the forgoing compounds of structure (V), R1 has one of the following structures:
Figure imgf000058_0001
wherein R a is, at each occurrence, independently H, Ci-C6alkyl or halo.
In various other embodiments, R1 has one of the following structures:
Figure imgf000058_0002
wherein Rla is, at each occurrence, independently H or halo.
In still other embodiments of structure (V), R1 has one of the following structur
Figure imgf000058_0003
In some embodiments, Q is -C(=0)-. In some other embodiments, Q -S(=0)2-. In still other embodiments, Q is -NR34C(=0)-. In still more other embodiments, Q is - NR34S(=0)2-.
In some more specific embodiments, R34 is H. For example, in some embodimentsR34 is hydroxylalkyl, such as 2-hydroxylalkyl. In other of the foregoing embodiments, at least one of R or R is H. For example, in some embodiment search of R35 and R36 are H.
In various other embodiments, R36 is alkylaminoalkyl. For example, in some embodiments R36 has the following structure:
ΊΜ'
In some different embodiments, R is hydroxylalkyl, for example 2- hydroxylalkyl
In various other embodiments, R35 and R36 join to form a ring. In some of these embodiments, the ring is a cyclopentene, cyclohexene or phenyl ring.
In other of the foregoing embodiments, E has one of the following stru
Figure imgf000059_0001
In some embodiments, E is
In some more of the foregoing embodiments, L1 is heteroalkylene. In some more embodiments, the heteroalkylene is unsubstituted. In some different embodiments, the heteroalkylene is substituted.
In various other embodiments, L1 is aminoalkylene. For example, in some embodiments L1 is -CH2CH2NH— .
In other embodiments of the foregoing, L1 is heterocycloalkylene or heteroarylene. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkylene or heteroarylene is unsubstituted. In other embodiments, the heterocycloalkylene or heteroarylene is substituted. In some further embodiments, L1 has one of the following structures:
Figure imgf000060_0001
In some different embodiments, Lla is a bond.
In some embodiments, Lla is alkylene, alkenylene, heteroalkylene or heterocycloalkylene. In some other embodiments, Lla is alkylene or heteroalkylene. In some of these embodiments, Lla is substituted alkylene. In various other embodiments, Lla is unsubstituted alkylene. For example, in some embodiments Lla is ^ , ^^^-
Figure imgf000060_0002
In some different embodiments, Lla is substituted heteroalkylene. In some other embodiments, Lla is unsubstituted heteroalkylene. In some of the foregoing embodiments, Lla is aminoalkylene or thioalkylene, for example aminoalkylene. For example, in some embodimentsLla has one of the following structures:
Figure imgf000060_0003
In other embodiments, L a is ,¾>
In other embodiments, Lla is substituted alkenylene. In different embodiments, Lla is unsubstituted alkenylene. In some more specific embodiments, Lla has the following structure:
In yet other embodiments, Lla is substituted heterocycloalkylene. In some other embodiments, Lla is unsubstituted heterocycloalkylene. For Example, in some embodiments, Lla has the following structure:
Figure imgf000060_0004
2
In some of the foregoing embodiments, L is a bond.
In various other embodiments, L is substituted alkylene. In still other
2
embodiments, L is unsubstituted alkylene. In various embodiments of any of the foregoing compounds of structure
(V):
R30a and R30b are, at each occurrence, independently
H, -OH, -NH2, -CO2H, cyano, cyanoalkyl, Ci-Cealkyl, C3-Cgcycloalkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboxylalkyl or aminocarbonyl;
R31a and R31b are, at each occurrence, independently
H, -OH, -NH2, -C02H, cyano, cyanoalkyl, Ci-C6alkyl, C3-Cgcycloalkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboxylalkyl or aminocarbonyl;
R32a and R32b are, at each occurrence, independently
H, -OH, -NH2, -C02H, cyano, cyanoalkyl, Ci-C6alkyl, C3-Cgcycloalkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboxylalkyl or aminocarbonyl; and
R33a and R33b are, at each occurrence, independently
H, -OH, -NH2, -C02H, cyano, cyanoalkyl, Ci-Cealkyl, C3-Cgcycloalkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboxylalkyl or aminocarbonyl.
In other embodiments, R30a, R30b, R31a, R31b, R32a, R32b, R33a and R33b are selected from H, Ci-Cealkyl, hydroxylalkyl, cyano, cyanoalkyl and aminocarbonyl, for example H, Ci-C6alkyl, hydroxylalkyl, cyano, and aminocarbonyl or in other embodiments H, Ci-Cealkyl and hydroxylalkyl.
30 30b 31
In some of the foregoing embodiments, at least one of R a, R , R a, R31b, R32a, R32b, R33a or R33b is H. For example, in some embodiments each of R30a, R30b, R31a, R31b, R32a, R32b, R33a or R33b is H.
In some other of the foregoing embodiments, at least one of R30a, R30b, R31a, R31b, R32a, R32b, R33a or R33b is hydroxylalkyl.
In still other of the foregoing embodiments, at least one of R30a, R30b, R31a, R31b, R32a, R32b, R33a or R33b is cyano.
In still more of the foregoing embodiments of compound (V), at least one of R30a, R30b, R31a, R31b, R32a, R32b, R33a or R33b is aminocarbonyl.
In other embodiments, at least one of R30a, R30b, R31a, R31b, R32a, R32b,
R33a or R33b is C l.C6alkyl In some embodiments, R a and R join to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring. In different embodiments, R31a and R31b join to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring. In more embodiments, R32a and R32b join to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring. In yet other embodiments, R33a and R33b join to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring.
In even other embodiments, R30a is H, -OH, -NH2, -C02H, cyano, L-i- C6alkyl, Cs-Cscycloalkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboxylalkyl or aminocarbonyl and R30b joins with R31b to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring.
In more embodiments, R31a is H, -OH, -NH2, -C02H, cyano, Ci-C6alkyl,
31b C3-Cgcycloalkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboxylalkyl or aminocarbonyl and R joins with R30b to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring.
In other embodiments, R32a is H, -OH, -NH2, -C02H, cyano, Ci-C6alkyl,
C3-C8cycloalkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboxylalkyl or aminocarbonyl and R32b joins with R33b to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring.
In still more embodiments, R33a is H, -OH, -NH2, -C02H, cyano, L-i-
C6alkyl, Cs-Cscycloalkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboxylalkyl or aminocarbonyl
33b 32b
and R joins with R to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring.
In some other embodiments, the compound is selected from a compound in Table 5.
Compounds of structure V are prepared according to procedures well- known or derivable by one of ordinary skill in the art, for example by procedures analogous to those exemplified in Examples 8, 9, 18 and other examples provided below. Each of the compounds in Table 5 was prepared in such a manner and analyzed by mass spectrometry and/or 1H NMR. The mass spectrum ([M+H+] or [M+Na+]) and/or NMR spectrum was found to be consistent with the structures in Table V.
General Reaction Scheme I illustrates an exemplary procedure for preparing compounds of structure (V). General Reaction Scheme I
Figure imgf000063_0001
(V) (V") (Va)
Referring to General Reaction Scheme I, (V) and (VI') are available from commercial sources and/or are easily prepared according to procedures known in the art. All variables on (V) and (V"), with the exception of M , are as defined above. In some procedures, M1 is NH. Briefly, an appropriately substituted acid (V) is activated and reacted with an appropriately substituted heterocycle (V") under appropriate coupling conditions. The L -E moiety may be present in (V") as illustrated or may be installed after coupling For example L -E may be installed before or after coupling via acylation (or thioacylation) using a reagent such as an acid chloride thionyl chloride.
It should be noted that variations of the above procdure are possible, some of which are exemplified in the examples. For example, in some procedures (V") is moncyclic and the second cyclic moiety is added after the compouling step. In other procedures, the acid moiety is present on the cyclic moiety (V") and R1 is appropriately substituted with a nucleophilic moiety to enable coupling to form (Va).
Various other options are available to one of ordinary skill in the art to add various substituents and or modify or reorder the above described steps to arrive at different embodiments of compounds of structure V. It should also ne noted that various substitutions on (V) and/or (V") can be present during the coupling step (in protected or unprotected form) or the substituents can be added after (V) and (V") are coupled. Methods for inclusion of these substituents are known in the art. It is understood that although an exemplary procedure for prepare (Va) is provided above, other compounds of structure (V) can be prepared by analogous methods. For example, the carbonyl of (Va) may be reduced to form compounds of structure (V) wherein L1 does not comprise a carbonyl. Embodiments wherein L1 is heterocycloalkylene or heteroarylene can be prepared from analogous methods, for example by use of Buchwald chemistry to include the heterocycloalkylene or heteroarylene portion. Other methods for preparation of different compounds of structure (V) are known in the art.
Briefly, an appropriately substituted acid is reacted with an appropriately substituted heterocycle under amide coupling conditions. Acylation (or thioacylation) using a reagent such as an acid chloride or thionyl chloride results in compounds of structure V. Various options are available to one of ordinary skill in the art to add various substituents and/or modify or reorder the above described steps to arrive at different embodiments of compounds of structure V. The appropriate acid is purchased commercially or made according to well-known procedures.
In still other embodiments, the invention provides a compound having the following structure (VI):
Figure imgf000064_0001
(VI)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, stereoisomer or prodrug thereof, wherein:
A is CR37b, N or NR38a;
B is CR37c, N, NR38b or S
C is CR37d, N, NR38c or S
G3 and G4 are each independently N or CR, wherein R is H, cyano, halo or C^alkyl;
Lla is a bond, -NH-, alkylene or heteroalkylene
2
L is a bond or alkylene; R32a and R32b are, at each occurrence, independently
H, -OH, -NH2, -C02H, cyano, cyanoalkyl, Ci-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboxylalkyl or aminocarbonyl; or R32a and R32b join to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring; or R32a is H, -OH, -NH2, -C02H, cyano, Ci-Cealkyl, C3- C8cycloalkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboxylalkyl or aminocarbonyl and R32b joins with R33b to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring;
R33a and R33b are, at each occurrence, independently
H, -OH, -NH2, -C02H, cyano, cyanoalkyl, Ci-Cealkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboxylalkyl or aminocarbonyl; or R33a and R33b join to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring; or R33a is H, -OH, -NH2, -C02H, cyano, Ci-C6alkyl, C3-
C8cycloalkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboxylalkyl or aminocarbonyl and R 33b joins with R32b to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring;
R37a, R37b, R37c, R37d and R37e are each independently H, halo, oxo, hydroxyl, cyano, aminocarbonyl, formyl, Ci-Cealkyl, Ci-Cealkylsulfonyl, Ci- Cehaloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, Ci-Cealkoxy, Ci-Cehydroxylalkyl, Ci-Cealkoxyalkyl, Ci- Ceaminoalkyl, heterocyclyl or aryl;
R38a, R38b and R38c are each independently H, Ci-C6alkyl or aryl;
n3 and n4 are each independently 1 , 2 or 3
m is 0 or 1 ;
is a single or double bond such that all valences are satisfied; and
E is an electrophilic moiety capable of forming a covalent bond with the cysteine residue at position 12 of a K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C mutant protein.
In various other embodiments, the compound has one of the following structures (Via), (VIb), (Vic), (VId), (Vie), (Vlf) or (VIg):
Figure imgf000065_0001
Figure imgf000066_0001
Figure imgf000066_0002
Figure imgf000066_0003
(vig)
In some different embodiments, the compound has one of the following structures Via'), (VIb'), (Vic'), (VId'), (Vie'), (Vlf) or (Vig'):
Figure imgf000066_0004
(Vic') (VId')
Figure imgf000067_0001
Figure imgf000067_0002
(vig
wherein:
Q is -C(=0)-, -NR34C(=0)-, -S(=0)2- or - NR34S(=0)2-;
R34 is H, Ci-Cealkyl or hydroxylalkyl;
≡≡≡ is a carbon-carbon double bond or a carbon-carbon triple bond; and
R35 and R36 are each independently H, cyano, Ci-Cealkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, or hydroxylalkyl or R35 and R36 join to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring when≡≡≡ is a double bond; or R35 is absent and R36 is H, Ci-C6alkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl or hydroxylalkyl when≡≡≡ is a triple bond.
In some specific embodiments of the foregoing compounds of structure (VI), and substructures thereof, R37a is halo, aryl or heteroaryl. In further such embodiments, R35 and R36 are each H.
In various other embodiments, G3 is N and G4 is CR, for example CH.
In some different embodiments, G3 is CR, for example, CH, and G4 is N.
In still other embodiments, G3 is N and G4 is N.
In various other embodiments, n3 is 2 and n4 is 2. In still other embodiments, n3 is 1 and n4 is 1. In some more embodiments, n3 is 2 and n4 is 1.
In other of the foregoing embodiments, R37a, R37b, R37c, R37d and R37e are each independently H, -OH, halo, oxo, Ci-C6alkyl, Ci-C6alkoxy, heterocyclyl or aryl. In still other embodiments, R , R , RJ /C, RJ /d and RJ /e are each independently H, -OH, fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, methyl, methoxy, heteroaryl or aryl.
In some embodiments, R37a or R37e is aryl. In some more specific embodiments, R37a is aryl, such as phenyl.
In some different embodiments, the aryl is unsubstituted. In some other embodiments, the aryl is substituted. For example, in some embodiments the aryl is substituted with one or more halo substituents. In some of these embodiments, the halo substituents are selected from fluoro and chloro.
In still other embodiments, R37a is heteroaryl. In some of these embodiments, the heteroaryl is unsubstituted. In various other embodiments, the heteroaryl is substituted. In some more embodiments, the heteroaryl comprises nitrogen, sulfur or a combination thereof.
In some more specific embodiments, the heteroaryl is thiophenyl.
In other of the foregoing embodiments, R37a is halo. For example, in some embodiments halo is chloro, bromo or iodo.
In some embodiments, R a or R e has one of the following structures:
Figure imgf000068_0001
In still other embodiments, R a has one of the following structures
Figure imgf000068_0002
In various different embodiments, R a, R and R c are each independently H or aryl. In still other embodiments, R 38 a, R 38fo and R 38 c are each independently H.
In some other different embodiments, R38c is aryl. For example, in some embodiments the aryl is substituted with one or more halo substituents. In some of these embodiments, halo is chloro.
In some other embodiments of the compounds of structure (VI), Q is - C(=0)-. In some other embodiments, Q is -S(=0)2-. In still other embodiments, Q is - NR34C(=0)-. In still more other embodiments, Q is - NR34S(=0)2-.
In some more specific embodiments, R34 is H. For example, in some embodimentsR34 is hydroxylalkyl, such as 2-hydroxylalkyl.
Figure imgf000069_0001
In some different embodiments, R is hydroxylalkyl, for example 2- hydroxylalkyl
In various other embodiments, R and R join to form a ring. In some of these embodiments, the ring is a cyclopentene, cyclohexene or phenyl ring.
In other of the foregoing embodiments, E has one of the following struc
Figure imgf000069_0002
O
In some embodiments, E is '
In some more of the foregoing embodiments, L1 is heteroalkylene. In some more embodiments, the heteroalkylene is unsubstituted. In some different embodiments, the heteroalkylene is substituted.
In various other embodiments, L1 is aminoalkylene. For example, in some embodiments L1 is -CH2CH2NH— .
In some different embodiments, L a is a bond.
In some embodiments, Lla is alkylene, alkenylene, heteroalkylene or heterocycloalkylene. In some other embodiments, L a is alkylene or heteroalkylene. In some of these embodiments, L a is substituted alkylene. In various other embodiments, d alkylene. For example, in some embodiments Lia is
Figure imgf000070_0001
In some different embodiments, L a is substituted heteroalkylene. In some other embodiments, Lla is unsubstituted heteroalkylene. In some of the foregoing embodiments, Lla is aminoalkylene or thioalkylene, for example aminoalkylene. For example, in some embodimentsLla has one of the following structures:
Figure imgf000070_0002
In other embodiments, Lla is
In other embodiments, Lla is substituted alkenylene. In different embodiments, Lla is unsubstituted alkenylene. In some more specific embodiments, Lla has the following structure:
In yet other embodiments, Lla is substituted heterocycloalkylene. In some other embodiments, Lla is unsubstituted heterocycloalkylene. For Example, in some embodiments, Lla has the following structure:
Figure imgf000071_0001
2
In some of the foregoing embodiments, L is a bond.
In various other embodiments, L is substituted alkylene. In still other embodiments, L is unsubstituted alkylene.
In some embodiments of any of the foregoing compounds of structure
(VI):
R32a and R32b are, at each occurrence, independently
H, -OH, -NH2, -C02H, cyano, cyanoalkyl, Ci-Cealkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboxylalkyl or aminocarbonyl; and
R33a and R33b are, at each occurrence, independently
H, -OH, -NH2, -C02H, cyano, cyanoalkyl, Ci-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboxylalkyl or aminocarbonyl.
In other embodiments, R32a, R32b, R33a or R33b are selected from H, Ci- Csalkyl, hydroxylalkyl, cyano, cyanoalkyl and aminocarbonyl, for example H, hydroxyl alkyl and cyano.
32 32b 33
In other of the foregoing embodiments, at least one of R a, R , R a or R33b is H. For example, in some embodiments each of R32a, R32b, R33a or R33b is H.
32 32b 33
In other of the foregoing embodiments, at least one of R a, R , R a or R33b is hydroxylalkyl.
In still other embodiments, at least one of R32a, R32b, R33a or R33b is cyano.
32 32b 33 33b
In some other different embodiments, least one of R a, R , R a or R is aminocarbonyl.
In some embodiments, R32a and R32b join to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring. In other embodiments, R33a and R33b join to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring.
In different embodiments, R32a is H, -OH, -NH2, -C02H, cyano, L-i- C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboxylalkyl or aminocarbonyl
32b 33b
and R joins with R to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring. In still other embodiments, R is H, -OH, -NH2, -C02H, cyano, Ci- C6alkyl, Cs-Cscycloalkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboxylalkyl or aminocarbonyl
33b 32b
and R joins with R to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring.
In some more specific embodiments, the compound is selected from a compound in Table 6.
Compounds of structure VI are prepared according to procedures well- known or derivable by one of ordinary skill in the art, for example by procedures analogous to those exemplified in Examples 13, 17, 19, 20, 22 and other examples provided below. Each of the compounds in Table 6 was prepared in such a manner and analyzed by mass spectrometry and/or 1H NMR. The mass spectrum ([M+H+] or
[M+Na+]) and/or NMR spectrum was found to be consistent with the structures in Table VI.
General Reaction Scheme II illustrates an exemplary procedure for preparing compounds of structure (VI). General Reaction Scheme II
Figure imgf000072_0001
Referring to General Reaction Scheme II, (VI') and (VI") are available from commercial sources and/or are easily prepared according to procedures known in
1 2
the art. All variables on (VI') and (VI"), with the exception of M and M , are as
1 2
defined above. In some procedures, M is NH and M is absent. In other procedures M1 is N or CH and M2 is a precursor to Lla which reacts with an activated acid. For example, in various procedures M is NH2, aminoalkyl or other heterosubstituted alkyl.
2 1
Embodiments where M comprises a carbanion (or M is a carbanion) are also contemplated such that L1 is alkylene. Briefly, an appropriately substituted acid (VI') is activated and reacted with an appropriately substituted heterocycle (VI") under appropriate coupling conditions. The L -E moiety may be present in (VI") as illustrated or may be installed after coupling For example L2-E may be installed before or after coupling via acylation (or thioacylation) using a reagent such as an acid chloride or thionyl chloride.
It should be noted that variations of the above procdure are possible, some of which are exemplified in the examples. For example, in some procedures, the acid moiety is present on the cyclic moiety (VI') and (VI') is appropriately substituted with a nucleophilic moiety to enable coupling to form (VI). Other methods of bond formation, which do not require reaction of an activated acid are also available for preparation of the compounds. It should also ne noted that various substitutions on (VI') and/or (VI") can be present during the coupling step (in protected or unprotected form) or the substituents can be added after (VI') and (VI") are coupled. Methods for inclusion of these substituents are known in the art.
Various options are available to one of ordinary skill in the art to add various substituents and or modify or reorder the above described steps to arrive at different embodiments of compounds of structure VI. The appropriate acid is purchased commercially or made according to well-known procedures.
It will also be appreciated by those skilled in the art that in the processes described herein (e.g., General Reaction Scheme I and II and the below examples) the functional groups of intermediate compounds may need to be protected by suitable protecting groups. Such functional groups include hydroxy, amino, mercapto and carboxylic acid. Suitable protecting groups for hydroxy include trialkylsilyl or diarylalkylsilyl (for example, t-butyldimethylsilyl, t-butyldiphenylsilyl or
trimethylsilyl), tetrahydropyranyl, benzyl, and the like. Suitable protecting groups for amino, amidino and guanidino include t-butoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, and the like. Suitable protecting groups for mercapto include -C(0)-R" (where R" is alkyl, aryl or arylalkyl), /?-methoxybenzyl, trityl and the like. Suitable protecting groups for carboxylic acid include alkyl, aryl or arylalkyl esters. Protecting groups may be added or removed in accordance with standard techniques, which are known to one skilled in the art and as described herein. The use of protecting groups is described in detail in Green, T.W. and P.G.M. Wutz, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis (1999), 3rd Ed., Wiley. As one of skill in the art would appreciate, the protecting group may also be a polymer resin such as a Wang resin, Rink resin or a 2-chlorotrityl-chloride resin.
It will also be appreciated by those skilled in the art, although such protected derivatives of compounds of this invention may not possess pharmacological activity as such, they may be administered to a mammal and thereafter metabolized in the body to form compounds of the invention which are pharmacologically active. Such derivatives may therefore be described as "prodrugs". All prodrugs of compounds of this invention are included within the scope of the invention.
It is also understood that one skilled in the art may be able to make these compounds by similar methods or by combining other methods known to one skilled in the art. It is further understood that one skilled in the art would be able to make, in a similar manner as described below, other compounds of of the invention not specifically illustrated below by using the appropriate starting components and modifying the parameters of the synthesis as needed. In general, starting components may be obtained from sources such as Sigma Aldrich, Lancaster Synthesis, Inc.,
Maybridge, Matrix Scientific, TCI, and Fluorochem USA, etc. or synthesized according to sources known to those skilled in the art (see, for example, Advanced Organic Chemistry: Reactions, Mechanisms, and Structure, 5th edition (Wiley, December 2000)) or prepared as described in this invention.
Table 1
Figure imgf000075_0001
Figure imgf000076_0001
Figure imgf000077_0001
Figure imgf000078_0001
Figure imgf000079_0001
Figure imgf000080_0001
Figure imgf000081_0001
80
Figure imgf000082_0001
Figure imgf000083_0001
Figure imgf000084_0001
Figure imgf000085_0001
Figure imgf000086_0001
Compound
Number I- Structure
37
38
39
Figure imgf000088_0001
Figure imgf000089_0001
Figure imgf000090_0001
Figure imgf000091_0001
Figure imgf000092_0001
Figure imgf000093_0001
Figure imgf000094_0001
Figure imgf000095_0001
Figure imgf000096_0001
Figure imgf000097_0001
Figure imgf000098_0001
Figure imgf000099_0001
Figure imgf000100_0001
Figure imgf000101_0001
Figure imgf000102_0001
Figure imgf000103_0001
Figure imgf000104_0001
Figure imgf000105_0001
Figure imgf000106_0001
Figure imgf000107_0001
Figure imgf000108_0001
Compound
Number I- Structure
103
104
105
Figure imgf000110_0001
Figure imgf000111_0001
Figure imgf000112_0001
Figure imgf000113_0001
Figure imgf000114_0001
Figure imgf000115_0001
Figure imgf000116_0001
Figure imgf000117_0001
Figure imgf000118_0001
Figure imgf000119_0001
Figure imgf000120_0001
Figure imgf000121_0001
Figure imgf000122_0001
Figure imgf000123_0001
Figure imgf000124_0001
Figure imgf000125_0001
Figure imgf000126_0001
Figure imgf000127_0001
Figure imgf000128_0001
Compound
Number I- Structure
163
164
165
Figure imgf000130_0001
Figure imgf000131_0001
Figure imgf000132_0001
Figure imgf000133_0001
ı32
Figure imgf000134_0001
Figure imgf000135_0001
Figure imgf000136_0001
Figure imgf000137_0001
Figure imgf000138_0001
Figure imgf000139_0001
Figure imgf000140_0001
Figure imgf000141_0001
Figure imgf000142_0001
Figure imgf000143_0001
Figure imgf000144_0001
Figure imgf000145_0001
Figure imgf000146_0001
Figure imgf000147_0001
Figure imgf000148_0001
Figure imgf000149_0001
Figure imgf000150_0001
Figure imgf000151_0001
Figure imgf000152_0001
Table 2
Figure imgf000153_0001
Figure imgf000154_0001
Figure imgf000155_0001
Table 3
Figure imgf000156_0001
Figure imgf000157_0001
Figure imgf000158_0001
Figure imgf000159_0001
Figure imgf000160_0001
Figure imgf000161_0001
Figure imgf000162_0001
Table 4
Figure imgf000163_0001
Figure imgf000164_0001
Figure imgf000165_0001
ı64 Table 5 a
Figure imgf000166_0001
Figure imgf000167_0001
Figure imgf000168_0001
Figure imgf000169_0001
Figure imgf000170_0001
Figure imgf000171_0001
Figure imgf000172_0001
Figure imgf000173_0001
Figure imgf000174_0001
Figure imgf000175_0001
Figure imgf000176_0001
Figure imgf000177_0001
Figure imgf000178_0001
Table 5b
Experimental Mass Spectral Data for Compounds in Table 5
Figure imgf000178_0002
No. [M+H+] No. [M+H+] No. [M+H+] No. [M+H+]
V-41 463.20 V-42 382.40+ V-43 417.35* V-44 440.30
V-45 405.35 V-46 421.30 V-47 404.35 V-48 494.30
V-49 441.30 V-50 421.35 V-51 462.45 V-52 407.40
V-53 433.40 V-54 449.35 V-55 407.30 V-56 455.20
V-57 461.40 V-58 418.40 V-59 447.40 V-60 433.45
V-61 421.25 V-62 416.35 V-63 449.40 V-64 433.35
V-65 451.30 V-66 459.25 V-67 433.20 V-68 433.40
V-69 421.35 V-70 421.35 V-71 428.35 V-72 416.35
V-73 473.90 V-74 392.30 V-75 451.30 V-76 447.85
* [M+Na]
+ [M-H]~
Table 6
Figure imgf000179_0001
Figure imgf000180_0001
Figure imgf000181_0001
Figure imgf000182_0001
Figure imgf000183_0001
Figure imgf000184_0001
* [M+Na]
+ [M-H]~
# [M]
Pharmaceutical Compositions
Other embodiments are directed to pharmaceutical compositions. The pharmaceutical composition comprises any one (or more) of the foregoing compounds and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is formulated for oral administration. In other embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is formulated for injection. In still more embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions comprise a compound as disclosed herein and an additional therapeutic agent (e.g., anticancer agent). Non-limiting examples of such therapeutic agents are described herein below. Suitable routes of administration include, but are not limited to, oral, intravenous, rectal, aerosol, parenteral, ophthalmic, pulmonary, transmucosal, transdermal, vaginal, otic, nasal, and topical administration. In addition, by way of example only, parenteral delivery includes intramuscular, subcutaneous, intravenous, intramedullary injections, as well as intrathecal, direct intraventricular, intraperitoneal, intralymphatic, and intranasal injections.
In certain embodiments, a compound as described herein is administered in a local rather than systemic manner, for example, via injection of the compound directly into an organ, often in a depot preparation or sustained release formulation. In specific embodiments, long acting formulations are administered by implantation (for example subcutaneous ly or intramuscularly) or by intramuscular injection.
Furthermore, in other embodiments, the drug is delivered in a targeted drug delivery system, for example, in a liposome coated with organ-specific antibody. In such embodiments, the liposomes are targeted to and taken up selectively by the organ. In yet other embodiments, the compound as described herein is provided in the form of a rapid release formulation, in the form of an extended release formulation, or in the form of an intermediate release formulation. In yet other embodiments, the compound described herein is administered topically.
The compounds according to the invention are effective over a wide dosage range. For example, in the treatment of adult humans, dosages from 0.01 to 1000 mg, from 0.5 to 100 mg, from 1 to 50 mg per day, and from 5 to 40 mg per day are examples of dosages that are used in some embodiments. An exemplary dosage is 10 to 30 mg per day. The exact dosage will depend upon the route of administration, the form in which the compound is administered, the subject to be treated, the body weight of the subject to be treated, and the preference and experience of the attending physician.
In some embodiments, a compound of the invention is administered in a single dose. Typically, such administration will be by injection, e.g., intravenous injection, in order to introduce the agent quickly. However, other routes are used as appropriate. In some embodiments, a single dose of a compound of the invention is used for treatment of an acute condition.
In some embodiments, a compound of the invention is administered in multiple doses. In some embodiments, dosing is about once, twice, three times, four times, five times, six times, or more than six times per day. In other embodiments, dosing is about once a month, once every two weeks, once a week, or once every other day. In another embodiment a compound of the invention and another agent are administered together about once per day to about 6 times per day. In another embodiment the administration of a compound of the invention and an agent continues for less than about 7 days. In yet another embodiment the administration continues for more than about 6, 10, 14, 28 days, two months, six months, or one year. In some cases, continuous dosing is achieved and maintained as long as necessary.
Administration of the compounds of the invention may continue as long as necessary. In some embodiments, a compound of the invention is administered for more than 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 14, or 28 days. In some embodiments, a compound of the invention is administered for less than 28, 14, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, or 1 day. In some embodiments, a compound of the invention is administered chronically on an ongoing basis, e.g., for the treatment of chronic effects.
In some embodiments, the compounds of the invention are administered in dosages. It is known in the art that due to intersubject variability in compound pharmacokinetics, individualization of dosing regimen is necessary for optimal therapy. Dosing for a compound of the invention may be found by routine experimentation in light of the instant disclosure.
In some embodiments, the compounds described herein are formulated into pharmaceutical compositions. In specific embodiments, pharmaceutical compositions are formulated in a conventional manner using one or more
physiologically acceptable carriers comprising excipients and auxiliaries which facilitate processing of the active compounds into preparations which can be used pharmaceutically. Proper formulation is dependent upon the route of administration chosen. Any pharmaceutically acceptable techniques, carriers, and excipients are used as suitable to formulate the pharmaceutical compositions described herein: Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, Nineteenth Ed (Easton, Pa.: Mack Publishing Company, 1995); Hoover, John E., Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pennsylvania 1975; Liberman, H.A. and Lachman, L., Eds., Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms, Marcel Decker, New York, N.Y., 1980; and
Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems, Seventh Ed. (Lippincott Williams & Wilkinsl999).
Provided herein are pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of structure (I) and a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent(s), excipient(s), or carrier(s). In certain embodiments, the compounds described are administered as pharmaceutical compositions in which compounds of structure (I) are mixed with other active ingredients, as in combination therapy. Encompassed herein are all combinations of actives set forth in the combination therapies section below and throughout this disclosure. In specific embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions include one or more compounds of structure (I).
A pharmaceutical composition, as used herein, refers to a mixture of a compound of structure (I) with other chemical components, such as carriers, stabilizers, diluents, dispersing agents, suspending agents, thickening agents, and/or excipients. In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition facilitates administration of the compound to an organism. In some embodiments, practicing the methods of treatment or use provided herein, therapeutically effective amounts of compounds of structure (I) provided herein are administered in a pharmaceutical composition to a mammal having a disease, disorder or medical condition to be treated. In specific embodiments, the mammal is a human. In certain embodiments, therapeutically effective amounts vary depending on the severity of the disease, the age and relative health of the subject, the potency of the compound used and other factors. The compounds described herein are used singly or in combination with one or more therapeutic agents as components of mixtures.
In one embodiment, one or more compounds of structure (I) is formulated in an aqueous solutions. In specific embodiments, the aqueous solution is selected from, by way of example only, a physiologically compatible buffer, such as Hank's solution, Ringer's solution, or physiological saline buffer. In other
embodiments, one or more compound of structure (I) is/are formulated for transmucosal administration. In specific embodiments, transmucosal formulations include penetrants that are appropriate to the barrier to be permeated. In still other embodiments wherein the compounds described herein are formulated for other parenteral injections, appropriate formulations include aqueous or nonaqueous solutions. In specific embodiments, such solutions include physiologically compatible buffers and/or excipients.
In another embodiment, compounds described herein are formulated for oral administration. Compounds described herein are formulated by combining the active compounds with, e.g., pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients. In various embodiments, the compounds described herein are formulated in oral dosage forms that include, by way of example only, tablets, powders, pills, dragees, capsules, liquids, gels, syrups, elixirs, slurries, suspensions and the like.
In certain embodiments, pharmaceutical preparations for oral use are obtained by mixing one or more solid excipient with one or more of the compounds described herein, optionally grinding the resulting mixture, and processing the mixture of granules, after adding suitable auxiliaries, if desired, to obtain tablets or dragee cores. Suitable excipients are, in particular, fillers such as sugars, including lactose, sucrose, mannitol, or sorbitol; cellulose preparations such as: for example, maize starch, wheat starch, rice starch, potato starch, gelatin, gum tragacanth, methylcellulose,
microcrystalline cellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, sodium
carboxymethylcellulose; or others such as: polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP or povidone) or calcium phosphate. In specific embodiments, disintegrating agents are optionally added. Disintegrating agents include, by way of example only, cross-linked
croscarmellose sodium, polyvinylpyrrolidone, agar, or alginic acid or a salt thereof such as sodium alginate.
In one embodiment, dosage forms, such as dragee cores and tablets, are provided with one or more suitable coating. In specific embodiments, concentrated sugar solutions are used for coating the dosage form. The sugar solutions, optionally contain additional components, such as by way of example only, gum arabic, talc, polyvinylpyrrolidone, carbopol gel, polyethylene glycol, and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions, and suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures. Dyestuffs and/or pigments are also optionally added to the coatings for identification purposes.
Additionally, the dyestuffs and/or pigments are optionally utilized to characterize different combinations of active compound doses.
In certain embodiments, therapeutically effective amounts of at least one of the compounds described herein are formulated into other oral dosage forms. Oral dosage forms include push- fit capsules made of gelatin, as well as soft, sealed capsules made of gelatin and a plasticizer, such as glycerol or sorbitol. In specific embodiments, push- fit capsules contain the active ingredients in admixture with one or more filler. Fillers include, by way of example only, lactose, binders such as starches, and/or lubricants such as talc or magnesium stearate and, optionally, stabilizers. In other embodiments, soft capsules, contain one or more active compound that is dissolved or suspended in a suitable liquid. Suitable liquids include, by way of example only, one or more fatty oil, liquid paraffin, or liquid polyethylene glycol. In addition, stabilizers are optionally added.
In other embodiments, therapeutically effective amounts of at least one of the compounds described herein are formulated for buccal or sublingual
administration. Formulations suitable for buccal or sublingual administration include, by way of example only, tablets, lozenges, or gels. In still other embodiments, the compounds described herein are formulated for parental injection, including
formulations suitable for bolus injection or continuous infusion. In specific
embodiments, formulations for injection are presented in unit dosage form (e.g., in ampoules) or in multi-dose containers. Preservatives are, optionally, added to the injection formulations. In still other embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions are formulated in a form suitable for parenteral injection as sterile suspensions, solutions or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles. Parenteral injection formulations optionally contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents. In specific embodiments, pharmaceutical formulations for parenteral administration include aqueous solutions of the active compounds in water-soluble form. In additional embodiments, suspensions of the active compounds (e.g., compounds of structure (I)) are prepared as appropriate oily injection suspensions. Suitable lipophilic solvents or vehicles for use in the pharmaceutical compositions described herein include, by way of example only, fatty oils such as sesame oil, or synthetic fatty acid esters, such as ethyl oleate or triglycerides, or liposomes. In certain specific embodiments, aqueous injection suspensions contain substances which increase the viscosity of the suspension, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, sorbitol, or dextran. Optionally, the suspension contains suitable stabilizers or agents which increase the solubility of the compounds to allow for the preparation of highly concentrated solutions. Alternatively, in other embodiments, the active ingredient is in powder form for constitution with a suitable vehicle, e.g., sterile pyrogen-free water, before use.
In still other embodiments, the compounds of structure (I) are administered topically. The compounds described herein are formulated into a variety of topically administrable compositions, such as solutions, suspensions, lotions, gels, pastes, medicated sticks, balms, creams or ointments. Such pharmaceutical
compositions optionally contain solubilizers, stabilizers, tonicity enhancing agents, buffers and preservatives.
In yet other embodiments, the compounds of structure (I) are formulated for transdermal administration. In specific embodiments, transdermal formulations employ transdermal delivery devices and transdermal delivery patches and can be lipophilic emulsions or buffered, aqueous solutions, dissolved and/or dispersed in a polymer or an adhesive. In various embodiments, such patches are constructed for continuous, pulsatile, or on demand delivery of pharmaceutical agents. In additional embodiments, the transdermal delivery of the compounds of structure (I) is
accomplished by means of iontophoretic patches and the like. In certain embodiments, transdermal patches provide controlled delivery of the compounds of structure (I). In specific embodiments, the rate of absorption is slowed by using rate-controlling membranes or by trapping the compound within a polymer matrix or gel. In alternative embodiments, absorption enhancers are used to increase absorption. Absorption enhancers or carriers include absorbable pharmaceutically acceptable solvents that assist passage through the skin. For example, in one embodiment, transdermal devices are in the form of a bandage comprising a backing member, a reservoir containing the compound optionally with carriers, optionally a rate controlling barrier to deliver the compound to the skin of the host at a controlled and predetermined rate over a prolonged period of time, and means to secure the device to the skin.
In other embodiments, the compounds of structure (I) are formulated for administration by inhalation. Various forms suitable for administration by inhalation include, but are not limited to, aerosols, mists or powders. Pharmaceutical compositions of any of compound of structure (I) are conveniently delivered in the form of an aerosol spray presentation from pressurized packs or a nebuliser, with the use of a suitable propellant (e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane,
dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas). In specific
embodiments, the dosage unit of a pressurized aerosol is determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount. In certain embodiments, capsules and cartridges of, such as, by way of example only, gelatin for use in an inhaler or insufflator are formulated containing a powder mix of the compound and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch.
In still other embodiments, the compounds of structure (I) are formulated in rectal compositions such as enemas, rectal gels, rectal foams, rectal aerosols, suppositories, jelly suppositories, or retention enemas, containing conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter or other glycerides, as well as synthetic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone, PEG, and the like. In suppository forms of the compositions, a low-melting wax such as, but not limited to, a mixture of fatty acid glycerides, optionally in combination with cocoa butter is first melted.
In certain embodiments, pharmaceutical compositions are formulated in any conventional manner using one or more physiologically acceptable carriers comprising excipients and auxiliaries which facilitate processing of the active compounds into preparations which can be used pharmaceutically. Proper formulation is dependent upon the route of administration chosen. Any pharmaceutically acceptable techniques, carriers, and excipients are optionally used as suitable. Pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of structure (I) are manufactured in a
conventional manner, such as, by way of example only, by means of conventional mixing, dissolving, granulating, dragee-making, levigating, emulsifying, encapsulating, entrapping or compression processes.
Pharmaceutical compositions include at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient and at least one compound of structure (I), described herein as an active ingredient. The active ingredient is in free-acid or free- base form, or in a pharmaceutically acceptable salt form. In addition, the methods and pharmaceutical compositions described herein include the use of N-oxides, crystalline forms (also known as polymorphs), as well as active metabolites of these compounds having the same type of activity. All tautomers of the compounds described herein are included within the scope of the compounds presented herein. Additionally, the compounds described herein encompass unsolvated as well as solvated forms with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like. The solvated forms of the compounds presented herein are also considered to be disclosed herein. In addition, the pharmaceutical compositions optionally include other medicinal or pharmaceutical agents, carriers, adjuvants, such as preserving, stabilizing, wetting or emulsifying agents, solution promoters, salts for regulating the osmotic pressure, buffers, and/or other therapeutically valuable substances.
Methods for the preparation of compositions comprising the compounds described herein include formulating the compounds with one or more inert, pharmaceutically acceptable excipients or carriers to form a solid, semi-solid or liquid. Solid compositions include, but are not limited to, powders, tablets, dispersible granules, capsules, cachets, and suppositories. Liquid compositions include solutions in which a compound is dissolved, emulsions comprising a compound, or a solution containing liposomes, micelles, or nanoparticles comprising a compound as disclosed herein. Semi-solid compositions include, but are not limited to, gels, suspensions and creams. The form of the pharmaceutical compositions described herein include liquid solutions or suspensions, solid forms suitable for solution or suspension in a liquid prior to use, or as emulsions. These compositions also optionally contain minor amounts of nontoxic, auxiliary substances, such as wetting or emulsifying agents, pH buffering agents, and so forth.
In some embodiments, pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one compound of structure (I) illustratively takes the form of a liquid where the agents are present in solution, in suspension or both. Typically when the composition is administered as a solution or suspension a first portion of the agent is present in solution and a second portion of the agent is present in particulate form, in suspension in a liquid matrix. In some embodiments, a liquid composition includes a gel formulation. In other embodiments, the liquid composition is aqueous.
In certain embodiments, useful aqueous suspensions contain one or more polymers as suspending agents. Useful polymers include water-soluble polymers such as cellulosic polymers, e.g., hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, and water-insoluble polymers such as cross-linked carboxyl-containing polymers. Certain pharmaceutical compositions described herein comprise a mucoadhesive polymer, selected for example from carboxymethylcellulose, carbomer (acrylic acid polymer),
polymethylmethacrylate), polyacrylamide, polycarbophil, acrylic acid/butyl acrylate copolymer, sodium alginate and dextran.
Useful pharmaceutical compositions also, optionally, include
solubilizing agents to aid in the solubility of a compound of structure (I). The term "solubilizing agent" generally includes agents that result in formation of a micellar solution or a true solution of the agent. Certain acceptable nonionic surfactants, for example polysorbate 80, are useful as solubilizing agents, as can ophthalmically acceptable glycols, polyglycols, e.g., polyethylene glycol 400, and glycol ethers.
Furthermore, useful pharmaceutical compositions optionally include one or more pH adjusting agents or buffering agents, including acids such as acetic, boric, citric, lactic, phosphoric and hydrochloric acids; bases such as sodium hydroxide, sodium phosphate, sodium borate, sodium citrate, sodium acetate, sodium lactate and tris-hydroxymethylaminomethane; and buffers such as citrate/dextrose, sodium bicarbonate and ammonium chloride. Such acids, bases and buffers are included in an amount required to maintain pH of the composition in an acceptable range.
Additionally, useful compositions also, optionally, include one or more salts in an amount required to bring osmolality of the composition into an acceptable range. Such salts include those having sodium, potassium or ammonium cations and chloride, citrate, ascorbate, borate, phosphate, bicarbonate, sulfate, thiosulfate or bisulfite anions; suitable salts include sodium chloride, potassium chloride, sodium thiosulfate, sodium bisulfite and ammonium sulfate.
Other useful pharmaceutical compositions optionally include one or more preservatives to inhibit microbial activity. Suitable preservatives include mercury-containing substances such as merfen and thiomersal; stabilized chlorine dioxide; and quaternary ammonium compounds such as benzalkonium chloride, cetyltrimethylammonium bromide and cetylpyridinium chloride.
Still other useful compositions include one or more surfactants to enhance physical stability or for other purposes. Suitable nonionic surfactants include polyoxyethylene fatty acid glycerides and vegetable oils, e.g., polyoxyethylene (60) hydrogenated castor oil; and polyoxyethylene alkylethers and alkylphenyl ethers, e.g., octoxynol 10, octoxynol 40.
Still other useful compositions include one or more antioxidants to enhance chemical stability where required. Suitable antioxidants include, by way of example only, ascorbic acid and sodium metabisulfite.
In certain embodiments, aqueous suspension compositions are packaged in single-dose non-reclosable containers. Alternatively, multiple-dose reclosable containers are used, in which case it is typical to include a preservative in the composition.
In alternative embodiments, other delivery systems for hydrophobic pharmaceutical compounds are employed. Liposomes and emulsions are examples of delivery vehicles or carriers useful herein. In certain embodiments, organic solvents such as N-methylpyrrolidone are also employed. In additional embodiments, the compounds described herein are delivered using a sustained-release system, such as semipermeable matrices of solid hydrophobic polymers containing the therapeutic agent. Various sustained-release materials are useful herein. In some embodiments, sustained-release capsules release the compounds for a few weeks up to over 100 days. Depending on the chemical nature and the biological stability of the therapeutic reagent, additional strategies for protein stabilization are employed.
In certain embodiments, the formulations described herein comprise one or more antioxidants, metal chelating agents, thiol containing compounds and/or other general stabilizing agents. Examples of such stabilizing agents, include, but are not limited to: (a) about 0.5% to about 2% w/v glycerol, (b) about 0.1 % to about 1% w/v methionine, (c) about 0.1% to about 2% w/v monothioglycerol, (d) about 1 mM to about 10 mM EDTA, (e) about 0.01% to about 2% w/v ascorbic acid, (f) 0.003% to about 0.02% w/v polysorbate 80, (g) 0.001% to about 0.05% w/v. polysorbate 20, (h) arginine, (i) heparin, j) dextran sulfate, (k) cyclodextrins, (1) pentosan polysulfate and other heparinoids, (m) divalent cations such as magnesium and zinc; or (n)
combinations thereof.
In some embodiments, the concentration of one or more compounds provided in the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention is less than 100%, 90%, 80%, 70%, 60%, 50%, 40%, 30%, 20%, 19%, 18%, 17%, 16%, 15%,14%, 13%, 12%, 11%, 10%, 9%, 8%, 7%, 6%, 5%, 4%, 3%, 2%, 1%, 0.5%, 0.4%, 0.3%, 0.2%, 0.1%, 0.09%, 0.08%, 0.07%, 0.06%, 0.05%, 0.04%, 0.03%, 0.02%, 0.01%, 0.009%, 0.008%, 0.007%, 0.006%, 0.005%, 0.004%, 0.003%, 0.002%, 0.001%, 0.0009%, 0.0008%, 0.0007%, 0.0006%, 0.0005%, 0.0004%, 0.0003%, 0.0002%, or 0.0001% w/w, w/v or v/v.
In some embodiments, the concentration of one or more compounds of the invention is greater than 90%, 80%, 70%, 60%, 50%, 40%, 30%, 20%, 19.75%, 19.50%, 19.25% 19%, 18.75%, 18.50%, 18.25% 18%, 17.75%, 17.50%, 17.25% 17%, 16.75%, 16.50%, 16.25% 16%, 15.75%, 15.50%, 15.25% 15%, 14.75%, 14.50%, 14.25% 14%, 13.75%, 13.50%, 13.25% 13%, 12.75%, 12.50%, 12.25% 12%, 11.75%, 11.50%, 11.25% 11%, 10.75%, 10.50%, 10.25% 10%, 9.75%, 9.50%, 9.25% 9%, 8.75%, 8.50%, 8.25% 8%, 7.75%, 7.50%, 7.25% 7%, 6.75%, 6.50%, 6.25% 6%, 5.75%, 5.50%, 5.25% 5%, 4.75%, 4.50%, 4.25%, 4%, 3.75%, 3.50%, 3.25%, 3%, 2.75%, 2.50%, 2.25%, 2%, 1.75%, 1.50%, 125% , 1%, 0.5%, 0.4%, 0.3%, 0.2%, 0.1%, 0.09%, 0.08%, 0.07%, 0.06%, 0.05%, 0.04%, 0.03%, 0.02%, 0.01%, 0.009%, 0.008%, 0.007%, 0.006%, 0.005%, 0.004%, 0.003%, 0.002%, 0.001%, 0.0009%, 0.0008%, 0.0007%, 0.0006%, 0.0005%, 0.0004%, 0.0003%, 0.0002%, or 0.0001% w/w, w/v, or v/v.
In some embodiments, the concentration of one or more compounds of the invention is in the range from approximately 0.0001% to approximately 50%, approximately 0.001% to approximately 40 %, approximately 0.01% to approximately 30%, approximately 0.02% to approximately 29%, approximately 0.03% to
approximately 28%, approximately 0.04% to approximately 27%, approximately 0.05% to approximately 26%, approximately 0.06% to approximately 25%, approximately 0.07% to approximately 24%, approximately 0.08% to approximately 23%,
approximately 0.09% to approximately 22%, approximately 0.1% to approximately 21%, approximately 0.2% to approximately 20%, approximately 0.3% to approximately 19%, approximately 0.4% to approximately 18%, approximately 0.5% to approximately 17%, approximately 0.6% to approximately 16%, approximately 0.7% to approximately 15%, approximately 0.8% to approximately 14%, approximately 0.9% to approximately 12%), approximately 1% to approximately 10%> w/w, w/v or v/v.
In some embodiments, the concentration of one or more compounds of the invention is in the range from approximately 0.001% to approximately 10%, approximately 0.01% to approximately 5%, approximately 0.02% to approximately 4.5%, approximately 0.03% to approximately 4%, approximately 0.04% to
approximately 3.5%, approximately 0.05% to approximately 3%, approximately 0.06% to approximately 2.5%, approximately 0.07% to approximately 2%, approximately 0.08% to approximately 1.5%, approximately 0.09% to approximately 1%,
approximately 0.1 % to approximately 0.9%> w/w, w/v or v/v.
In some embodiments, the amount of one or more compounds of the invention is equal to or less than 10 g, 9.5 g, 9.0 g, 8.5 g, 8.0 g, 7.5 g, 7.0 g, 6.5 g, 6.0 g, 5.5 g, 5.0 g, 4.5 g, 4.0 g, 3.5 g, 3.0 g, 2.5 g, 2.0 g, 1.5 g, 1.0 g, 0.95 g, 0.9 g, 0.85 g, 0.8 g, 0.75 g, 0.7 g, 0.65 g, 0.6 g, 0.55 g, 0.5 g, 0.45 g, 0.4 g, 0.35 g, 0.3 g, 0.25 g, 0.2 g, 0.15 g, 0.1 g, 0.09 g, 0.08 g, 0.07 g, 0.06 g, 0.05 g, 0.04 g, 0.03 g, 0.02 g, 0.01 g, 0.009 g, 0.008 g, 0.007 g, 0.006 g, 0.005 g, 0.004 g, 0.003 g, 0.002 g, 0.001 g, 0.0009 g, 0.0008 g, 0.0007 g, 0.0006 g, 0.0005 g, 0.0004 g, 0.0003 g, 0.0002 g, or 0.0001 g.
In some embodiments, the amount of one or more compounds of the invention is more than 0.0001 g, 0.0002 g, 0.0003 g, 0.0004 g, 0.0005 g, 0.0006 g, 0.0007 g, 0.0008 g, 0.0009 g, 0.001 g, 0.0015 g, 0.002 g, 0.0025 g, 0.003 g, 0.0035 g, 0.004 g, 0.0045 g, 0.005 g, 0.0055 g, 0.006 g, 0.0065 g, 0.007 g, 0.0075 g, 0.008 g, 0.0085 g, 0.009 g, 0.0095 g, 0.01 g, 0.015 g, 0.02 g, 0.025 g, 0.03 g, 0.035 g, 0.04 g, 0.045 g, 0.05 g, 0.055 g, 0.06 g, 0.065 g, 0.07 g, 0.075 g, 0.08 g, 0.085 g, 0.09 g, 0.095 g, 0.1 g, , 0.15 g, 0.2 g, , 0.25 g, 0.3 g, , 0.35 g, 0.4 g, , 0.45 g, 0.5 g, 0.55 g, 0.6 g, , 0.65 g, 0.7 g, 0.75 g, 0.8 g, 0.85 g, 0.9 g, 0.95 g, 1 g, 1.5 g, 2 g, 2.5, 3 g, 3.5, 4 g, 4.5 g, 5 g, 5.5 g, 6 g, 6.5g, 7 g, 7.5g, 8 g, 8.5 g, 9 g, 9.5 g, or 10 g.
In some embodiments, the amount of one or more compounds of the invention is in the range of 0.0001-10 g, 0.0005-9 g, 0.001-8 g, 0.005-7 g, 0.01-6 g, 0.05-5 g, 0.1-4 g, 0.5-4 g, or 1-3 g.
Kits/ Articles of Manufacture
For use in the therapeutic applications described herein, kits and articles of manufacture are also provided. In some embodiments, such kits comprise a carrier, package, or container that is compartmentalized to receive one or more containers such as vials, tubes, and the like, each of the container(s) comprising one of the separate elements to be used in a method described herein. Suitable containers include, for example, bottles, vials, syringes, and test tubes. The containers are formed from a variety of materials such as glass or plastic.
The articles of manufacture provided herein contain packaging materials. Packaging materials for use in packaging pharmaceutical products include those found in, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,323,907, 5,052,558 and 5,033,252. Examples of
pharmaceutical packaging materials include, but are not limited to, blister packs, bottles, tubes, inhalers, pumps, bags, vials, containers, syringes, bottles, and any packaging material suitable for a selected formulation and intended mode of
administration and treatment. For example, the container(s) includes one or more compounds described herein, optionally in a composition or in combination with another agent as disclosed herein. The container(s) optionally have a sterile access port (for example the container is an intravenous solution bag or a vial having a stopper pierceable by a hypodermic injection needle). Such kits optionally comprising a compound with an identifying description or label or instructions relating to its use in the methods described herein.
For example, a kit typically includes one or more additional containers, each with one or more of various materials (such as reagents, optionally in concentrated form, and/or devices) desirable from a commercial and user standpoint for use of a compound described herein. Non- limiting examples of such materials include, but not limited to, buffers, diluents, filters, needles, syringes; carrier, package, container, vial and/or tube labels listing contents and/or instructions for use, and package inserts with instructions for use. A set of instructions will also typically be included. A label is optionally on or associated with the container. For example, a label is on a container when letters, numbers or other characters forming the label are attached, molded or etched into the container itself, a label is associated with a container when it is present within a receptacle or carrier that also holds the container, e.g., as a package insert. In addition, a label is used to indicate that the contents are to be used for a specific therapeutic application. In addition, the label indicates directions for use of the contents, such as in the methods described herein. In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions is presented in a pack or dispenser device which contains one or more unit dosage forms containing a compound provided herein. The pack for example contains metal or plastic foil, such as a blister pack. Or, the pack or dispenser device is accompanied by instructions for administration. Or, the pack or dispenser is
accompanied with a notice associated with the container in form prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the manufacture, use, or sale of pharmaceuticals, which notice is reflective of approval by the agency of the form of the drug for human or veterinary administration. Such notice, for example, is the labeling approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration for prescription drugs, or the approved product insert. In some embodiments, compositions containing a compound provided herein formulated in a compatible pharmaceutical carrier are prepared, placed in an appropriate container, and labeled for treatment of an indicated condition.
Methods
The present invention provides a method of inhibiting Ras-mediated cell signaling comprising contacting a cell with an effective amount of one or more compounds disclosed herein. Inhibition of Ras-mediated signal transduction can be assessed and demonstrated by a wide variety of ways known in the art. Non-limiting examples include a showing of (a) a decrease in GTPase activity of Ras; (b) a decrease in GTP binding affinity or an increase in GDP binding affinity; (c) an increase in K off of GTP or a decrease in K off of GDP; (d) a decrease in the levels of signaling transduction molecules downstream in the Ras pathway, such as a decrease in pMEK level; and/or (e) a decrease in binding of Ras complex to downstream signaling molecules including but not limited to Raf. Kits and commercially available assays can be utilized for determining one or more of the above.
The invention also provides methods of using the compounds or pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention to treat disease conditions, including but not limited to conditions implicated by G12C K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras mutation, G12C H-Ras mutation and/or G12C N-Ras mutation (e.g., cancer).
In some embodiments, a method for treatment of cancer is provided, the method comprising administering an effective amount of any of the foregoing pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of structure (I) to a subject in need thereof. In some embodiments, the cancer is mediated by a K-Ras, H-Ras or N- Ras G12C mutation. In other embodiments, the cancer is pancreatic cancer, colon cancer, MYH associated polyposis, colorectal cancer or lung cancer.
In some embodiments the invention provides method of treating a disorder in a subject in need thereof, wherein the said method comprises determining if the subject has a K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C mutation and if the subject is determined to have the K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C mutation, then administering to the subject a therapeutically effective dose of at least one compound of structure (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, prodrug, tautomer, solvate, hydrate or derivative thereof.
The disclosed compounds strongly inhibit anchorage-independent cell growth and therefore have the potential to inhibit tumor metastasis. Accordingly, in another embodiment the disclosure provides a method for inhibiting tumor metastasis, the method comprising administering an effective amount a pharmaceutical
composition of comprising any of the compounds disclosed herein and a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier to a subject in need thereof.
K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C mutations have also been identified in hematological malignancies (e.g., cancers that affect blood, bone marrow and/or lymph nodes). Accordingly, certain embodiments are directed to administration of a disclosed compounds (e.g., in the form of a pharmaceutical composition) to a patient in need of treatment of a hematological malignancy. Such malignancies include, but are not limited to leukemias and lymphomas. For example, the presently disclosed compounds can be used for treatment of diseases such as Acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL), Acute myelogenous leukemia (AML), Chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), small lymphocytic lymphoma (SLL), Chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML), Acute monocytic leukemia (AMoL) and/ or other leukemias. In other embodiments, the compounds are useful for treatment of lymphomas such as all subtypes of Hodgkins lymphoma or non-Hodgkins lymphoma.
Determining whether a tumor or cancer comprises a G12C K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras mutation can be undertaken by assessing the nucleotide sequence encoding the K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras protein, by assessing the amino acid sequence of the K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras protein, or by assessing the characteristics of a putative K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras mutant protein. The sequence of wild-type human K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras is known in the art, (e.g. Accession No. NP203524).
Methods for detecting a mutation in a K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras nucleotide sequence are known by those of skill in the art. These methods include, but are not limited to, polymerase chain reaction-restriction fragment length polymorphism (PCR- RFLP) assays, polymerase chain reaction- single strand conformation polymorphism (PCR-SSCP) assays, real-time PCR assays, PCR sequencing, mutant allele-specific PCR amplification (MASA) assays, direct sequencing, primer extension reactions, electrophoresis, oligonucleotide ligation assays, hybridization assays, TaqMan assays, SNP genotyping assays, high resolution melting assays and microarray analyses. In some embodiments, samples are evaluated for G12C K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras mutations by real-time PCR. In real-time PCR, fluorescent probes specific for the K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C mutation are used. When a mutation is present, the probe binds and fluorescence is detected. In some embodiments, the K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C mutation is identified using a direct sequencing method of specific regions (e.g., exon 2 and/or exon 3) in the K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras gene. This technique will identify all possible mutations in the region sequenced.
Methods for detecting a mutation in a K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras protein are known by those of skill in the art. These methods include, but are not limited to, detection of a K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras mutant using a binding agent (e.g., an antibody) specific for the mutant protein, protein electrophoresis and Western blotting, and direct peptide sequencing.
Methods for determining whether a tumor or cancer comprises a G12C K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras mutation can use a variety of samples. In some embodiments, the sample is taken from a subject having a tumor or cancer. In some embodiments, the sample is taken from a subject having a cancer or tumor. In some embodiments, the sample is a fresh tumor/cancer sample. In some embodiments, the sample is a frozen tumor/cancer sample. In some embodiments, the sample is a formalin-fixed paraffin- embedded sample. In some embodiments, the sample is processed to a cell lysate. In some embodiments, the sample is processed to DNA or RNA.
The invention also relates to a method of treating a hyperproliferative disorder in a mammal that comprises administering to said mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, prodrug, solvate, hydrate or derivative thereof. In some embodiments, said method relates to the treatment of cancer such as acute myeloid leukemia, cancer in adolescents, adrenocortical carcinoma childhood, AIDS-related cancers (e.g. Lymphoma and Kaposi's Sarcoma), anal cancer, appendix cancer, astrocytomas, atypical teratoid, basal cell carcinoma, bile duct cancer, bladder cancer, bone cancer, brain stem glioma, brain tumor, breast cancer, bronchial tumors, burkitt lymphoma, carcinoid tumor, atypical teratoid, embryonal tumors, germ cell tumor, primary lymphoma, cervical cancer, childhood cancers, chordoma, cardiac tumors, chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML), chronic myleoproliferative disorders, colon cancer, colorectal cancer, craniopharyngioma, cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, extrahepatic ductal carcinoma in situ (DCIS), embryonal tumors, CNS cancer, endometrial cancer, ependymoma, esophageal cancer,
esthesioneuroblastoma, ewing sarcoma, extracranial germ cell tumor, extragonadal germ cell tumor, eye cancer, fibrous histiocytoma of bone, gall bladder cancer, gastric cancer, gastrointestinal carcinoid tumor, gastrointestinal stromal tumors (GIST), germ cell tumor, gestational trophoblastic tumor, hairy cell leukemia, head and neck cancer, heart cancer, liver cancer, hodgkin lymphoma, hypopharyngeal cancer, intraocular melanoma, islet cell tumors, pancreatic neuroendocrine tumors, kidney cancer, laryngeal cancer, lip and oral cavity cancer, liver cancer, lobular carcinoma in situ (LCIS), lung cancer, lymphoma, metastatic squamous neck cancer with occult primary, midline tract carcinoma, mouth cancer multiple endocrine neoplasia syndromes, multiple myeloma/plasma cell neoplasm, mycosis fungoides,
myelodysplasia syndromes, myelodysplastic/myeloproliferative neoplasms, multiple myeloma, merkel cell carcinoma, malignant mesothelioma, malignant fibrous histiocytoma of bone and osteosarcoma, nasal cavity and paranasal sinus cancer, nasopharyngeal cancer, neuroblastoma, non-hodgkin lymphoma, non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), oral cancer, lip and oral cavity cancer, oropharyngeal cancer, ovarian cancer, pancreatic cancer, papillomatosis, paraganglioma, paranasal sinus and nasal cavity cancer, parathyroid cancer, penile cancer, pharyngeal cancer, pleuropulmonary blastoma, primary central nervous system (CNS) lymphoma, prostate cancer, rectal cancer, transitional cell cancer, retinoblastoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, salivary gland cancer, skin cancer, stomach (gastric) cancer, small cell lung cancer, small intestine cancer, soft tissue sarcoma, T-Cell lymphoma, testicular cancer, throat cancer, thymoma and thymic carcinoma, thyroid cancer, transitional cell cancer of the renal pelvis and ureter, trophoblastic tumor, unusual cancers of childhood, urethral cancer, uterine sarcoma, vaginal cancer, vulvar cancer, or Viral-Induced cancer. In some embodiments, said method relates to the treatment of a non-cancerous
hyperproliferative disorder such as benign hyperplasia of the skin (e. g., psoriasis), restenosis, or prostate (e. g., benign prostatic hypertrophy (BPH)).
In certain particular embodiments, the invention relates to methods for treatment of lung cancers, the methods comprise administering an effective amount of any of the above described compound (or a pharmaceutical composition comprising the same) to a subject in need thereof. In certain embodiments the lung cancer is a non- small cell lung carcinoma (NSCLC), for example adenocarcinoma, squamous-cell lung carcinoma or large-cell lung carcinoma. In other embodiments, the lung cancer is a small cell lung carcinoma. Other lung cancers treatable with the disclosed compounds include, but are not limited to, glandular tumors, carcinoid tumors and undifferentiated carcinomas.
Subjects that can be treated with compounds of the invention, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, prodrug, solvate, tautomer, hydrate or derivative of said compounds, according to the methods of this invention include, for example, subjects that have been diagnosed as having acute myeloid leukemia, acute myeloid leukemia, cancer in adolescents, adrenocortical carcinoma childhood, AIDS-related cancers (e.g. Lymphoma and Kaposi's Sarcoma), anal cancer, appendix cancer, astrocytomas, atypical teratoid, basal cell carcinoma, bile duct cancer, bladder cancer, bone cancer, brain stem glioma, brain tumor, breast cancer, bronchial tumors, burkitt lymphoma, carcinoid tumor, atypical teratoid, embryonal tumors, germ cell tumor, primary lymphoma, cervical cancer, childhood cancers, chordoma, cardiac tumors, chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML), chronic myleoproliferative disorders, colon cancer, colorectal cancer, craniopharyngioma, cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, extrahepatic ductal carcinoma in situ (DCIS), embryonal tumors, CNS cancer, endometrial cancer, ependymoma, esophageal cancer,
esthesioneuroblastoma, ewing sarcoma, extracranial germ cell tumor, extragonadal germ cell tumor, eye cancer, fibrous histiocytoma of bone, gall bladder cancer, gastric cancer, gastrointestinal carcinoid tumor, gastrointestinal stromal tumors (GIST), germ cell tumor, gestational trophoblastic tumor, hairy cell leukemia, head and neck cancer, heart cancer, liver cancer, hodgkin lymphoma, hypopharyngeal cancer, intraocular melanoma, islet cell tumors, pancreatic neuroendocrine tumors, kidney cancer, laryngeal cancer, lip and oral cavity cancer, liver cancer, lobular carcinoma in situ (LCIS), lung cancer, lymphoma, metastatic squamous neck cancer with occult primary, midline tract carcinoma, mouth cancer multiple endocrine neoplasia syndromes, multiple myeloma/plasma cell neoplasm, mycosis fungoides,
myelodysplasia syndromes, myelodysplastic/myeloproliferative neoplasms, multiple myeloma, merkel cell carcinoma, malignant mesothelioma, malignant fibrous histiocytoma of bone and osteosarcoma, nasal cavity and paranasal sinus cancer, nasopharyngeal cancer, neuroblastoma, non-hodgkin lymphoma, non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), oral cancer, lip and oral cavity cancer, oropharyngeal cancer, ovarian cancer, pancreatic cancer, papillomatosis, paraganglioma, paranasal sinus and nasal cavity cancer, parathyroid cancer, penile cancer, pharyngeal cancer, pleuropulmonary blastoma, primary central nervous system (CNS) lymphoma, prostate cancer, rectal cancer, transitional cell cancer, retinoblastoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, salivary gland cancer, skin cancer, stomach (gastric) cancer, small cell lung cancer, small intestine cancer, soft tissue sarcoma, T-Cell lymphoma, testicular cancer, throat cancer, thymoma and thymic carcinoma, thyroid cancer, transitional cell cancer of the renal pelvis and ureter, trophoblastic tumor, unusual cancers of childhood, urethral cancer, uterine sarcoma, vaginal cancer, vulvar cancer, or Viral-Induced cancer. In some embodiments subjects that are treated with the compounds of the invention include subjects that have been diagnosed as having a non-cancerous hyperproliferative disorder such as benign hyperplasia of the skin (e. g., psoriasis), restenosis, or prostate (e. g., benign prostatic hypertrophy (BPH)).
The invention further provides methods of modulating a G12C Mutant K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras protein activity by contacting the protein with an effective amount of a compound of the invention. Modulation can be inhibiting or activating protein activity. In some embodiments, the invention provides methods of inhibiting protein activity by contacting the G12C Mutant K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras protein with an effective amount of a compound of the invention in solution. In some embodiments, the invention provides methods of inhibiting the G12C Mutant K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras protein activity by contacting a cell, tissue, organ that express the protein of interest. In some embodiments, the invention provides methods of inhibiting protein activity in subject including but not limited to rodents and mammal (e.g., human) by administering into the subject an effective amount of a compound of the invention. In some embodiments, the percentage modulation exceeds 25%, 30%, 40%>, 50%>, 60%>, 70%>, 80%), or 90%). In some embodiments, the percentage of inhibiting exceeds 25%, 30%>, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or 90%.
In some embodiments, the invention provides methods of inhibiting K- Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C activity in a cell by contacting said cell with an amount of a compound of the invention sufficient to inhibit the activity of K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C in said cell. In some embodiments, the invention provides methods of inhibiting K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C activity in a tissue by contacting said tissue with an amount of a compound of the invention sufficient to inhibit the activity of K-Ras, H- Ras or N-Ras G12C in said tissue. In some embodiments, the invention provides methods of inhibiting K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C activity in an organism by contacting said organism with an amount of a compound of the invention sufficient to inhibit the activity of K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C in said organism. In some embodiments, the invention provides methods of inhibiting K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C activity in an animal by contacting said animal with an amount of a compound of the invention sufficient to inhibit the activity of K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C in said animal. In some embodiments, the invention provides methods of inhibiting K-Ras, H- Ras or N-Ras G12C activity in a mammal by contacting said mammal with an amount of a compound of the invention sufficient to inhibit the activity of K-Ras, H-Ras or N- Ras G12C in said mammal. In some embodiments, the invention provides methods of inhibiting K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C activity in a human by contacting said human with an amount of a compound of the invention sufficient to inhibit the activity of K- Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C in said human. The present invention provides methods of treating a disease mediated by K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C activity in a subject in need of such treatment.
The present invention also provides methods for combination therapies in which an agent known to modulate other pathways, or other components of the same pathway, or even overlapping sets of target enzymes are used in combination with a compound of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, prodrug, solvate, tautomer, hydrate or derivative thereof. In one aspect, such therapy includes but is not limited to the combination of one or more compounds of the invention with chemotherapeutic agents, therapeutic antibodies, and radiation treatment, to provide a synergistic or additive therapeutic effect.
Many chemotherapeutics are presently known in the art and can be used in combination with the compounds of the invention. In some embodiments, the chemotherapeutic is selected from the group consisting of mitotic inhibitors, alkylating agents, anti-metabolites, intercalating antibiotics, growth factor inhibitors, cell cycle inhibitors, enzymes, topoisomerase inhibitors, biological response modifiers, anti- hormones, angiogenesis inhibitors, and anti-androgens.
Non-limiting examples are chemotherapeutic agents, cytotoxic agents, and non-peptide small molecules such as Gleevec® (Imatinib Mesylate), Velcade® (bortezomib), Casodex (bicalutamide), Iressa® (gefitinib), and Adriamycin as well as a host of chemotherapeutic agents. Non-limiting examples of chemotherapeutic agents include alkylating agents such as thiotepa and cyclosphosphamide (CYTOXANTM); alkyl sulfonates such as busulfan, improsulfan and piposulfan; aziridines such as benzodopa, carboquone, meturedopa, and uredopa; ethylenimines and
methylamelamines including altretamine, triethylenemelamine,
trietylenephosphoramide, triethylenethiophosphaoramide and trimethylolomelamine; nitrogen mustards such as chlorambucil, chlornaphazine, cholophosphamide, estramustine, ifosfamide, mechlorethamine, mechlorethamine oxide hydrochloride, melphalan, novembichin, phenesterine, prednimustine, trofosfamide, uracil mustard; nitrosureas such as carmustine, chlorozotocin, fotemustine, lomustine, nimustine, ranimustine; antibiotics such as aclacinomysins, actinomycin, authramycin, azaserine, bleomycins, cactinomycin, calicheamicin, carabicin, carminomycin, carzinophilin, CasodexTM, chromomycins, dactinomycin, daunorubicin, detorubicin, 6-diazo-5-oxo- L-norleucine, doxorubicin, epirubicin, esorubicin, idarubicin, marcellomycin, mitomycins, mycophenolic acid, nogalamycin, olivomycins, peplomycin, potfiromycin, puromycin, quelamycin, rodorubicin, streptonigrin, streptozocin, tubercidin, ubenimex, zinostatin, zorubicin; anti-metabolites such as methotrexate and 5-fluorouracil (5-FU); folic acid analogues such as denopterin, methotrexate, pteropterin, trimetrexate; purine analogs such as fludarabine, 6-mercaptopurine, thiamiprine, thioguanine; pyrimidine analogs such as ancitabine, azacitidine, 6-azauridine, carmofur, cytarabine,
dideoxyuridine, doxifluridine, enocitabine, floxuridine, androgens such as calusterone, dromostanolone propionate, epitiostanol, mepitiostane, testolactone; anti-adrenals such as aminoglutethimide, mitotane, trilostane; folic acid replenisher such as frolinic acid; aceglatone; aldophosphamide glycoside; aminolevulinic acid; amsacrine; bestrabucil; bisantrene; edatraxate; defofamine; demecolcine; diaziquone; elfomithine; elliptinium acetate; etoglucid; gallium nitrate; hydroxyurea; lentinan; lonidamine; mitoguazone; mitoxantrone; mopidamol; nitracrine; pentostatin; phenamet; pirarubicin; podophyllinic acid; 2-ethylhydrazide; procarbazine; PSK.RTM.; razoxane; sizofiran; spirogermanium; tenuazonic acid; triaziquone; 2,2',2"-trichlorotriethylamine; urethan; vindesine;
dacarbazine; mannomustine; mitobronitol; mitolactol; pipobroman; gacytosine;
arabinoside ("Ara-C"); cyclophosphamide; thiotepa; taxanes, e.g. paclitaxel
(TAXOLTM, Bristol-Myers Squibb Oncology, Princeton, N.J.) and docetaxel
(TAXOTERETM, Rhone-Poulenc Rorer, Antony, France); retinoic acid; esperamicins; capecitabine; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, acids or derivatives of any of the above. Also included as suitable chemotherapeutic cell conditioners are anti-hormonal agents that act to regulate or inhibit hormone action on tumors such as anti-estrogens including for example tamoxifen, (NolvadexTM), raloxifene, aromatase inhibiting 4(5)- imidazoles, 4-hydroxytamoxifen, trioxifene, keoxifene, LY 117018, onapristone, and toremifene (Fareston); and anti-androgens such as flutamide, nilutamide, bicalutamide, leuprolide, and goserelin; chlorambucil; gemcitabine; 6-thioguanine; mercaptopurine; methotrexate; platinum analogs such as cisplatin and carboplatin; vinblastine; platinum; etoposide (VP- 16); ifosfamide; mitomycin C; mitoxantrone; vincristine; vinorelbine; navelbine; novantrone; teniposide; daunomycin; aminopterin; xeloda; ibandronate; camptothecin-11 (CPT-11); topoisomerase inhibitor RFS 2000; difluoromethylomithme (DMFO). Where desired, the compounds or pharmaceutical composition of the present invention can be used in combination with commonly prescribed anti-cancer drugs such as Herceptin®, Avastin®, Erbitux®, Rituxan®, Taxol®, Arimidex®, Taxotere®, ABVD, AVICF E, Abagovomab, Acridine carboxamide, Adecatumumab, 17-N- Allylamino-17-demethoxygeldanamycin, Alpharadin, Alvocidib, 3-Aminopyridine-2- carboxaldehyde thiosemicarbazone, Amonafide, Anthracenedione, Anti-CD22 immunotoxins, Antineoplastic, Antitumorigenic herbs, Apaziquone, Atiprimod, Azathioprine, Belotecan, Bendamustine, BIBW 2992, Biricodar, Brostallicin,
Bryostatin, Buthionine sulfoximine, CBV (chemotherapy), Calyculin, cell-cycle nonspecific antineoplastic agents, Dichloroacetic acid, Discodermolide, Elsamitrucin, Enocitabine, Epothilone, Eribulin, Everolimus, Exatecan, Exisulind, Ferruginol, Forodesine, Fosfestrol, ICE chemotherapy regimen, IT-101, Imexon, Imiquimod, Indolocarbazole, Irofulven, Laniquidar, Larotaxel, Lenalidomide, Lucanthone,
Lurtotecan, Mafosfamide, Mitozolomide, Nafoxidine, Nedaplatin, Olaparib, Ortataxel, PAC-1, Pawpaw, Pixantrone, Proteasome inhibitor, Rebeccamycin, Resiquimod, Rubitecan, SN-38, Salinosporamide A, Sapacitabine, Stanford V, Swainsonine, Talaporfm, Tariquidar, Tegafur-uracil, Temodar, Tesetaxel, Triplatin tetranitrate, Tris(2-chloroethyl)amine, Troxacitabine, Uramustine, Vadimezan, Vinflunine, ZD6126 or Zosuquidar.
This invention further relates to a method for using the compounds or pharmaceutical compositions provided herein, in combination with radiation therapy for inhibiting abnormal cell growth or treating the hyperproliferative disorder in the mammal. Techniques for administering radiation therapy are known in the art, and these techniques can be used in the combination therapy described herein. The administration of the compound of the invention in this combination therapy can be determined as described herein. Radiation therapy can be administered through one of several methods, or a combination of methods, including without limitation external-beam therapy, internal radiation therapy, implant radiation, stereotactic radiosurgery, systemic radiation therapy, radiotherapy and permanent or temporary interstitial brachytherapy. The term "brachytherapy," as used herein, refers to radiation therapy delivered by a spatially confined radioactive material inserted into the body at or near a tumor or other proliferative tissue disease site. The term is intended without limitation to include exposure to radioactive isotopes (e.g. At-211, 1-131, 1-125, Y-90, Re-186, Re-188, Sm- 153, Bi-212, P-32, and radioactive isotopes of Lu). Suitable radiation sources for use as a cell conditioner of the present invention include both solids and liquids. By way of non- limiting example, the radiation source can be a radionuclide, such as 1-125, 1-131, Yb-169, Ir-192 as a solid source, 1-125 as a solid source, or other radionuclides that emit photons, beta particles, gamma radiation, or other therapeutic rays. The radioactive material can also be a fluid made from any solution of radionuclide(s), e.g., a solution of I- 125 or I- 131 , or a radioactive fluid can be produced using a slurry of a suitable fluid containing small particles of solid radionuclides, such as Au-198, Y-90. Moreover, the radionuclide(s) can be embodied in a gel or radioactive micro spheres.
Without being limited by any theory, the compounds of the present invention can render abnormal cells more sensitive to treatment with radiation for purposes of killing and/or inhibiting the growth of such cells. Accordingly, this invention further relates to a method for sensitizing abnormal cells in a mammal to treatment with radiation which comprises administering to the mammal an amount of a compound of the present invention or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, prodrug, solvate, hydrate or derivative thereof, which amount is effective is sensitizing abnormal cells to treatment with radiation. The amount of the compound, salt, or solvate in this method can be determined according to the means for ascertaining effective amounts of such compounds described herein.
The compounds or pharmaceutical compositions of the invention can be used in combination with an amount of one or more substances selected from anti- angiogenesis agents, signal transduction inhibitors, antiproliferative agents, glycolysis inhibitors, or autophagy inhibitors.
Anti-angiogenesis agents, such as MMP-2 (matrix-metalloproteinase 2) inhibitors, MMP-9 (matrix -metalloprotienase 9) inhibitors, and COX-11
(cyclooxygenase 11) inhibitors, can be used in conjunction with a compound of the invention and pharmaceutical compositions described herein. Anti-angiogenesis agents include, for example, rapamycin, temsirolimus (CCI-779), everolimus (RAD001), sorafenib, sunitinib, and bevacizumab. Examples of useful COX-II inhibitors include CELEBREXTM (alecoxib), valdecoxib, and rofecoxib. Examples of useful matrix metalloproteinase inhibitors are described in WO 96/33172 (published October
24,1996), WO 96/27583 (published March 7,1996), European Patent Application No. 97304971.1 (filed July 8,1997), European Patent Application No. 99308617.2 (filed October 29, 1999), WO 98/07697 (published February 26,1998), WO 98/03516 (published January 29,1998), WO 98/34918 (published August 13,1998), WO 98/34915 (published August 13,1998), WO 98/33768 (published August 6,1998), WO 98/30566 (published July 16, 1998), European Patent Publication 606,046 (published July 13,1994), European Patent Publication 931, 788 (published July 28,1999), WO
90/05719 (published May 31,1990), WO 99/52910 (published October 21,1999), WO 99/52889 (published October 21, 1999), WO 99/29667 (published June 17,1999), PCT International Application No. PCT/IB98/01113 (filed July 21,1998), European Patent Application No. 99302232.1 (filed March 25,1999), Great Britain Patent Application No. 9912961.1 (filed June 3, 1999), United States Provisional Application No.
60/148,464 (filed August 12,1999), United States Patent 5,863, 949 (issued January 26,1999), United States Patent 5,861, 510 (issued January 19,1999), and European Patent Publication 780,386 (published June 25, 1997), all of which are incorporated herein in their entireties by reference. Preferred MMP-2 and MMP-9 inhibitors are those that have little or no activity inhibiting MMP-1. More preferred, are those that selectively inhibit MMP-2 and/or AMP-9 relative to the other matrix- metalloproteinases (i. e., MAP-1, MMP-3, MMP-4, MMP-5, MMP-6, MMP- 7, MMP- 8, MMP-10, MMP-11, MMP-12, andMMP-13). Some specific examples of MMP inhibitors useful in the invention are AG-3340, RO 32-3555, and RS 13-0830.
Autophagy inhibitors include, but are not limited to chloroquine, 3- methyladenine, hydroxychloroquine (Plaquenil™), bafilomycin Al, 5-amino-4- imidazole carboxamide riboside (AICAR), okadaic acid, autophagy-suppressive algal toxins which inhibit protein phosphatases of type 2A or type 1, analogues of cAMP, and drugs which elevate cAMP levels such as adenosine, LY204002, N6-mercaptopurine riboside, and vinblastine. In addition, antisense or siRNA that inhibits expression of proteins including but not limited to ATG5 (which are implicated in autophagy), may also be used.
The invention also relates to a method of and to a pharmaceutical composition for treating a cardiovascular disease in a mammal which comprises an amount of a compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, prodrug, solvate, tautomer, hydrate or derivative thereof, or an isotopically-labeled derivative thereof, and an amount of one or more therapeutic agents use for the treatment of cardiovascular diseases.
Exemplary agents for use in cardiovascular disease applications are antithrombotic agents, e.g., prostacyclin and salicylates, thrombolytic agents, e.g., streptokinase, urokinase, tissue plasminogen activator (TP A) and anisoylated plasminogen-streptokinase activator complex (APSAC), anti-platelets agents, e.g., acetyl-salicylic acid (ASA) and clopidrogel, vasodilating agents, e.g., nitrates, calcium channel blocking drugs, anti-proliferative agents, e.g., colchicine and alkylating agents, intercalating agents, growth modulating factors such as interleukins, transformation growth factor-beta and congeners of platelet derived growth factor, monoclonal antibodies directed against growth factors, anti-inflammatory agents, both steroidal and non-steroidal, and other agents that can modulate vessel tone, function, arteriosclerosis, and the healing response to vessel or organ injury post intervention. Antibiotics can also be included in combinations or coatings comprised by the invention. Moreover, a coating can be used to effect therapeutic delivery focally within the vessel wall. By incorporation of the active agent in a swellable polymer, the active agent will be released upon swelling of the polymer.
In some embodiments, the compounds described herein are formulated or administered in conjunction with liquid or solid tissue barriers also known as lubricants. Examples of tissue barriers include, but are not limited to, polysaccharides, polyglycans, seprafilm, interceed and hyaluronic acid.
In some embodiments, medicaments which are administered in conjunction with the compounds described herein include any suitable drugs usefully delivered by inhalation for example, analgesics, e.g. codeine, dihydromorphine, ergotamine, fentanyl or morphine; anginal preparations, e.g. diltiazem; antiallergics, e.g. cromoglycate, ketotifen or nedocromil; anti-infectives, e.g. cephalosporins, penicillins, streptomycin, sulphonamides, tetracyclines or pentamidine; antihistamines, e.g. methapyrilene; anti-inflammatories, e.g. beclomethasone, flunisolide, budesonide, tipredane, triamcinolone acetonide or fluticasone; antitussives, e.g. noscapine;
bronchodilators, e.g. ephedrine, adrenaline, fenoterol, formoterol, isoprenaline, metaproterenol, phenylephrine, phenylpropanolamine, pirbuterol, reproterol, rimiterol, salbutamol, salmeterol, terbutalin, isoetharine, tulobuterol, orciprenaline or (-)-4-amino- 3,5-dichloro-a-[[[6-[2-(2-pyridinyl)ethoxy]hexyl]-amino]methyl]benzenemethanol; diuretics, e.g. amiloride; anticholinergics e.g. ipratropium, atropine or oxitropium; hormones, e.g. cortisone, hydrocortisone or prednisolone; xanthines e.g. aminophylline, choline theophyllinate, lysine theophyllinate or theophylline; and therapeutic proteins and peptides, e.g. insulin or glucagon. It will be clear to a person skilled in the art that, where appropriate, the medicaments are used in the form of salts (e.g. as alkali metal or amine salts or as acid addition salts) or as esters (e.g. lower alkyl esters) or as solvates (e.g. hydrates) to optimize the activity and/or stability of the medicament.
Other exemplary therapeutic agents useful for a combination therapy include but are not limited to agents as described above, radiation therapy, hormone antagonists, hormones and their releasing factors, thyroid and antithyroid drugs, estrogens and progestins, androgens, adrenocorticotropic hormone; adrenocortical steroids and their synthetic analogs; inhibitors of the synthesis and actions of adrenocortical hormones, insulin, oral hypoglycemic agents, and the pharmacology of the endocrine pancreas, agents affecting calcification and bone turnover: calcium, phosphate, parathyroid hormone, vitamin D, calcitonin, vitamins such as water-soluble vitamins, vitamin B complex, ascorbic acid, fat-soluble vitamins, vitamins A, K, and E, growth factors, cytokines, chemokines, muscarinic receptor agonists and antagonists; anticholinesterase agents; agents acting at the neuromuscular junction and/or autonomic ganglia; catecholamines, sympathomimetic drugs, and adrenergic receptor agonists or antagonists; and 5-hydroxytryptamine (5-HT, serotonin) receptor agonists and antagonists.
Therapeutic agents can also include agents for pain and inflammation such as histamine and histamine antagonists, bradykinin and bradykinin antagonists, 5- hydroxytryptamine (serotonin), lipid substances that are generated by biotransformation of the products of the selective hydrolysis of membrane phospholipids, eicosanoids, prostaglandins, thromboxanes, leukotrienes, aspirin, nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory agents, analgesic-antipyretic agents, agents that inhibit the synthesis of prostaglandins and thromboxanes, selective inhibitors of the inducible cyclooxygenase, selective inhibitors of the inducible cyclooxygenase-2, autacoids, paracrine hormones, somatostatin, gastrin, cytokines that mediate interactions involved in humoral and cellular immune responses, lipid-derived autacoids, eicosanoids, β-adrenergic agonists, ipratropium, glucocorticoids, methylxanthines, sodium channel blockers, opioid receptor agonists, calcium channel blockers, membrane stabilizers and leukotriene inhibitors.
Additional therapeutic agents contemplated herein include diuretics, vasopressin, agents affecting the renal conservation of water, rennin, angiotensin, agents useful in the treatment of myocardial ischemia, anti-hypertensive agents, angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitors, β-adrenergic receptor antagonists, agents for the treatment of hypercholesterolemia, and agents for the treatment of dyslipidemia.
Other therapeutic agents contemplated include drugs used for control of gastric acidity, agents for the treatment of peptic ulcers, agents for the treatment of gastroesophageal reflux disease, prokinetic agents, antiemetics, agents used in irritable bowel syndrome, agents used for diarrhea, agents used for constipation, agents used for inflammatory bowel disease, agents used for biliary disease, agents used for pancreatic disease. Therapeutic agents used to treat protozoan infections, drugs used to treat Malaria, Amebiasis, Giardiasis, Trichomoniasis, Trypanosomiasis, and/or
Leishmaniasis, and/or drugs used in the chemotherapy of helminthiasis. Other therapeutic agents include antimicrobial agents, sulfonamides, trimethoprim- sulfamethoxazole quinolones, and agents for urinary tract infections, penicillins, cephalosporins, and other, β-lactam antibiotics, an agent comprising an aminoglycoside, protein synthesis inhibitors, drugs used in the chemotherapy of tuberculosis,
mycobacterium avium complex disease, and leprosy, antifungal agents, antiviral agents including nonretroviral agents and antiretroviral agents.
Examples of therapeutic antibodies that can be combined with a compound of the invention include but are not limited to anti-receptor tyrosine kinase antibodies (cetuximab, panitumumab, trastuzumab), anti CD20 antibodies (rituximab, tositumomab), and other antibodies such as alemtuzumab, bevacizumab, and
gemtuzumab.
Moreover, therapeutic agents used for immunomodulation, such as immunomodulators, immunosuppressive agents, tolerogens, and immunostimulants are contemplated by the methods herein. In addition, therapeutic agents acting on the blood and the blood-forming organs, hematopoietic agents, growth factors, minerals, and vitamins, anticoagulant, thrombolytic, and antiplatelet drugs.
For treating renal carcinoma, one may combine a compound of the present invention with sorafenib and/or avastin. For treating an endometrial disorder, one may combine a compound of the present invention with doxorubincin, taxotere (taxol), and/or cisplatin (carboplatin). For treating ovarian cancer, one may combine a compound of the present invention with cisplatin (carboplatin), taxotere, doxorubincin, topotecan, and/or tamoxifen. For treating breast cancer, one may combine a compound of the present invention with taxotere (taxol), gemcitabine (capecitabine), tamoxifen, letrozole, tarceva, lapatinib, PD0325901, avastin, herceptin, OSI-906, and/or OSI-930. For treating lung cancer, one may combine a compound of the present invention with taxotere (taxol), gemcitabine, cisplatin, pemetrexed, Tarceva, PD0325901, and/or avastin.
Further therapeutic agents that can be combined with a compound of the invention are found in Goodman and Gilman's "The Pharmacological Basis of
Therapeutics" Tenth Edition edited by Hardman, Limbird and Gilman or the
Physician's Desk Reference, both of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
The compounds described herein can be used in combination with the agents disclosed herein or other suitable agents, depending on the condition being treated. Hence, in some embodiments the one or more compounds of the invention will be co-administered with other agents as described above. When used in combination therapy, the compounds described herein are administered with the second agent simultaneously or separately. This administration in combination can include simultaneous administration of the two agents in the same dosage form, simultaneous administration in separate dosage forms, and separate administration. That is, a compound described herein and any of the agents described above can be formulated together in the same dosage form and administered simultaneously. Alternatively, a compound of the invention and any of the agents described above can be
simultaneously administered, wherein both the agents are present in separate formulations. In another alternative, a compound of the present invention can be administered just followed by and any of the agents described above, or vice versa. In some embodiments of the separate administration protocol, a compound of the invention and any of the agents described above are administered a few minutes apart, or a few hours apart, or a few days apart.
The examples and preparations provided below further illustrate and exemplify the compounds of the present invention and methods of preparing such compounds. It is to be understood that the scope of the present invention is not limited in any way by the scope of the following examples and preparations. In the following examples, and throughout the specification and claims, molecules with a single chiral center, unless otherwise noted, exist as a racemic mixture. Those molecules with two or more chiral centers, unless otherwise noted, exist as a racemic mixture of diastereomers. Single enantiomers/diastereomers may be obtained by methods known to those skilled in the art.
EXAMPLES
EXAMPLE 1
Figure imgf000217_0001
5-Bromo-4-chloro-2-methoxyphenyl)methanol
To a solution of methyl 5-bromo-4-chloro-2-methoxybenzoate (1.0 g,
3.6 mmol) in dry THF (10 mL) at 0°C, supper-Hydride (1.0 M, 10 mL) was added and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford the desired product. The crude product was used directly in the next step without further purification.
5-Bromo-4-chloro-2-methoxybenzaldehyde
To the solution of 5-bromo-4-chloro-2-methoxyphenyl)methanol in dry DCM (5 mL), Dess-Martin reagent (607 mg) was added and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture was partitioned between DCM and water. The organic layer was dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified via Isolera One (silica cartridge, 0-60% ethyl acetate/hexanes) to afford the desired product (200 mg, 56% yield). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ: 10.33 (s, 1H), 8.04 (s, 1H), 7.12 (s, 1H), 3.39 (s, 3H). N-(5-bromo-4-chloro-2-methoxybenzyl)-l-(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methanamine
The solution of 5-bromo-4-chloro-2-methoxybenzaldehyde (300 mg, 1.2 mmol) and 2,4-dimethoxybenzyl amine (167 mg, 1.2mmol) in MeOH/DCM (4 : 1, 10 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 5 h. To this mixture, NaBH4 (100 mg, 13 mmol) was added in two portions. The mixture stirred for 1 h and then partitioned between DCM and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford the desired product. The crude product was used directly in the next step without further purification. tert-Butyl 4-((5-bromo-4-chloro-2-methoxybenzyl)(2,4- dimethoxybenzyl)carbamoyl)piperidine-l-carboxylate
The mixture of N-(5-bromo-4-chloro-2-methoxybenzyl)-l-(2,4- dimethoxyphenyl)methanamine (190 mg, 0.47 mmol), l-(tert- butoxycarbonyl)piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (109 mg, 0.47 mmol), HATU (180 mg, 0.47 mmol) and Et3N (101 mg, 1 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was stirred at room
temperature for 4 h. The mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford the desired product. The crude product was used directly in the next step without further purification.
N-(5-Bromo-4-chloro-2-methoxybenzyl)piperidine-4-carboxamide
The crude tert-Butyl 4-((5-bromo-4-chloro-2-methoxybenzyl)(2,4- dimethoxybenzyl)carbamoyl)piperidine-l-carboxylate was dissolved in 50% TFA in DCM (10 mL) and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was partitioned between DCM and saturate NaHCOs aqueous solution. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford the desired product. l-Acryloyl-N-(5-bromo-4-chloro-2-methoxybenzyl)piperidine-4-carboxamide
To a solution of N-(5-Bromo-4-chloro-2-methoxybenzyl)piperidine-4- carboxamide obtained from above step in DCM (10 mL) at 0°C, Et3N (0.2 mL, 1.43 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (36.2 mg, 0.4 mmol) were added sequentially and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The mixture was partitioned between DCM and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified via Isolera One (silica cartridge, 0- 3% MeOH/DCM) to afford the desired product (13 mg). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ: 8.27 (t, J= 5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (s, 1H), 7.26 (s, 1H), 6.81 (dd, J= 10.4, 18.8 Hz, 1H), 6.08 (dd, J= 2.4, 16.7 Hz, 1H), 5.66 (dd, J= 2.4, 10.4 Hz, 1H), 4.40 (d, J= 12.8 Hz, 1H), 4.17 (d, J= 5.8 Hz, 2H), 4.07 (d, J= 13.1 Hz, 1H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 3.07 (t, J = 12.0 Hz, 1 H), 2.68 (t, J= 12.7 Hz, 1 H), 2.48-2.50 (m, 1H), 1.75 (d, J= 10.8 Hz, 2 H), 1.47-1.51 (m, 2H). ESI-MS m/z: 417.05 [M+H]+.
EXAMPLE 2
Figure imgf000219_0001
Methyl 3-(5-bromo-4-methyl-2-oxopyridin-l(2H)-yl)propanoate
To a solution of 5-bromo-4-methylpyridin-2(lH)-one (1.0 g, 5.3 mmol) in DMF (10 mL), K2CO3 (1.5 g, 10.6 mmol) was added, followed by addition of methyl acrylate (0.91 g, 10.6 mmol) at 80°C. The mixture was stirred at 80°C for 1 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and then partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was used directly in the next step without further purification. 3-(5-Bromo-4-methyl-2-oxopyridin-l(2H)-yl)propanoic acid
To a solution of the crude product from above step in MeOH (20 mL), aqueous KOH (2M, 5 mL) was added and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture was acidified with con. HCl and then extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was used directly in the next step without further purification. l-(3-(4-Acryloylpiperazin-l-yl)-3-oxopropyl)-5-bromo-4-methylpyridin-2(lH)-one
A mixture of 3-(5-Bromo-4-methyl-2-oxopyridin-l(2H)-yl)propanoic acid (112 mg, 0.43 mmol), l-(piperazin-l-yl)prop-2-en-l-one (80 mg, 0.43 mmol), HATU (163 mg, 0.43 mmol) and Et3N (0.2 mL, 1.43 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified via Isolera One (silica cartridge, 0-6% MeOH/DCM) to afford the desired product (22.8 mg, 14 yield). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ: 7.73 (s, 1H), 6.55 (dd, J= 10.5, 16.7 Hz, 1H), 6.46 (s, 1H), 6.32 (dd, J = 1.8, 16.8 Hz, 1H), 5.75 (dd, J= 1.8, 10.5 Hz, 1H), 4.20 (t, J= 6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.4-3.6 (m, 8H), 2.86 (t, J= 6.0 Hz, 2H), 2.22 (s, 3H). ESI-MS m/z: 382.05 [M+H]+.
EXAMPLE 3
Figure imgf000220_0001
H-4 H-5 H-6
Figure imgf000220_0002
terf-Butyl 5-(vinylsulfonyl)hexahydropyrrolo[3,4-c]pyrrole-2(lH)-carboxylate
To a stirred mixture of tert-butyl hexahydropyrrolo[3,4-c]pyrrole-2(lH)- carboxylate (1.0 g, 4.71 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) at 0°C, Et3N (1.43 g, 14.1 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at 0°C for 5 min, and then a solution of 2- chloroethanesulfonyl chloride (0.77 g, 4.71 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was added dropwise. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 0.5 h. The reaction mixture was poured into water (20 mL) and extracted with DCM (30 mL x 3). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (15 mL x 3), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (10-50% ethyl acetate/petroleum ether) to afford the desired product (0.5 g, 35 % yield) as a solid.
2-(Vinylsulfonyl)octahydropyrrolo[3,4-c]pyrrole
A mixture of tert-butyl 5-(vinylsulfonyl)hexahydropyrrolo[3,4-c]pyrrole- 2(lH)-carboxylate (150 mg, 0.50 mmol) in HCl/MeOH (20 mL, 2.86 M) was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to afford the crude product (110 mg) as a solid which was used directly in next step without further purification.
4,5-Dichloro-2-nitrophenol
To a solution of 3,4-dichlorophenol (30 g, 185 mmol) in DCM (300 mL) at -15°C, sulfuric acid (24 g, 278 mmol) was added. To this mixture, nitric acid (19 g, 194 mmol) was added dropwise (over 20 min) and the temperature was controlled between -15 °C to -5 °C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 0°C for 1 h. The mixture was poured into ice and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was washed with water, saturate NaHC03 aqueous solution and brine, dried over Na2S04 and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column
chromatography on silica gel (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate = 100:1) to afford the desired product (16 g, 42% yield) as a solid. 2-Amino-4,5-dichlorophenol
To a stirred solution of 4,5-dichloro-2-nitrophenol (15 g,72 mmol) in acetic acid (150 mL) and water (450 mL), iron powder (16 g, 285 mmol) was added in portions. The resulting mixture was stirred at 50°C for 2 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, filtered, and the cake was rinsed with ethyl acetate. The filtrate was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water, NaHC03 (aq.) and brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo to afford the desired product (10 g, 78%).
Ethyl 2-((4,5-dichloro-2-hydroxyphenyl)amino)acetate
To a solution of 2-amino-4,5-dichlorophenol (2.0 g, 11.3 mmol) and ethyl-2-oxoacetate (2.26 g, 12.42 mmol) in DCM (50 mL) at room temperature, AcOH (1 mL) was added and the resulting mixture was stirred for 1 h. To this mixture, NaBH(OAc)3 (7.2 g, 33.9 mmol) was added and then stirred for 16 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was suspended in DCM. The mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite and the filtrate was washed with brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate = 10: 1) to afford the desired product (2.4 g, 81 % yield) as a solid.
2-((4,5-Dichloro-2-hydroxyphenyl)amino)acetic acid
To a solution of ethyl 2-((4,5-dichloro-2-hydroxyphenyl)amino)acetate
(2 g, 7.6 mmol) in of 4:1 mixture of tetrahydrofuran and water (30 mL) at room temperature, LiOH.H20 (3.2 g, 76 mmol) were added and the resulting mixture was stirred for 30 min and then acidified with aqueous HC1 (1 N) to adjust the pH to 3 - 5. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (40 mL x 3). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (40 mL x 3), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford the crude product (2 g) which was used directly in the next step without further purification. 2-((4,5-dichloro-2-hydroxyphenyl)amino)-l-(5- (vinylsulfonyl)hexahydropyrrolo[3,4-c]pyrrol-2(lH)-yl)ethanone
To a stirred solution of 2-((4,5-dichloro-2-hydroxyphenyl)amino)acetic acid (90 mg, 0.385 mmol) in DMF (15 mL) at room temperature, 2- (vinylsulfonyl)octahydropyrrolo[3,4-c]pyrrole (110 mg, 0.46 mmol) was added followed by HOBt (78.05 mg, 0.58 mmol), EDCI.HC1 (110.7 mg, 0.46 mmol) and Et3N (116.7 mg, 1.2 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The reaction mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (10-50% ethyl
acetate/dichloroethane) to afford the desired product (20 mg, 10 % yield) as a solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ: 10.17 (s, 1H), 6.91 (dd, J= 10.0, 16.4 Hz, 1H), 6.79 (s, 1H), 6.62 (s, 1H), 6.17 - 6.10 (m, 2H), 5.25 (t, J= 4.0 Hz, 1H), 3.85 - 3.82 (m, 2H), 3.71 - 3.66 (m, 1H), 3.61 - 3.56 (m, 1H), 3.45 - 3.39 (m, 3H), 3.29 - 3.25 (m, 1H), 3.09 - 3.00 (m, 3H), 2.92 - 2.89 (m, 1H). ESI-MS m/z: 420.1 [M+H]+.
EXAMPLE 4
N¾ NaOH 60-C j N°2 Mel [ Y^2 NIS H S0 *
■ nCI D DMMSSOO H H,200 O CII^^^^^ SOlHH K,2CCO0,3 n CI^^^^^O-n^^ O0((OOTTff)),2 CI^^ O^ Ac0H
NH2
σ
Figure imgf000224_0001
BOP DIEA
K-5 K-6 K-7
Figure imgf000224_0002
5-Chloro-2-nitrophenol
To a solution of 2,4-dichloro-l -nitrobenzene (100 g, 0.52 mol) in DMSO (200 mL), aqueous solution of NaOH (41.6 g, 1.04 mol) in water (42 mL) was added and the resulting mixture was stirred 60°C for 16 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, poured to ice water, and then acidified with aqueous HC1 (1 M) to adjusted the pH to 3 - 4. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was used directly in the next step (80 g, 88% yield).
4-Chloro-2-methoxy-l-nitrobenzene
To a solution of 5-chloro-2-nitrophenol (40 g, 0.23 mol) in DMF (200 mL), K2CO3 (47.6 g, 0.345 mol) and iodomethane (49 g, 0.345 mol) were added and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16h. The mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (petroleum ether) to afford the desired product (30 g, 70% yield). l-Chloro-2-iodo-5-methoxy-4-nitrobenzene
To a solution of H2SO4 (600 mL, 90%>), trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride (11.3g, 0.04mol) and NIS (49.68 g, 0.22 mol) were added and resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. To this mixture, 4-chloro-2-methoxy- 1 -nitrobenzene (69 g, 0.368 mol) was added quickly. The mixture was stirred for 1 h, and then NIS (33.12 g, 0.148 mol) was slowly added to the mixture. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h and then was poured into ice-water. The precipitate collected by filtration, rinsed with water, aqueous NaS03 and NaHC03 solutions, and then dried in vacuo to afford the desired product (113 g, 98%> yield).
4-Chloro-5-iodo-2-methoxybenzenamine
To a solution of l-chloro-2-iodo-5-methoxy-4-nitrobenzene (113 g, 0.361 mol) in acetic acid (1 L) and water (50 mL) at 50°C, Fe (50.5 g, 0.903 mol) was added and the resulting mixture was stirred at 50°C for 2 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and then poured into ice-water. The precipitate was collected by filtration and rinsed with water. This crude product was dissolved with ethyl acetate (1 L) and filtered. The filtrate was washed with saturated NaHC03 solution and brine. The organic layer was dried over MgS04, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford the desired product (87 g, 85% yield).
Ethyl 2-(4-chloro-5-iodo-2-methoxyphenylamino)acetate
To a solution of 4-chloro-5-iodo-2-methoxybenzenamine (6 g, 21.2 mmol) in MeOH (50 mL) at room temperature, AcOH (3 drops) and ethyl glyoxalate (5.6 g, 27.5 mmol, 50% in toluene) were added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h and then sodium cyanoborohydride (5.32 g, 84.8 mmol) was added to the mixture. The resulting mixture was stirred at 50°C for 16 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, and partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was dried over MgS04, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford the crude product (8.6 g). 2-(4-Chloro-5-iodo-2-methoxyphenylamino)acetic acid
To a solution of ethyl 2-(4-chloro-5-iodo-2- methoxyphenylamino)acetate (8.6 g, 22.9 mmol) in THF (50 mL) and water (50 mL), LiOH.H20 (1.96 g, 45.9 mmol) was added and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The mixture was washed with 20% ethyl acetate/petroleum ether. The aqueous layer was acidified with aqueous HC1 (1 M) to adjust PH to 3-4 and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over MgS04, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford the desired product (5 g, 64% yield). tert-Butyl 4-(2-(4-chloro-5-iodo-2-methoxyphenylamino)acetyl)piperazine-l- carboxylate
To a solution of 2-(4-chloro-5-iodo-2-methoxyphenylamino)acetic acid (280 mg, 0.83 mmol) and tert-butyl piperazine-1 -carboxylate (185 mg, 0.99 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) at room temperature, BOP (550 mg, 1.25 mmol) and DIEA (321 mg, 2.4 9 mmol) were added and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed brine, dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate = 3: 1) to afford the desired product (350 mg, 68.7% yield). ESI-MS m/z: 510.3 [M+l]+. tert-Butyl-4-(2-(5-(2-Chloropheny)-4-chloro-2- methoxyphenylamino)acetyl)piperazine-l-carboxylate
To a solution of tert-butyl 4-(2-(4-chloro-5-iodo-2- methoxyphenylamino)acetyl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (200 mg, 0.4 mmol) and 2- chlorophenylboronic acid (69 mg, 0.44 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (10 mL) and water (2 mL), Pd(PPh3)4 (40 mg, 0.035 mmol) and Na2C03 (212 mg, 2 mmol) were added. The mixture was stirred at 80°C for 16 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate = 4: 1) to afford the desire product (150 mg, 76% yield). 2-(5-(2-Chloropheny)-4-chloro-2-methoxyphenylamino)-l-(piperazin-l- yl)ethanone
To a solution of tert-butyl-4-(2-(5-(2-chloropheny)-4-chloro-2- methoxyphenylamino)acetyl)piperazine-l-carboxylate (150 mg, 0.304 mmol) in DCM (2 mL), a solution of HC1 in MeOH (10 mL, 29 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h and then concentrated in vacuo to afford the crude product which was used in the next step without further purification. l-(4-(2-(4-chloro-5-(2-Chloropheny)-2-methoxyphenylamino)acetyl)piperazin-l- yl)prop-2-en-l-one
To a solution of the crude 2-(5-(2-Chloropheny)-4-chloro-2- methoxyphenylamino)-l-(piperazin-l-yl)ethanone (0.304 mmol) and Et3N in DCM (5 mL) at 0 °C, acryloyl chloride (27.5 mg, 0.304 mmol) was slowly added and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The mixture was quenched with saturated NaHC03 solution and extracted with DCM. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel to afford the desired product (80 mg, 58.7% yield, 2 steps). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ: 7.55-7.52 (m, 1H), 7.45-7.39 (m, 2H), 7.32-7.29 (m, 1H), 6.97 (s, 1H), 6.80 (dd, J= 10.4, 16.4 Hz, 1H), 6.54 (s, 1H), 6.12 (dd, J= 2.0, 16.8 Hz, 1H), 5.70 (dd, J= 2.0, 10.4 Hz, 1H), 5.35 (bs., 1H), 3.93 (d, J= 4.0 Hz, 2H), 3.89 (s, 1H), 3.55-3.49 (m, 8H). ESI-MS m/z: 448.2 [M+H]+.
EXAMPLE 5
Figure imgf000227_0001
l-(4-(2-(4-chloro-2-hydroxy-5-(2-Chloropheny)phenylamino)acetyl)piperazin-l- yl)prop-2-en-l-one
To a solution of l-(4-(2-(4-chloro-5-(2-Chloropheny)-2- methoxyphenylamino)acetyl)piperazin-l-yl)prop-2-en-l-one (70 mg, 0.147 mmol) in DCM (15 mL) -78°C under argon, BBr3 (187 mg, 0.754 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The mixture was poured into ice water and extracted ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (dichloromethane/methanol = 40: 1) to afford the desired product (15 mg, 24% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ: 10.08 (s, 1H), 7.53-7.51 (m, 1H), 7.41-7.37 (m, 2H), 7.30-7.28 (m, 1H), 6.84-6.77 (m, 2H), 6.48 (s, 1H), 6.12 (dd, J= 2.4, 16.4 Hz, 1H), 5.70 (dd, J= 2.0, 10.4 Hz, 1H), 5.24 (t, J= 4.0 Hz, 1H), 3.90 (d, J= 4.4 Hz, 2H), 3.56-3.49 (m, 8H). ESI-MS m/z: 434.2 [M+H]+.
EXAMPLE 6
Figure imgf000228_0001
120°C 16h
Figure imgf000228_0002
Figure imgf000228_0003
4,5-Dichloro-2-vinylbenzenamine
A mixture of 4,5-dichloro-2-iodobenzenamine (6 g, 20.8 mmol), tributyl(vinyl)stannane (6.6 g, 20.8 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (2.4 g, 2.1 mmol) in toluene (60 mL) was stirred at reflux under argon for 6 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, quenched with aqueous KF solution and then extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate = 4 : 1) to afford the desired product (3.0 g, 76.7% yield) as a colorless oil. 4,5-Dichloro-2-ethylbenzenamine.
A mixture of 4,5-dichloro-2-vinylbenzenamine (3.0 g, 15.95 mmol), Pd/C (3.3 g, 10%) in MeOH (20 mL) was stirred at room temperature under H2 (1 atm) atmosphere for 4 h. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to afford the desired product (2.4 g, 80%> yield). Ethyl 2-(4,5-dichloro-2-ethylphenylamino)acetate
To a stirring solution of 4,5-dichloro-2-ethylbenzenamine (600 mg, 3.15 mmol) in DMF at 0°C,NaH (150 mg, 3.78 mmol) was added in portions. After stirring for 30 min, ethyl 2-bromoacetate (789 mg, 4.74 mmol) was added to the mixture. The resulting mixture was stirred at 120 °C for 16 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, poured into ice-water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate = 5 : 1) to afford the desired product (380 mg, 44.7% yield) as a yellow solid.
2-(4,5-Dichloro-2-ethylphenylamino)acetic acid
A mixture of ethyl 2-(4,5-dichloro-2-ethylphenylamino)acetate (390 mg,
1.41 mmol) and LiOH.H20 (592 mg, 14.1 mmol) in THF (8 mL) and water (2 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was dissolved in H20 and diluted with ethyl acetate. The mixture was acidified with aqueous HCl (10%) to adjust the pH to 3 - 4 and then extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford the desired product (300 mg, 85.75% yield) as a yellow solid. ESI-MS m/z: 246.2 [M- H]-. terf-Butyl 4-(2-(4,5-dichloro-2-ethylphenylamino)acetyl)piperazine-l-carboxylate
To a stirred mixture of 2-(4,5-dichloro-2-ethylphenylamino)acetic acid (100 mg, 0.403 mmol), Et3N (122 mg, 1.21 mmol) in DCM (3 mL) at 0°C, EDCI.HC1 (123 mg, 0.604 mmol) and HOBt (8 2mg, 0.604 mmol) were added. The resulting mixture was stirred at 0°C for 30 min, and then tert-butyl piperazine-l-carboxylate (90 mg, 0.483 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h and partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate = 5 : 1) to afford the desired product (120 mg, 71.5% yield) as an off-white solid. ESI-MS m/z: 414.3 [M-H]~.
2-(4,5-Dichloro-2-ethylphenylamino)-l-(piperazin-l-yl)ethanone hydrochloride
A mixture of tert-butyl 4-(2-(4,5-dichloro-2- ethylphenylamino)acetyl)piperazine-l-carboxylate (120 mg, 0.288 mmol) in
HCl/MeOH (2.86 M, 10 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to afford the crude product (82 mg) as a yellow solid which was used directly in the next step without further purification. l-(4-(2-(4,5-Dichloro-2-ethylphenylamino)acetyl)piperazin-l-yl)prop-2-en-l-one
To a mixture of above crude 2-(4,5-dichloro-2-ethylphenylamino)-l- (piperazin-l-yl)ethanone hydrochloride (82 mg) and Et3N (69 mg, 0.686 mmol) in
DCM (3 mL) 0°C, a solution of acryloyl chloride (23 mg, 0.251 mmol) in DCM (1 mL) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h and then was quenched withed saturated NaHC03 solution. The mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with saturated NaHC03 solution and brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (DCM/MeOH = 30: 1) to afford the desired product (20 mg, 18.76% yield, 2 steps) as an off-white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ: 7.11 (s, 1H), 6.58 (dd, J = 10.4, 16.4 Hz, 1H), 6.54 (s, 1H), 6.36 (dd, J= 1.6, 16.4 Hz, 1H), 5.79 (dd, J= 1.6, 10.4 Hz, 1H), 5.08 (bs., 1H), 3.89-3.52 (m, 1 OH), 2.52 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.29-1.26 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 3H). ESI-MS m/z: 370.2 [M+H]+.
EXAMPLE 7
Figure imgf000231_0001
2-(4-chloropyridin-2-yloxy)-4,5-dichlorobenzenamine
To a solution of 2-amino-4,5-dichlorophenol (1.5 g, 8.47 mmol) in THF (20 mL) at 0°C, NaH (60% dispersed in oil, 373 mg, 9.33 mmol) was added and the resulting mixture was stirred for 20 min. To this mixture, 4-chloro-2-fluoropyridine (1.67 g, 12.7 mmol) was added and the resulting mixture was stirred at reflux under argon for 15 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate = 20 : 1 to 10 : 1) to afford the desired product (1.1 g, 45% yield). ESI-MS m/z: 287.0 [M-H]~.
2-(4,5-Dichloro-2-iodophenoxy)-4-chloropyridine
The mixture of 2-(4-chloropyridin-2-yloxy)-4,5-dichlorobenzenamine
(1.0 g, 3.47 mmol) in concentrated HC1 (5 mL) and H20 (15 mL) was cooled to -10 °C- 0 °C, NaN02 (0.359 g, 5.21 mmol) was added and the resulting mixture was stirred at this temperature for 50 min. This mixture was added dropwise to the mixture of KI (10 g, 60.2 mmol), Cul (330 mg , 1.73 mmol) in H20 (40 mL) and then stirred at room temperature for 15 h. The mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed withed brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate = 30 : 1) to afford the desired product (900 mg, 65% yield). ESI-MS m/z: 399.9 [M+H]+.
2-(2-(4,5-Dichloro-2-iodophenoxy)pyridin-4-yloxy)ethanol
A mixture of 2-(4,5-dichloro-2-iodophenoxy)-4-chloropyridine (0.45 g, 1.128 mmol), ethane- 1,2-diol (4 mL, 71.89 mmol), K2C03 (0.45mg, 3.26 mmol) in acetone (6 mL) was stirred at 120°C for 5 h. The mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed withed brine, dried over
Na2S04 and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate = 20: 1 to 4:1) to afford the desired product (160 mg, 33% yield). ESI-MS m/z: 426.0 [M+H]+.
2-(2-(2-(4,5-Dichloro-2-iodophenoxy)pyridin-4-yloxy)ethyl)isoindoline-l,3-dione
A mixture of 2-(2-(4,5-dichloro-2-iodophenoxy)pyridin-4-yloxy)ethanol
(130 mg, 0.31 mmol), isoindoline-l,3-dione (54 mg, 0.37 mmol), PPh3 (160 mg, 0.61 mmol) in THF (5 mL) at 0°C, DIAD (123 mg, 0.61 mmol) was added. The resulting mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 15 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was purified by flash column
chromatography on silica gel (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate = 20: 1 to 5 : 1) to afford the desired product (120 mg, 71% yield). ESI-MS m/z: 555.0 [M+H]+.
2-(2-(4,5-Dichloro-2-iodophenoxy)pyridin-4-yloxy)ethanamine
The mixture of 2-(2-(2-(4,5-dichloro-2-iodophenoxy)pyridin-4- yloxy)ethyl)isoindoline-l,3-dione (120 mg, 0.22 mmol), N2H4.H20 (106 mg, 1.80 mmol) and EtOH (5 mL) was stirred at reflux for 1 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was slurried in DCM (5 mL) and MeOH (1 mL). The precipitate was removed by filtration, and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (DCM/MeOH = 10: 1) to afford the desired product (35 mg, 38% yield). V-(2-(2-(4,5-Dichloro-2-iodophenoxy)pyridin-4-yloxy)ethyl)ethenesulfonamide
To a mixture of 2-(2-(4,5-dichloro-2-iodophenoxy)pyridin-4- yloxy)ethanamine (30 mg, 0.07 mmol), Et3N (35.7 mg, 0.35 mmol) in DCM (5 mL), 2- chloroethanesulfonyl chloride (11.5 mg, 0.07 mmol) was added and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. Then solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was taken in THF (2 mL) and H20 (2 mL), then K2C03 (100 mg) was added and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The mixture was partitioned between DCM and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (DCM/ethyl acetate = 5: 1) to afford the desired product (56 mg, 56% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ: 7.98 (d, J= 5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (s, 1H), 7.25 (s, 1H), 6.61-6.57 (m, 2H), 6.47 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.32 (d, J= 16.4 Hz, 1H), 6.00 (d, J= 10.0 Hz, 1H), 4.77 (t, J= 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.18 (t, J= 5.2 Hz, 2H), 3.51-3 .47 (m, 2H). ESI-MS m/z: 515.0 [M+H]+. EXAMPLE 8
Figure imgf000233_0001
teri-Butyl 3-(4-(2-(4,5-dichloro-2-hydroxyphenylamino)acetyl)piperazin-l- yl)azetidine-l-carboxylate
A mixture of 2-(4,5-dichloro-2-hydroxyphenylamino)acetic acid (500 mg, 2.12 mmol), fert-butyl 3 -(piperazin- 1 -yl)azetidine- 1 -carboxylate (565 mg, 2.34mmol), EDCI.HCI (488 mg, 2.54 mmol), HOBt (343 mg, 2.54 mmol), Et3N (428 mg, 4.24 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 15 h. The mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed withed saturated aqueous NaHC03 solution and brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (DCM/MeOH = 30: 1) to afford the desired product (300 mg, 31% yield). ESI- MS m/z: 457 Ά [M-H]~. 2-(4,5-Dichloro-2-hydroxyphenylamino)-l-(4-(azetidin-3-yl)piperazin-l- yl)ethanone hydrochloride
A mixture of tert-bvXy\ 3-(4-(2-(4,5-dichloro-2- hydroxyphenylamino)acetyl)piperazin-l-yl)azetidine-l-carboxylate (150 mg, 0.33 mmol) in HCl-MeOH (20 mL, 57 mmol) was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to afford the crude product (130 mg) which was used directly in the next step without further purification. l-(3-(4-(2-(4,5-Dichloro-2-hydroxyphenylamino)acetyl)piperazin-l-yl)azetidin-l- yl)prop-2-en-l-one
2-(4,5-dichloro-2-hydroxyphenyl amino)- 1 -(4-(azetidin-3-yl)piperazin-l - yl)ethanone hydrochloride (120 mg, 0.30 mmol) was added to the mixture of Et3N (0.2 mL, 1.44 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) followed by addition of DMF (1 drop). The mixture was stirred for 5 min and then acryloyl chloride (27 mg, 0.30 mmol) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h, poured into water and then extracted with MeOH/DCM. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (DCM/MeOH/NH3.H20 = 50: 1 :0.1 to 20: 1 :0.2) to afford the desired product (30 mg, 24% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 10.17 (s, 1H), 6.78 (s, 1H), 6.71 (s, 1H), 6.30 (dd, J= 10.4, 17.2 Hz, 1H), 6.09 (dd, J= 2.0, 17.2Hz, 1H), 5.67 (dd, J = 2.4, 10.4 Hz, 1H), 5.32 (t, J= 4.4 Hz, 1H), 4.26-4.22 (m, 1H), 4.11 - 4.04 (m, 1H), 3.93-3.91 (m, 3H), 3.79-3.75 (m, 3H), 3.52-3.51 (m, 4H), 3.19-3.16 (m, 1H), 2.36-2.30 (m, 4H). ESI-MS m/z: 411.2 [M-H]~. EXAMPLE 9
Figure imgf000235_0001
terf-Butyl 3-(3-(acrylamido)azetidin-l-yl)azetidine-l-carboxylate
To a mixture of N-(azetidin-3-yl)acrylamide hydrochloride (500 mg, 3.40 mmol), tert-butyl 3-oxoazetidine-l-carboxylate (684 mg, 4.0 mmol), Et3N (343 mg, 3.40 mmol) and AcOH (100 mg, 0.167 mmol) in DCM (20 mL), NaBH(OAc)3 (2.16 g, 10.2 mmol) was added, and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated NaHC03 solution and brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (DCM/MeOH = 100: 1 to 20: 1) to afford the desired product (300 mg, 31% yield). V-(l-(Azetidin-3-yl)azetidin-3-yl)acrylamide hydrochloride
A mixture of fert-butyl 3-(3-(acrylamido)azetidin-l-yl)azetidine-l- carboxylate (300 mg, 1.07 mmol) in HCl-MeOH (30 mL, 86 mmol) was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to afford the crude product (250 mg) which was used directly in the next step without further purification. V-(l-(l-(2-(4,5-Dichloro-2-hydroxyphenylamino)acetyl)azetidin-3-yl)azetidin-3- yl)acrylamide
A mixture of 2-(4,5-dichloro-2-hydroxyphenylamino)acetic acid (120 mg, 0.51 mmol), EDCI.HCI (147 mg, 0.77 mmol), HOBt (83 mg, 0.61 mmol), Et N (154 mg, 1.53 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 5 min and then N-(l-(azetidin-3-yl)azetidin-3-yl)acrylamide hydrochloride (150 mg, 0.69 mmol) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 h. The mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated NaHC03 solution and brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel
(DCM/MeOH/NH3.H20 = 100: 10: 1.5) to afford the desired product (6 mg, 3% yield). 1H MR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ: 10.19 (s, 1H), 8.59 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.79 (s, 1H), 6.55 (s, 1H), 6.20 (dd, J= 10.0, 16.8 Hz, 1H), 6.09 (dd, J= 2.0, 16.8 Hz, 1H), 5.62 (dd, J= 2.0, 9.6 Hz, 1H), 5.20 (t, J= 4.0 Hz, 1H), 4.40-4.35 (m, 1H), 4.19-4.15 (m, 1H), 3.96-3.88 (m, 2H), 3.73-3.69 (m, 3H), 3.53-3.45 (m, 3H), 3.00-2.96 (m, 2H). ESI-MS m/z: 399.2 [M+H]+.
EXAMPLE 10
Figure imgf000236_0001
2,6-Diaza-spiro[3.4]octane-6-acryloyl-2-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester
To a mixture of 2,6-diaza-spiro[3.4]octane-2-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (80 mg, 0.38 mmol), Et3N (0.2 mL, 1.44 mmol) in DCM (20 mL), acryloyl chloride (34 mg, 0.38 mmol) was added and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated NaHC03 solution and brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (DCM/MeOH = 40: 1) to afford the desired product (50 mg, 50% yield). ESI-MS m/z: 289.2 [M+Na]+. l-(2,6-Diazaspiro[3.4]octan-6-yl)prop-2-en-l-one
A mixture of 2,6-diaza-spiro[3.4]octane-6-acryloyl-2-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (50 mg, 0.19 mmol) in HCl/MeOH (10 mL, 29 mmol) was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to afford the crude product (40 mg) which was used directly in the next step without further purification. l-(2-((4,5-Dichloro-2-hydroxyphenyl)glycyl)-2,6-diazaspiro[3.4]octan-6-yl)prop-2- en-l-one
The mixture of 2-(4,5-dichloro-2-hydroxyphenylamino)acetic acid (47 mg, 0.2 mmol), l-(2,6-diazaspiro[3.4]octan-6-yl)prop-2-en-l-one (40 mg, 0.2 mmol), EDCI.HC1 (46 mg, 0.24 mmol), HOBt (32 mg, 0.24 mmol) and Et3N (0.61 mg, 0.6 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed withed saturated NaHC03 solution and brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel
(DCM/MeOH = 30:1) to afford the desired product (13 mg, 17% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ: 10.17 (s, 1H), 6.78 (s, 1H), 6.60-6.50 (m, 2H), 6.13 (dt, J= 2.4, 16.4 Hz, 1H), 5.67 (dd, J= 2.4, 10.4 Hz, 1H), 5.19 (dd, J= 5.2, 10.0 Hz, 1H), 4.16-4.07 (m, 2H), 3.90-3.83 (m, 2H), 3.75-3.72 (m, 3H), 3.61-3.52 (m, 2H), 3.42-3.39 (m, 1H), 2.16-2.13 (m, 1H), 2.06-2.03 (m, 1H). ESI-MS m/z: 382.3 [M-H]".
Figure imgf000237_0001
3-(4,5-Dichloro-2-iodophenyl)phenol
A mixture of l,2-dichloro-4,5-diiodobenzene (1.5 g, 3.76 mmol), 3- hydroxyphenylboronic acid (0.52 g, 3.76 mmol), Na2C03 (1.99 g, 18.8 mmol) and Pd(PPli3)4 (0.35 g, 0.30 mmol), in 1,4-dioxane (10 mL) and water (2 mL) was stirred at reflux under argon for 16 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate = 20:1) to afford the desired product (300 mg, 22% yield). ESI-MS m/z: 362.9 [M-H]~.
2- [3-(4,5-Dichloro-2-iodo)phenoxy] ethanol
A mixture of 3-(4,5-dichloro-2-iodophenyl)phenol (0.3 g, 0.82 mmol), 2- bromoethanol (0.20 g, 1.65 mmol), K2C03 (0.57 g, 4.12 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was stirred at 100°C under nitrogen for 16 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and partitioned between ethyl acetate and brine. The organic layer was dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate = 4: 1) to afford the desired product (150 mg, 45% yield).
N-(2-((4 ',5 '-Dichloro-2 '-iodo- [1,1 '-biphenyl] -3-yl)oxy)ethyl)ethenesulfonamide
The title compound was prepared from 2-[3-(4,5-dichloro-2- iodo)phenoxy] ethanol in three steps followed the procedure described in Example 28. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ: 8.01 (s, 1H), 7.37-7.33 (m, 2H), 6.94-6.91 (m, 2H), 6.81-6.80 (m, 1H), 6.57 (dd, J= 10.0, 16.8 Hz, 1H), 6.30 (d, J= 16.4 Hz, 1H), 5.97 (d, J= 10.0 Hz, 1H), 4.77 (t, J= 6.0 Hz, 1H), 4.14 (t, J= 5.2 Hz, 2H), 3.49-3.45 (m, 2H). ESI-MS m/z: 496.0 [M-H]~. EXAMPLE 12
Figure imgf000239_0001
5-Bromo-4-chloro-2-iodobenzenamine
To a solution of 3-bromo-4-chlorobenzenamine (10.0 g, 48.5 mmol) in CH3COOH (50 mL), NIS (10.9 g, 48.5 mmol) was added in portions and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate, washed with saturated NaHC03 solution and brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate = 50: 1) to afford the desired product (2.5 g, 15.5 % yield). ESI-MS m/z: 329.9 [M-H]~.
5-Bromo-4-chloro-2-vinylbenzenamine
A mixture of 5-bromo-4-chloro-2-iodobenzenamine (2.5 g, 7.51 mmol), tributyl(vinyl)stannane (2.4 g, 7.51 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (867 mg, 0.75 mmol) in toluene (25 mL) was stirred at reflux under argon for 16 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and quenched with aqueous KF solution. The mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate = 20: 1) to afford the desired product (1.0 g, 57.4% yield). ESI-MS m/z: 232.2 [M+H]+. 2',6-Dichloro-4-vinyl-[l,l'-biphenyl]-3-amine
A mixture of 5-bromo-4-chloro-2-vinylbenzenamine (600 mg, 2.6 mmol), 2-chlorophenylboronic acid (1.25 g, 12.9 mmol), Pd(PPli3)4 (300 mg, 0.2 6mmol), Na2C03 (1.4 g, 13.0 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (20 mL) and water (5 mL) was stirred at reflux under argon for 16 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate = 30: 1) to afford the desired product (500 mg, 73.1% yield). ESI-MS m/z: 263.1 [M+H]+.
2',6-Dichloro-4-ethyl-[l,l'-biphenyl]-3-amine
A mixture of 2',6-dichloro-4-vinyl-[ 1 , 1 '-biphenyl]-3-amine (500 mg , 1.9 mmol), CuCl (225 mg, 2.28 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) at 0°C, NaBH4 (722 mg, 19 mmol) was added in portions and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 min. The reaction was quenched with water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate = 30: 1) to afford the desired product (300 mg, 59.4% yield). ESI-MS m/z: 266.0 [M+H]+. l-(4-(2-((2',6-Dichloro-4-ethyl-[l,l'-biphenyl]-3-yl)amino)acetyl)piperazin-l- yl)prop-2-en-l-one.
The title compound was prepared from 2',6-dichloro-4-ethyl-[ 1 , Γ- biphenyl]-3-amine in three steps followed the procedure described in Example 20 and the following procedure for the amide formation.
2-((2',6-dichloro-4-ethyl-[l, -biphenyl]-3-yl)amino)acetic acid (150 mg, 0.466 mmol) and Et3N (235 mg, 2.33 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) at 0°C, EDCI.HC1 (178 mg, 0.932 mmol) and HOBt (126 mg, 0.932 mmol) were added and the resulting mixture was stirred at 0°C for 30 min. To this mixture, tert-butyl piperazine-1- carboxylate (123 mg, 0.698 mmol) was added and then stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The reaction mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (DCM/MeOH = 50: 1) to afford the desired product (45 mg, 21.7% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ: 7.56-7.54 (m, 1H), 7.43-7.41 (m, 2H), 7.32-7.30 (m, 1H), 7.14 (s, 1H), 6.81 (dd, J= 10.4, 16.4 Hz, 1H), 6.54 (s, 1H), 6.13 (dd, J= 2.4, 16.8 Hz, 1H), 5.71 (dd, J= 2.0, 10.4 Hz, 1H), 5.25 (bs., 1H), 3.96 (d, J= 4.4 Hz, 2H), 3.56-3.52 (m, 8H), 2.54 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.23(t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H). ESI-MS m/z: 444.3 [M-H]~.
EXAMPLE 13
Figure imgf000241_0001
34-5
2- Amino-5-bromo-3-methoxybenzoic acid
To a solution of 2-amino-3-methoxybenzoic acid (5 g, 29.9 mmol) in MeOH (35 mL) at -5°C, NBS (5.59 g, 31.4 mmol) was added and the resulting mixture was stirred at 0°C for 16 h. The mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford the crude product (4 g, 54%> yield). ESI-MS m/z: 244.2 [M-H]".
3- Bromo-5-methoxybenzoic acid
To a solution of 2-amino-5-bromo-3-methoxybenzoic acid (4 g, 16.3 mmol) in water (20 mL) at 0°C, cone. HC1 (7.5 mL, 90 mmol) and THF (20 mL) were added. The mixture was stirred for 30 min, and then NaN02 (3.16 g, 45.8 mmol) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred for 2 h and then hypophosphorous acid (5.1 g, 76 mmol, 50% in H20) was added to the reaction. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The precipitate was collected by filtration, washed with water and dried in vacuo to afford the desired product (3.2 g, 85% yield). ESI-MS m/z: 229.2 [M- H]~.
3-(2-Chlorophenyl)-5-methoxybenzoic acid
To a solution of 3-bromo-5-methoxybenzoic acid (1 g, 4.06 mmol) and 2-chlorophenylboronic acid (1.27 g, 8.13 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (10 mL) and water (2 mL), Pd(PPh3)4 (468 mg, 0.40 mmol) and Na2C03 (2.15 g, 20.3 mmol) were added and the resulting mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 16 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and acidified with aqueous HC1 (1.0 M) to adjust the pH to 3-4. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford the desired product (800 mg, 75% yield) without further purification. ESI-MS m/z: 361.2 [M-H]~. l-(4-(2'-Chloro-5-methoxy-[l,l'-biphenyl]-3-carbonyl)piperazin-l-yl)prop-2-en-l- one
To a solution of tert-butyl 4-acryloylpiperazine-l-carboxylate (260 mg, 1.07 mmol) in DCM (2 mL), a solution of HC1 in MeOH (10 mL, 28.6 mmol) was added and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was added to the solution of 3-(2- chlorophenyl)-5-methoxybenzoic acid (280 mg, 1.07 mmol), HOBt (290 mg, 2.17 mmol), EDCI.HC1 (410 mg, 2.17 mmol) and Et N (324 mg, 3.21 mmol) in DMF (10 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h and partitioned between DCM and saturated NaHC03 solution. The organic layer was dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (dichloromethane/methanol = 50: 1) to afford the desired product (200 mg, 52% yield). ESI-MS m/z: 385.2[M+H]+. l-(4-(2 '-Chlor o-5-hydroxy- [1,1 '-biphenyl] -3-carbonyl)piperazin- l-yl)prop-2-en- 1- one (VI-25)
To a solution of l-(4-(2'-chloro-5-methoxy-[l, -biphenyl]-3- carbonyl)piperazin- 1 -yl)prop-2-en- 1 -one
(100 mg, 0.26 mmol) in DCM (15 mL) at -78°C, BBr3 (650 mg, 2.6 mmol) was added and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The mixture was poured into ice-water, basified with sat NaHC03 aqueous solution to adjust the pH to 7-8 and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over MgSC"4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (dichloromethane/methanol = 50: 1) to afford the desired product (25 mg, 26% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ: 9.96 (s, 1H), 7.58-7.56 (m, 1H), 7.42-7.40 (m, 3H), 6.89-6.75 (m, 4H), 6.14 (dd, J= 2.0, 16.8 Hz, 1H), 5.71 (dd, J= 2.0, 10.0 Hz, 1H), 3.68-3.44 (m, 8H). ESI-MS m/z: 371.2 [M+H]+.
EXAMPLE 14
Figure imgf000243_0001
terf-Butyl 4-(2-acrylamidoethyl)piperidine-l-carboxylate
To a stirred mixture of tert-butyl 4-(2-aminoethyl)piperidine-l- carboxylate (1.0 g, 4.38 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) at 0 °C, Et3N (1.33 g, 13.14 mmol) was added and the resulting mixture was stirred at 0°C for 5 min. To this mixture, a solution of acryloyl chloride (0.39 g, 4.38 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was added dropwise. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. The reaction mixture was poured into water (20 mL) and extracted with DCM (30 mL x 3). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (15 mL x 3), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (10-50% ethyl acetate/dichloroethane) to afford the desired product (0.6 g, 50 % yield) as a solid. 7V-(2-(Piperidin-4-yl)ethyl)acrylamide
A mixture of tert-butyl 4-(2-acrylamidoethyl)piperidine-l-carboxylate (600 mg, 2.13 mmol) in HCl/MeOH (60 mL, 2.86 M) was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to yield the crude product (550 mg) as a solid which was used directly in the next step without further purification. V-(2-(l-(2-((4,5-Dichloro-2-hydroxyphenyl)amino)acetyl)piperidin-4- yl)ethyl)acrylamide
To a stirred solution of 2-((4,5-dichloro-2-hydroxyphenyl)amino)acetic acid (200 mg, 0.85 mmol) in DMF (30 mL) at room temperature, N-(2-(piperidin-4- yl)ethyl)acrylamide (222.8 mg, 1.02 mmol) was added followed by HOBt (172.9 mg, 1.28 mmol), EDCI.HC1 (244.7 mg, 1.28 mmol) and Et3N (257.9 mg, 2.55 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h and then partitioned between ethyl acetate and brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (1-3% methanol/dichloroethane) to afford the desired product (120 mg, 29 % yield) as a solid. 1H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-dtf) δ: 10.15 (s, 1H), 8.07 (t, J= 5.2 Hz, 1H), 6.78 (s, 1H), 6.72 (s, 1H), 6.18 (dd, J= 10.0, 17.2 Hz, 1H), 6.06 (dd, J= 2.4, 17.2 Hz, 1H), 5.56 (dd, J= 2.4, 10.4 Hz, 1H), 5.34 (t, J= 4.0 Hz, 1H), 4.36 (d, J= 12.8 Hz, 1H), 3.94-3.87 (m, 3H), 3.20-3.15 (m, 2H), 2.98-2.92 (m, 1H), 2.63-2.57 (m, 1H), 1.74-1.69 (m, 2H), 1.57-1.52 (m, 1H), 1.41-1.35 (m, 2H), 1.12-0.95 (m, 2H). ESI-MS m/z: 400.4[M+H]+. EXAMPLE 15
Figure imgf000245_0001
2',5',6-Trichloro-4-methoxy-[l,l'-biphenyl]-3-amine
A mixture of 4-chloro-5-iodo-2-methoxybenzenamine (4.1 g, 14.5 mmol), 2,5-dichlorophenylboronic acid (3.3 g, 17.4 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (500 mg, 1.45 mmol) and Na2C03 (4.7 g, 43.5 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (150 mL) and water (15 mL) was stirred at 80°C under argon for 16 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, and then partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate = 20: 1) to afford the desired product (3.3 g, 75.8 % yield) as an off-white solid.
2,2',5'-Trichloro-5-iodo-4-methoxy-l, -biphenyl
A mixture of 2',5',6-trichloro-4-methoxy-[l, -biphenyl]-3-amine (1.0 g, 3.3 mmol) in cone. HC1 (10 mL) and water (10 mL) at 0°C, NaN02 (350 mg, 5 mmol) was added in portions and the resulting solution was stirred at -5 - 0°C for 30 min. To this mixture, a solution of KI (2.2 g, 13.2 mmol) in H20 (10 mL) and Cul (630 mg, 3.3 mmol) was added slowly. The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 45 min and then extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated NaHC03 aqueous solution and brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate = 20: 1) to afford the desired product (1.17 g, 87% yield) as a dark oil. 2,2 ',5 '-Trichlor o-4-methoxy-5-vinyl-l , 1 '-biphenyl
A mixture of 2,2',5'-trichloro-5-iodo-4-methoxy-l, -biphenyl (1.17 g, 2.9 mmol), tributyl(vinyl)stannane (1.1 g, 3.5 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (670mg, 0.6 mmol) in toluene (30 mL) was stirred at reflux under argon for 6 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with KF aqueous solution and then extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (petroleum ether/DCM = 100: 1) to afford the desired product (310 mg, 35% yield) as a white solid.
2-(2 ',5 ',6-Trichloro-4-methoxy- [1 , 1 '-biphenyl] -3-yl)ethanol
To a stirring solution of 2,2',5 '-trichloro-4-methoxy-5 -vinyl- 1 , 1 '- biphenyl (310 mg, 1 mmol) in THF (15 mL) under nitrogen at room temperature, BH3 (2 mL, 1 N) was added. After stirring for 8 h, a mixture of NaOH (160 mg, 4 mmol) in water (3 mL) and H202 (30% in H20, 0.3 g, 4 mmol) was added and the resulting mixture was stirred for 6 h. The reaction was quenched with NaHC03 aqueous solution and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate = 4: 1) to afford the desired product (180 mg, 54% yield) as a colorless oil.
2-(2',5',6-Trichloro-4-methoxy-[l,l,-biphenyl]-3-yl)acetic acid
To a solution of 2-(2',5',6-Trichloro-4-methoxy-[l, -biphenyl]-3- yl)ethanol (180 mg, 0.54 mmol) in CH3CN (20 mL) at 0°C, H5I05\Cr03 (3.7 mL, 1.63 mmol, 0.44 M in water) was added and the resulting mixture was stirred at 0°C for 1 h. The reaction was quenched with Na2HP04 and diluted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo to afford the product (110 mg, 59% yield) as a colorless oil. ESI-MS m/z: 343.1 [M-H]~. l-(4-(2-(2',5',6-Trichloro-4-methoxy-[l,l,-biphenyl]-3-yl)acetyl)piperazin-l- yl)prop-2-en-l-one
To a solution of 2-(2',5',6Ttrichloro-4-methoxy-[l, -biphenyl]-3- yl)acetic acid (110 mg, 0.318 mmol) Et3N (96 mg, 0.954 mmol) in DMF (3 mL) at 0°C, EDCI.HC1 (92 mg, 0.477 mmol) and HOBt (65 mg, 0.477 mmol) were added and the resulting mixture was stirred at 0°C for 30 min. To this mixture, l-(piperazin-l-yl)prop- 2-en-l-one (67 mg, 0.382 mmol) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h and then partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (DCM/MeOH = 30: 1) to afford the desired product (37 mg, 24.97% yield) as an off-white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ: 7.61 (d, J= 8.4 Ηζ,ΙΗ), 7.52 (dd, J= 2.4, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (s, 1H), 7.10 (s, 1H), 6.81 (dd, J= 10.8, 15.2 Hz, 1H), 6.13 (dd, J = 2.4, 16.8 Hz, 1H), 5.71 (dd, J= 2.0, 10.4 Hz, 1H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 3.67 (s, 2H), 3.54-3.41 (m, 8H). ESI-MS m/z: 467.1 [M+H]+.
EXAMPLE 16
Figure imgf000247_0001
Methyl 2-(4-chloro-5-iodo-2-methoxyphenylamino)acetate
A mixture of tert-butyl 2-(4-chloro-5-iodo-2- methoxyphenylamino)acetic acid (3.0 g, 8.7 mmol), SOCl2 (3 mL) in MeOH (20 mL) was stirred at reflux for 2 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to yield the crude product (3.1 g) as a yellow solid. l-iil^S'^-Trichloro^-methoxy-Iljl'-bi henylJ-S-ylJaminoJacetic acid
A mixture of methyl 2-(4-chloro-5-iodo-2-methoxyphenylamino)acetate (5.0 g, 14.08 mmol), 2,5-dichlorophenylboronic acid (4.03 g, 21.12 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (1.626 g, 1.04 mmol), Na2C03 (4.477 g, 42.24 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (100 mL) and water (20 mL) was stirred at reflux under argon for 6 h. Then reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, quenched with water and acidified with HCl (10% in water) to adjust the pH to 3-4. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (50% petroleum ether/ethyl acetate) to afford the desired product (3 g, 59% yield) as an off-white solid. ESI-MS m/r. 360.2 [M-H]~.
1 ,4-di(tert-Butoxycarbonyl)piperazine-2-carboxylic acid
To a solution of piperazine-2-carboxylic acid (21.2 g, 0.16 mol) in 1,4- dioxane at 0°C, NaOH (80 mL, 400 mmol) was added slowly (over 15 min) followed by (Boc)20 (71 g, 33 mol) and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in water (100 mL), acidified with cone. HCl at 0°C to adjust the pH to 2-3 and then extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo to afford the product (44.2 g, 83.7% yield) as an off-white solid. di-tert-Butyl 2-carbamoylpiperazine-l,4-dicarboxylate
To a solution of l,4-di(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperazine-2-carboxylic acid (8.21 g, 24.85 mmol) was dissolved in THF (50 mL) and Et3N (20 mL) at 0°C, ethyl chloroformate (2.8 g, 26.1 mmol) was added dropwise. After stirring at -5 - 0°C for 1 h, NH4OH (20 mL) was added and the resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with IN NaOH and brine, dried over Na2S04 and
concentrated in vacuo to give the product (7.5 g, 91.7% yield) as an off-white solid. Piperazine-2-carboxamide dihydrochloride
A mixture of di-tert-butyl 2-carbamoylpiperazine-l,4-dicarboxylate (7.5 g, 22.79 mmol), in HCl/MeOH (75 mL, 2.86 N) was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to yield the product (4.58 g, 100% yield) as a yellow solid. tert-Butyl 3-carbamoylpiperazine-l-carboxylate
To a a solution of piperazine-2-carboxamide dihydrochloride (2.02 g, 10 mmol) and Et3N (3.03 g, 30 mmol) in DCM (40 mL) at 0°C, (Boc)20 (2.18 g, 10 mmol) was added dropwise (over 1 h). The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 16 h and then partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (DCM/MeOH = 30: 1) to afford the desired product (1.1 g, 48.0%> yield). tert-Butyl 4-acryloyl-3-carbamoylpiperazine-l-carboxylate
To a solution of tert-butyl 3-carbamoylpiperazine-l-carboxylate (300 mg, 1.31 mmol) and Et3N (396 mg, 3.93 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) at 0°C, acryloyl chloride (130 mg, 1.44 mmol) in DCM (1 mL) was added and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 h. The mixture was partitioned between DCM and saturated NaHC03 aqueous solution. The organic layer was washed with saturated NaHC03 and brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (DCM/MeOH = 30: 1) to afford the desired product (200 mg, 53.9%> yield) as an off-white solid. l-Acryloylpiperazine-2-carboxamide hydrochloride
A mixture of tert-butyl 4-acryloyl-3-carbamoylpiperazine-l-carboxylate (200 mg, 0.706 mmol) in HCl/MeOH (20 mL, 2.86 N) was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to yield the crude product (160 mg) as a yellow solid which was used directly in next step without further purification. 1- Acryloyl-4-(2-((2 ',5 ',6-trichloro-4-methoxy- [1,1 '-biphenyl] -3- yl)amino)acetyl)piperazine-2-carboxamide
2-((2',5',6-Trichloro-4-methoxy-[ 1 , 1 '-biphenyl] -3 -yl)amino)acetic acid (231 mg, 0.641 mmol) and Et3N (592 mg, 2.564 mmol) in DMF (3 niL) at 0°C, EDCI.HC1(184 mg, 0.961 mmol) and HOBt (134 mg, 0.961 mmol) were added and the resulting mixture was stirred at 0°C for 30 min. To this mixture, the above 1- acryloylpiperazine-2-carboxamide hydrochloride (160 mg) was added and stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel
(DCM/MeOH = 30: 1) to afford the desired product (10 mg, 2.97% yield) as an off- white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ: 7.60-7.38 (m, 3H), 6.70-6.99 (m, 1H), 6.86-6.78 (m, 1H), 6.54-6.49 (m, 1H), 6.16-6.10 (m, 1H), 5.76-5.69 (m, 1H), 5.32-5.31 (m, 1H), 4.93-4.84 (m, 1H), 4.93-4.84 (m, 1H), 4.70-4.62 (m, 1H), 4.35-4.32 (m, 1H), 4.04-3.96 (m, 2H), 3.89-3.63 (m, 1H), 2.90-2.86 (m, 1H). ESI-MS m/z: 525.2 [M+H]+.
EXAMPLE 17
Figure imgf000250_0001
l-(4-(2',6-dichloro-4-methoxy-[l,l'-biphenyl]-3-carbonyl)piperazin-l-yl)prop-2- en-l-one
tert-Butyl 4-(2',6-dichloro-4-methoxy-[l,l '-biphenyl]-3- carbonyl)piperazine-l-carboxylate (200 mg, 0.43 mmol) was stirred in HC1 in MeOH (2.86 M, 10 mL) for 1 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to yield the crude product. The residue was dissolved in DCM (15 mL), triethylamine (0.5 mL), acryloyl chloride (40 mg, 0.43 mmol) was added to the mixture. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min, poured into water, and extracted with DCM. The organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over Na2S04 and
concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (dichloromethane/methanol = 50: 1) to afford the desired product (16 mg, 10% yield) as white solid. ESI-MS m/z: 419.2 [M+H]+. l-(4-(2',6-Dichloro-4-hydroxy-[l,l'-biphenyl]-3-carbonyl)piperazin-l-yl)prop-2- en-l-one (VI-3)
To a solution of 1 -(4-(2',6-Dichloro-4-methoxy-[ 1 , 1 '-biphenyl]-3- carbonyl)piperazin-l-yl)prop-2-en-l-one (200 mg, 0.48 mmol) in DCM (15 mL) at - 60°C, BBr3 (0.6 g, 2.4 mmol) was added dropwise and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The mixture was poured into ice-water, basified with saturated NaHC03 solution to adjust the pH to 8 - 9, and extracted with DCM. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (dichloromethane/methanol = 20: 1) to afford the desired product (10 mg, 5% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ: 10.6 (s, 1H), 7.57-7.33 (m, 5H), 7.12 (s, 1H), 7.05 (s, 1H), 6.80 (m, 1H), 6.15-6.11 (dd, J= 2, 16.8 Hz, 1H), 5.72-5.70 (m, 1H), 3.6 (m, 8H). ESI-MS m/z: 405.3 [M+H]+.
Figure imgf000251_0001
4,5-Dichloro-2-methoxybenzoic acid
A mixture of 4-chloro-2-methoxybenzoic acid (10 g, 53.6 mmol) and NCS (35 g, 19.2 mmol) in acetonitrile (200 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 48 h. The mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo to get the crude product (23.3 g).
Methyl 4,5-dichloro-2-methoxybenzoate
A mixture of 4,5-dichloro-2-methoxybenzoic acid (8.2 g, 37 mmol) and K2C03 (11.8 g, 111 mmol) in DMF(100 mL), CH3I (6.3 g, 44 mmol) was added dropwise and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over Na2S04, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate = 10: 1) to afford the desired product. (4,5-Dichloro-2-methoxyphenyl)methanol
To a mixture of LiAlH4 (2.42 g, 64 mmol) in THF (40 mL) at -40°C under argon, a solution of methyl 4,5-dichloro-2-methoxybenzoate (6 g, 26 mmol) in THF (50 mL) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at -5°C to 5°C for 1 h. The mixture was cooled to -20°C and then water (2 mL) and NaOH (15%) aqueous were added. The resulting mixture was stirred for 15 min. The solid was filtered, and the cake rinsed with ethyl acetate. The combined filtrate was dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo to afford the crude product (4.6 g).
2-(4,5-Dichloro-2-methoxybenzyl)isoindoline-l,3-dione
To a mixture of 4,5-dichloro-2-methoxyphenyl)methanol (4.5 g, 22 mmol), isoindoline-l,3-dione (9.6 g, 65 mmol) and PPh3 (17 g, 65 mmol) in THF (100 mL) at room temperature, DIAD (13 g, 65 mmol) was added and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed brine, dried over Na2S04, concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate = 10: 1) to afford the desired product.
(4,5-Dichloro-2-methoxyphenyl)methanamine
To a solution of 2-(4,5-dichloro-2-methoxybenzyl)isoindoline-l,3-dione (1.8 g, 5 mmol) in EtOH (5 mL), hydrazine hydrate (1.34 g, 27 mmol) was added and the resulting mixture was stirred at reflux for 1 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (dichloromethane/methanol = 20: 1) to afford the desired product (0.8 g, 78% yield). tert-Butyl 4-((4,5-dichloro-2-methoxybenzyl)carbamoyl)piperidine-l-carboxylate
The mixture of (4,5-dichloro-2-methoxyphenyl)methanamine (0.8 g,
3.90 mmol), l-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (0.88 g, 3.84 mmol), BOP (2 g, 1.16 mmol) and DIEA (1.6 g, 2.91 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (dichloromethane/methanol = 100: 1) to afford the desired product (0.987 g, 62% yield). ESI-MS m/z: 415.4 [M-H]~. V-(4,5-Dichloro-2-methoxybenzyl)piperidine-4-carboxamide
The mixture of 4-((4,5-dichloro-2-methoxybenzyl)carbamoyl)piperidine- 1-carboxylate (987 mg, 2.37 mmol) in HCl/MeOH (20 mL, 57.2 mmol) was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. Then the solvent was evaporated in vacuo and the residue was dissolved with dichloromethane (5 mL). To this mixture, NaH (85 mg, 3.55 mmol) was added. Then the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to yield the crude product (800 mg). terf-butyl 3-(4-(4,5-Dichloro-2-methoxybenzylcarbamoyl)piperidin-l-yl)azetidine- 1-carboxylate
A mixture of N-(4,5-dichloro-2-methoxybenzyl)piperidine-4- carboxamide (750 mg, 2.37 mmol), tert- vXy\ 3 -oxoazetidine- 1-carboxylate (607 mg, 3.55 mmol), AcOH (1 mL) and MeOH (5 mL) was stirred at reflux for 2 h. To this mixture, NaBH3(CN) (0.74 g, 11.85 mmol) was added and the resulting mixture was stirred at 60°C for 16 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and partitioned between NH4C1 aqueous solution and ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (dichloromethane/methanol = 50: 1) to afford the desired product (220 mg, 18% yield). ESI-MS m/z: 472.3 [M+H]+. l-(l-Acryloylazetidin-3-yl)-N-(4,5-dichloro-2-methoxybenzyl)piperidine-4- carboxamide
A mixture of tert-butyl 3 -(4-(4,5 -dichloro-2- methoxybenzylcarbamoyl)piperidin-l-yl)azetidine-l-carboxylate (210 mg, 0. 44 mmol) in HCl/MeOH (10 mL, 2.86 M) was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to yield the crude residue. The residue was dissolved in DCM (5 mL), triethylamine (0.5 mL) and acryloyl chloride (40 mg, 0.43 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min and then partitioned between DCM and water. The organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (dichloromethane/methanol = 50: 1) to afford the desired product (150 mg, 82% yield). V-(4,5-Dichloro-2-hydroxybenzyl)-l-(l-acryloylazetidin-3-yl)piperidine-4- carboxamide
To a solution of l-(l-acryloylazetidin-3-yl)-N-(4,5-dichloro-2- methoxybenzyl)piperidine-4-carboxamide (150 mg, 0.35mmol) in DCM (15 mL) at - 60°C, BBr3 (0.6 g, 2.4 mmol) was added dropwise. The resulting mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 1 h. The mixture was poured into ice- water, basified with saturated NaHC03 solution to adjust the pH to 8 - 9, and then extracted with DCM. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (dichloromethane/methanol = 20: 1) to afford the desired product (34 mg, 24% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ: 10.34 (s, 1H), 8.2-8.25 (m, 1H), 7.2 (s, 1H), 7.0 (s, 1H), 6.91 (s, 1H), 6.33-6.27 (m, 1H), 6.12-6.07 (dd, J= 2.4, 12.4 Hz, 1H), 5.68- 5.65 (dd, J= 2.4, 10.4 Hz, 1H), 4.24-4.20 (m, 1H), 4.17-4.14 (m, 2H), 4.14-3.99 (m, 1H), 3.94-3.90 (m, 1H), 3.73-3.70 (m, 1H), 3.10 (s, 1H), 2.84-2.80 (m, 2H), 2.22 (m, 1H), 1.80 (s, 2H), 1.73-1.71(m, 2H), 1.63-1.57 (m, 2H). ESI-MS m/z: 412.2 [M+H]+.
EXAMPLE 19
Figure imgf000255_0001
Methyl 4-chloro-5-iodo-2-methoxybenzoate
A mixture of 4-chloro-5-iodo-2-methoxybenzoic acid (2 g, 6.41 mmol) concentrated sulfuric acid (1.5 mL) in MeOH (50 mL) was stirred at reflux for 16 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and partitioned between water and ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo to afford the desired product (1.85 g, 85% yield) as a yellow oil. Methyl 2 ',5 ',6-trichloro-4-methoxy- [1,1 '-biphenyl] -3-carboxylate
A mixture of Methyl 4-chloro-5-iodo-2-methoxybenzoate (1.8 g, 5.51 mmol), (2,5-dichlorophenyl)boronic acid (2.1 g, 11.03 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (403 mg, 0.55 mmol), Na2C03 (1.75 g, 16.54 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (50 mL) and water (5 mL) was stirred at reflux under argon for 16 h. The mixture was filtered and filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate = 20: 1) to afford the desired product (1.6 g, 85% yield). l-(3-(Hydroxy methyl)-4-(2 ',5 ',6-trichloro-4-methoxy- [1 , 1 '-biphenyl] -3- carbonyl)piperazin-l-yl)prop-2-en-l-one (VI-7)
The title compound was prepared from methyl 2',5',6-trichloro-4- methoxy-[l,l'-biphenyl]-3-carboxylate in three steps followed the procedure described in Example 20.
tert-butyl3-(hydroxymethyl)-4-(2',5',6-trichloro-4-methoxy-[ 1 , Γ- biphenyl]-3-carbonyl)piperazine-l-carboxylate (420 mg, 0.79 mmol) was stirred in HC1 in MeOH (2.85 N). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to yield the crude reside which was dissolved in DMF (20 mL), acrylic acid (57 mg, 0.79 mmol), BOP (421 mg, 0.95 mmol) and DIEA(409 mg, 3.17 mmol) were added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The resulting mixture was poured into water, extracted with ethyl acetate and washed with water and brine. The combined organic layer was dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (dichloromethane/methanol = 60: 1) to afford the desired product (92 mg, 24% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ: 7.64 - 7.20 (m, 5H), 6.83-6.70 (m ,lH), 6.16-6.11 (d, 1H), 5.74-5.71(d, 1H), 6.91 (s, 1H), 5.08- 4.01(m, 3H), 3.90-3.86 (d, 3H), 3.49-3.22(m, 2H), 2.93-2.74(m, 2H), 2.89-2.67 (m, 2H). ESI- MS ffi/z: 451.2 [M-H]~.
EXAMPLE 20
Figure imgf000256_0001
tert-Butyl 4-(4-bromo-lH-pyrrole-2-carbonyl)piperazine-l-carboxylate
To a mixture of 4-bromo-lH-pyrrole-2-carboxylic acid (800 mg, 4.21 mmol), tert-butylpiperazine-l-carboxylate (822 mg, 4.42 mmol), BOP (2. 2g, 5.05 mmol) in DMF (5 mL), DIEA (1.63 g, 12.63 mmol) was added and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo to afford the crude product (920 mg, 61% yield) which was used directly in the next step without purification. tert-Butyl 4-(4-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-lH-pyrrole-2-carbonyl)piperazine-l- carboxylate
A mixture of tert-butyl 4-(4-bromo-lH-pyrrole-2-carbonyl)piperazine-l- carboxylate (350 mg, 0.98 mmol), (2,4-dichlorophenyl) boronic acid (280 mg, 1.47 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (H6 mg, 0.1 mmol), Na2C03(312 mg, 2.94 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (10 mL) and water (2 mL) was stirred at reflux under argon for 16 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate = 30: 1) to afford the desired product (273 mg, 59% yield). l-(4-(4-(2,4-Dichlorophenyl)-lH-pyrrole-2-carbonyl)piperazin-l-yl)prop-2-en-l- one (VI-32)
The mixture of tert-butyl 4-(4-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-lH-pyrrole-2- carbonyl)piperazine-l-carboxylate (270 mg, 0.64 mmol) in HCl/MeOH (20 mL, 57.2 mmol) was stirred for 1 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was dissolved in DMF (5 mL). To this mixture, acrylic acid (50 mg, 0.7 mmol), BOP (437 mg, 0.72 mmol) and DIEA (248 mg, 1.92 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (dichloromethane/methanol = 60: 1) to afford the desired product (40 mg, 27% yield) as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) 5: 11.88 (s, 1H), 7.66-7.63 (m, 2H), 7.43 (m, 1H), 7.38 (s, 1H), 6.91(s, 1H), 6.85-6.78(m, 1H), 6.18-6.13 (dd, J= 2.4, 12.4 Hz, 1H), 5.74-5.71 (dd, J= 2.4, 10.4 Hz, 1H), 3.76 (s, 4H), 3.68-3.63(m, 4H). ESI-MS m/z: 377.3 [M-H]~. EXAMPLE 21
Figure imgf000258_0001
42-4 42-5
2,2',5'-Trichloro-4-methoxy-5-vinylbiphenyl
To a stirred solution of 2,2',5'-trichloro-5-iodo-4-methoxybiphenyl (3.4g, 8.3 mmol) in toluene (100 mL) at room temperature, tributyl(vinyl)stannane (3.1 g, 9.9 mmol) was added followed by Pd(PPh3)4 (2 g, 1.7 mmol). The reaction mixture was degassed and back-filled with nitrogen (several cycles) and then stirred at reflux for 16 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, a solution of KF (1.72 g, 29.7 mmol) in H20 (10 mL) was added and then stirred for 1 h. The mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column
chromatography on silica gel (1-2% ethyl acetate /petroleum ether) to afford the desired product (2.4 g, 92%> yield) as a white solid
2-(2,,5',6-Trichloro-4-methoxybiphenyl-3-yl)acetaldehyde
To a mixture of 2,2',5'-trichloro-4-methoxy-5-vinylbiphenyl (1.0 g, 3.2 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (10 mL), PdCl2 (1.14 g, 6.4 mmol) was added and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature under nitrogen for 16 h. To this mixture, water (0.5 mL) was added and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for another 6 h. The mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with water, dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (1-3% ethyl acetate/petroleum ether) to afford the desired product (300 mg, 29%o yield) as a white solid. tert-Butyl 4-(2-(2',5',6-trichloro-4-methoxybiphenyl-3-yl)ethyl)piperazine-l- carboxylate
To a stirred solution of 2-(2',5',6-trichloro-4-methoxybiphenyl-3- yl)acetaldehyde (300 mg, 0.92 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) at room temperature, tert-butyl piperazine-l-carboxylate (205 mg, 1.1 mmol) was added followed by drops of AcOH. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h, and then NaBH(OAc)3 (1.95 g, 9.2 mmol) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at reflux for 16 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, diluted with water and extracted with DCM. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (1-33% ethyl acetate/petroleum ether) to afford the desired product (350 mg, 77% yield) as a white solid. l-(4-(2-(2,,5,,6-Trichloro-4-hydroxybiphenyl-3-yl)ethyl)piperazin-l-yl)prop-2-en- 1-one
The title compound was prepared from tert-butyl 4-(2-(2',5',6-trichloro-
4-methoxybiphenyl-3-yl)ethyl)piperazine-l-carboxylate in three steps folio weingthe procedure described in Example 18. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ: 10.96 (bs., 1H), 7.54-7.59 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.47-7.50 (m, 1H), 7.39-7.40 (d, J= 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (s, 1H), 6.94 (s, 1H), 6.77-6.84 (m, 1H), 6.09 (dd, J= 2.1, 17.0 Hz, 1H), 5.65 (dd, J= 2.6, 10.7 Hz, 1H), 3.50 (m, 4H), 2.72-2.76 (m, 2H), 2.54-2.57 (m, 2H), 2.47-2.50 (m, 4H). ESI-MS m/z: 439.1 [M + H]+.
EXAMPLE 22
Figure imgf000259_0001
tert-Butyl 4-(2 ',6-dichloro-4-methoxy- [1 , 1 '-biphenyl] -3-carbonyl)piperazine- 1- carboxylate
To a stirred solution of 2',6-dichloro-4-methoxy-[l, -biphenyl]-3- carboxylic acid (500 mg, 1.68 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) at room temperature, tert-butyl piperazine-l-carboxylate (345 mg, 1.85 mmol), BOP (892 mg, 2.02 mmol) and DIEA (542 mg, 4.2 mmol) were added and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (dichloromethane/methanol = 50: 1) to afford the desired product (550 mg, 70% yield). ESI-MS m/z: 465.4 [M + H]+.
(E)-l-(4-(2',6-dichloro-4-methoxy-[l,l'-biphenyl]-3-carbonyl)piperazin-l-yl)-4- (dimethylamino)but-2-en-l-one
A mixture of tert-Butyl 4-(2',6-dichloro-4-methoxy-[l,l'-biphenyl]-3- carbonyl)piperazine-l-carboxylate (550 mg, 1.18 mmol) in HCl/MeOH (20 mL, 57.2 mmol) was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to yield the crude product. The crude residue was dissolved with DMF (lOmL), 4-(dimethylamino)but-2-enoic acid (215 mg, 0.47 mmol), BOP (627 mg, 1.42 mmol) and DIEA (610 mg, 4.73 mmol) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (dichloromethane/methanol = 50: 1) to afford the desired product (450 mg, 80% yield, 2 steps). ESI-MS m/z: 476.4 [M + H]+. (E)-l-(4-(2',6-dichloro-4-hydroxy-[l,l'-biphenyl]-3-carbonyl)piperazin-l-yl)-4- (dimethylamino)but-2-en-l-one (VI-24)
A solution of (E)-l-(4-(2',6-dichloro-4-methoxy-[l,l'-biphenyl]-3- carbonyl)piperazin-l-yl)-4-(dimethylamino)but-2-en-l-one (270 mg, 0.57 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) at -78 °C, BBr3 (1.43 g, 5.7 mmol) was added dropwise. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The mixture was poured into ice-water, basified with the aqueous NaHC03 to adjust the pH to 7 and then extracted with DCM (3 x 20 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel
(dichloromethane/methanol = 50: 1) to afford the desired product (150 mg, 57% yield). 1HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ: 13.12 (s, 1H), 8.02 (s, 1H), 7.81 (s, 1H), 6.81(m, 1H), 6.13 (dd, J= 2.8, 16.8 Hz, 1H), 5.71 (dd, J= 2.0, 10.4 Hz, lH), 4.10 (s, 2H), 3.50- 3.60 (m, 8H). ESI-MS m/z: 462.4 [M + H]+.
EXAMPLE 23
Figure imgf000261_0001
4,5-Dichloro-2-nitrobenzaldehyde
A mixture of l,2-dichloro-4-methyl-5-nitrobenzene (2 g, 9.71 mmol) and DMF-DMA (3 g, 25.2 mmol) in DMF (50 mL) was stirred at 140°C for 14 h. The dark solution was cooled to 0°C, and then added to a solution of NaI04 (10.8 g, 50.5 mmol ) in DMF/water (1 :4, 25 mL) at 0°C. After stirring at room temperature for 8 h, the mixture was filtered and the cake was rinsed with ethyl acetate. The filtrate was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with brine. The organic layer was dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (ethyl acetate/petroleum ether = 1 :20) to afford the desire product (480 mg, 23% yield, 2 steps)
2-(5,6-Dichloro-lH-indazol-3-yl)acetic acid
To a stirred mixture of 4,5-dichloro-2-nitrobenzaldehyde (1.1 g, 5.00 mmol) and malonic acid (676 mg, 6.5 mmol) in formic acid (3 mL) at 40°C, ammonium formate (768 mg, 12.5 mmol) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at 65°C for 1 h and then at 95°C for 4 h. To this mixture, cone. HCl (2.5 mL) was added and then stirred at 95°C for 1 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, quenched with water (5 mL) and extracted with isobutyl ketone. The aqueous layer was adjusted the pH to 4 with KOH (50%) and filtered to afford the crude solid (500 mg). The solid was dissolved in a mixture of NaOH aqueous solution (8 mL, 5%) and N2H4.H2O (90 mg, 1.79 mmol) and heated to 85°C. To this mixture, Raney-Ni was added and the resulting mixture was stirred at 85°C for 30 min. The mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and filtered. The aqueous layer was acidified with aqueous HCl (6 M) to adjust the pH to 2. The precipitate was collected by filtration and dried in vacuo to afford the desired product (250 mg, yield 22%, 2 steps). l-(4-(2-(5, 6-Dichloro-lH-indazol-3-yl)acetyl)piperazin-l-yl)prop-2-en-l-one
The title compound was prepared from 2-(5,6-dichloro-lH-indazol-3- yl)acetic acid in three steps followed the procedure described in Example 40. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ: 7.56 (m, 1H), 7.33-7.45 (m, 3H), 7.12 (s, 1H), 7.07 (s, 1H), 6.62 (s, 2H), 3.60 (m, 8H), 3.10 (s, 2H), 2.20 (s, 6H). ESI-MS m/z: 367.2 [M + H]+.
EXAMPLE 24
Figure imgf000262_0001
terf-Butyl 4-(2-bromoethyl)piperazine-l-carboxylate
A mixture of tert-butyl piperazine-l-carboxylate (5.0 g, 26.9 mmol), 1,2- dibromoethane (25 mL), DIPEA (3.5 g, 26.9 mmol) was stirred at 30°C under argon for 72 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (1-2% methanol/dichloroethane) to afford the desired product (2.8 g, 36% yield) as a solid. ESI-MS m/z: 293.1 [M+l]+. terf-Butyl 4-(2-((4-chloro-5-iodo-2-methoxyphenyl)amino)ethyl)piperazine-l- carboxylate
To a stirred solution of 4-chloro-5-iodo-2-methoxyaniline (968 mg, 3.42 mmol) in anhydrous THF (20 mL) at 0°C, NaH (60% in mineral oil, 205.2 mg, 5.13 mmol,) was added and the resulting mixture was stirred at reflux under nitrogen for 1 h.
To this mixture, tert-butyl4-(2-bromoethyl)piperazine-l-carboxylate (500 mg, 1.71 mmol) was added and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 h.
The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (10-30%) ethyl acetate/petroleum ether) to afford the desired product (180 mg,
21 % yield) as a solid. terf-Butyl4-(2-((2 ',5 ',6-trichloro-4-methoxy- [1 , 1 '-biphenyl] -3- yl)amino)ethyl)piperazine-l-carboxylate
A mixture of tert-butyl 4-(2-((4-chloro-5-iodo-2- methoxyphenyl)amino)ethyl)piperazine-l-carboxylate (180 mg, 0.36mmol), (2,5- dichlorophenyl)boronic acid (138.9 mg, 0.72 mmol), Na2C03 (114.5 mg, 1.08 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (42 mg, 0.036 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (20 mL) and water (5mL) was stirred at 90°C under argon for 16 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate = 5:1) to afford the desired product (135 mg, 73% yield) as a solid. ESI-MS m/z: 514.3 [M+H]+. l-(4-(2-((2',5,,6-Trichloro-4-hydroxy-[l,l,-biphenyl]-3-yl)amino)ethyl)piperazin-l- yl)prop-2-en-l-one
The title compound was prepared from fert-butyl4-(2-((2',5',6-trichloro- 4-methoxy-[l, -biphenyl]-3-yl)amino)ethyl)piperazine-l-carboxylate in three steps followed the procedure described in Example 18. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ: 10.04 (s, 1H), 7.56 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.48-7.45 (m, 1H), 7.37 (d, J= 2.8 Hz, 1H), 6.79 (dd, J= 10.4,16.8 Hz, 1H), 6.77 (s, 1H), 6.40 (s, 1H), 6.09 (dd, J= 2.4, 16.4 Hz, 1H), 5.67(dd, J= 2.4, 10.4 Hz, 1H), 4.88 (bs.,lH), 3.54-3.51 (m, 4H), 3.1 l(d, J= 4.8 Hz, 2H), 2.55 (t, J= 6.0 Hz, 2H), 2.39-2.38 (m, 4H). ESI-MS m/z: 454.1 [M+H]+.
EXAMPLE 25
Figure imgf000264_0001
tert-butyl 5-(3,4-dichlorobenzoyl)hexahydropyrrolo [3,4-c] pyrrole-2(lH)- carboxylate
To a solution of acid 3,4-dichlorobenzoic acid (0.45 g, 2.36 mmol), tert- butyl hexahydropyrrolo[3,4-c]pyrrole-2(lH)-carboxylate (0.5 g, 2.36 mmol) and HOBt (0.4 g, 2.83 mmol) in DMF (15 mL), EDCI.HC1 (0.54 g, 2.83 mmol) and DIEA (1.5 g, 11.5 mmol) were added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight and then partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford the crude product which was used directly in the next step. (3,4-dichlorophenyl)(hexahydropyrrolo[3,4-c]pyrrol-2(lH)-yl)methanone
tert-Butyl 5-(3,4-dichlorobenzoyl)hexahydropyrrolo[3,4-c]pyrrole- 2(lH)-carboxylate (crude product from above step) was dissolved in 50% TFA in DCM (10 mL) and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate and washed with saturated NaHCCb aqueous solution. The organic layer was dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford the crude product. The crude product was used directly in the next step without further purification.
(3,4-Dichlorophenyl)(5-(vinylsulfonyl)hexahydropyrrolo[3,4-c]pyrrol-2(lH)- yl)methanone
To a solution of (3,4-dichlorophenyl)(hexahydropyrrolo[3,4-c]pyrrol- 2(lH)-yl)methanone (100 mg, 0.35 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) at 0°C, Et3N (106 mg, 1 mmol) was added followed by sulfonyl chloride (60 mg, 0.37 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture was partitioned between DCM and water. The organic layer was dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by Isolera One (silica gel cartridge, 10- 100% ethyl acetate/hexanes) to afford the desired product (14 mg, 11%). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ: 7.60 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (dd, J= 2.0, 8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.50 (dd, J= 9.9, 16.5 Hz, 1H), 6.30 (d, J= 16.6 Hz, 1H), 6.09 (d, J= 9.9 Hz, 1H), 2.90-4.10 (m, 10H). ESI-MS m/z: 375.0 [M + H]+.
EXAMPLE 26.
Figure imgf000265_0001
EXAMPLE 27
Figure imgf000266_0001
1-1 I-2 I-3
Figure imgf000266_0002
EXAMPLE 28
Figure imgf000266_0003
EXAMPLE 29
Figure imgf000267_0001
CI^^^O'' Pd(PPh3)4,toluene CI^^ )'' CuCI.MeOH ci^^^O^ DCM Ac0H
-5 N-1 N-2
Figure imgf000267_0002
N-3 N-4
EXAMPLE 30 γ( Zn(CN ,Pd(PPh3)4
Figure imgf000267_0003
° DMF,110°C,18h
P-1 P-2 P-3
Figure imgf000267_0004
DCM.refluxed 18 h
P-4 P-5 P-6
Figure imgf000267_0005
EXAMPLE 31
Figure imgf000268_0001
R-4
EXAMPLE 32
Figure imgf000268_0002
Figure imgf000268_0003
EXAMPLE 34
Figure imgf000269_0001
X-1 X-2 X-3
Figure imgf000269_0002
EXAMPLE 35
Figure imgf000269_0003
Y-2
Y-1 Y-3
Figure imgf000269_0004
EXAMPLE 36
Figure imgf000269_0005
tert-Butyl 3-(4-(2-(4-Chloro-5-iodo-2-methoxyphenylamino)acetyl)piperazin-l- yl)azetidine-l-carboxylate
To a solution of 2-(4-chloro-5-iodo-2-methoxyphenylamino)acetic acid (2.0 g, 5.88 mmol), tert-butyl 3-(piperazin-l-yl)azetidine-l-carboxylate (1.84 g, 7.64 mmol), EDCI.HC1 (2.26 g, 11.76 mmol), and HOBt (1.59 g, 11.76 mmol) in DMF (3 mL) at 0°C, Et3N (3.28 mL, 23.52 mmol) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at RT for 16 h and then partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was washed by a mixture of ethyl acetate / petroleum ether = 1 :5 to afford the desired product (2.24 g, 67% yield) as a white solid. ESI-MS m/z: 565.4 [M + H]+. tert-Butyl 3-(4-(2-(4-chloro-5-cyclobutyl-2-methoxyphenylamino)acetyl)piperazin- l-yl)azetidine- 1-carboxylate
A mixture of tert-butyl 3-(4-(2-(4-chloro-5-iodo-2- methoxyphenylamino)acetyl)piperazin-l-yl)azetidine- 1-carboxylate (697 mg, 1.24 mmol), cyclobutylzinc bromide (4.46 mL, 2.23 mmol, 0.5 M in THF ), Pd(OAc)2 (56 mg, 0.248 mmol), and S-Phos (102 mg, 0.248 mmol) in THF (15 mL) was stirred at 65°C under argon for 16 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to RT, quenched with aqueous NH4C1 solution and then extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (methanol/ dichloromethane = 1 :30) to afford the desired product (596 mg, 98% yield) as a brown oil. ESI-MS m/z: 493.5 [M + H]+. l-(3-(4-(2-(4-Chloro-5-cyclobutyl-2-hydroxyphenylamino)acetyl)piperazin-l- yl)azetidin-l-yl)prop-2-en-l-one (V-53)
The title compound was prepared from tert-butyl 3-(4-(2-(4-chloro-5- cyclobutyl-2-methoxyphenylamino)acetyl)piperazin- 1 -yl)azetidine- 1 -carboxylate in three steps according to the procedure described in Example 17. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ: 9.66 (s, 1H), 6.63 (s, 1H), 6.52 (s, 1H), 6.31 (dd, J= 10.2, 16.9 Hz, 1H), 6.10 (dd, J= 2.1, 16.8 Hz, 1H), 5.68 (dd, J= 2.1, 10.2 Hz, 1H), 5.16 (t, J= 4.4 Hz, 1H), 4.27-4.23 (m, 1H), 4.08-4.04 (m, 1H), 3.97-3.93 (m, 3H), 3.80-3.76 (m, 1H), 3.65-3.59 (m, 1H), 3.56-3.54 (m, 4H), 3.20-3.14 (m, 1H), 2.40-2.25 (m, 4H), 2.20-2.15 (m, 2H), 2.09-2.05 (m, 2H), 1.97-1.90 (m, 1H), 1.80-1.74 (m, 1H). ESI-MS m/z: 433.4 [M + H]+.
EXAMPLE 37
Figure imgf000271_0001
Methyl 2-(4-chloro-5-iodo-2-methoxyphenylamino)propanoate
A mixture of tert-butyl 4-chloro-5-iodo-2-methoxybenzenamine (2 g, 7.07 mmol), methyl 2-bromopropanoate (1.17 g, 7.07 mmol), K2CO3 (1.94 g, 14.14 mmol) and KI (0.235 g, 1.414 mmol) in DMF (25 mL) was stirred at 100°C for 16 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to RT, quenched with aqueous NaHC03 solution and then extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (ethyl acetate / petroleum ether = 1 :20) to afford the desired product (1.12 g, 43% yield) as a yellow solid. ESI-MS m/z: 370.1 [M + H]+. 2-(4-Chloro-5-iodo-2-methoxyphenylamino)propanoic acid
To a solution of methyl 2-(4-chloro-5-iodo-2- methoxyphenylamino)propanoate (1.12 g, 3.04 mmol) in mixture of tetrahydrofuran (20 mL) and water (10 mL) at RT, LiOH.H20 (0.51 g, 12.16 mmol) was added and the resulting mixture was stirred for 1 h. The aqueous phase was washed with TBME and then acidified with aqueous HCl (1 N) to adjust the pH to 5. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford the crude product (760 mg) which was used directly in the next step without further purification. ESI-MS m/z: 356.1 [M + H]+. Tert-Butyl 3-(4-(2-((4-Chloro-5-iodo-2- methoxyphenyl)amino)propanoyl)piperazin-l-yl)azetidine-l-carboxylate
To a solution of 2-(4-chloro-5-iodo-2-methoxyphenylamino)propanoic acid (760 mg, 2.13 mmol), tert-butyl 3-(piperazin-l-yl)azetidine-l-carboxylate (669 mg, 2.78 mmol), EDCI.HC1 (818 mg, 4.26 mmol), HOBt (575 mg, 4.26 mmol) in DMF (8 mL) at 0°C, Et3N (861 mg, 8.52 mmol) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at RT for 16 h and then partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with saturated NaHC03 solution and brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (ethyl acetate / petroleum ether = 1 : 1) to afford the desired product (673 mg, 55% yield) as a white solid. ESI-MS m/z: 579.4 [M + H]+.
Tert-Butyl 3-(4-(2-((4-Chloro-5-cyclobutyl-2- methoxyphenyl)amino)propanoyl)piperazin-l-yl)azetidine-l-carboxylate
A mixture of tert-butyl 3-(4-(2-((4-chloro-5-iodo-2- methoxyphenyl)amino)propanoyl)piperazin- 1 -yl)azetidine- 1 -carboxylate (673 mg, 1.162 mmol), cyclobutylzinc bromide (5.11 mL, 2.556 mmol, 0.5 M in THF ), Pd(Oac)2 (52 mg, 0.23 mmol), S-Phos (95 mg, 0.23 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was stirred at 65°C under argon for 16 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to RT, quenched with aqueous NH4C1 solution and then extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (ethyl acetate / petroleum ether = 1 : 1) to afford the desired product (565 mg, 96% yield) as a light yellow solid. ESI-MS m/z: 507.6 [M + H]+. l-(3-(4-(2-((4-Chloro-5-cyclobutyl-2-hydroxyphenyl)amino)propanoyl)piperazin-l- yl)azetidin-l-yl)prop-2-en-l-one (V-59)
The title compound was prepared from tert-butyl 3-(4-(2-((4-chloro-5- cyclobutyl-2-methoxyphenyl)amino)propanoyl)piperazin- 1 -yl)azetidine- 1 -carboxylate in three steps according to the procedure described in Example 17. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ: 9.63 (s, 1H), 6.62 (s, 1H), 6.49 (s, 1H), 6.30 (dd, J= 10.1, 16.8 Hz, 1H), 6.10 (d, J= 18.7 Hz, 1H), 5.68 (d, J= 10.4 Hz, 1H), 4.86 (d, J= 9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.69- 4.63 (m, 1H), 4.27-4.23 (m, 1H), 4.07-4.03 (m, 1H), 3.97-3.62 (m, 1H), 3.82-3.76 (m, 2H), 3.64-3.55 (m, 3H), 3.77-3.11 (m, 1H), 2.44-2.15 (m, 6H), 2.08-1.90 (m, 4H), 1.80- 1.72 (m, 2H), 1.97-1.90 (m, 1H), 1.24 (d, J= 6.4 Hz, 3H). ESI-MS m/z: 447.4 [M + H]+.
EXAMPLE 38
Figure imgf000273_0001
10% Pd\C BocN N— ,N
Figure imgf000273_0002
38-4 l-Benzhydrylazetidin-3-yl methanesulfonate
A mixture of l-benzhydrylazetidin-3-ol (20.0 g, 83.68 mmol) and Et3N
(12.68 g, 125.52 mmol) in DCM (200 mL) at 0°C, MsCI (11.447 mg, 100.41 mmol) was added in portions and the resulting solution was stirred at RT for 1 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford the desired product (26.526 g, 100% yield). tert-Butyl 4-(l-benzhydrylazetidin-3-yl)piperazine-l-carboxylate
A mixture of l-benzhydrylazetidin-3-yl methanesulfonate (26.53 g, 83.68 mmol), tert-butyl piperazine-l-carboxylate( 18.68 g, 100.41 mmol) and K2CO3 (23.09 g, 163.36 mmol) in CH3CN (200 mL) was stirred at 80°C for 16 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT and diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel
(dichloromethane/methanol = 50: 1) to afford the desired product (25.5g, 80% yield). tert-Butyl 4-(azetidi-3-yl)piperazine-l-carboxylate
A mixture of tert-butyl 4-( 1 -benzhydrylazetidin-3 -yl)piperazine- 1 - carboxylate (10.0 g, 24.57 mmol) and 10% Pd\C (2.5 g) in MeOH (100 mL) was stirred under H2 atmosphere at 50°C for 48 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT and filtered. The filtrate was diluted concentrated in vacuo to afford a crude desire product (6.7 g) as a colorless oil. tert-Butyl 4-(l-acryloylazetidin-3-yl)piperazine-l-carboxylate
A mixture of tert-butyl 4-(azetidi-3-yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (6.7 g, 27.80 mmol) and Et3N (8.43 g, 83.40 mmol) in DCM (100 mL) at 0°C, acryloyl chloride (3.77 g, 41.7 mmol) was added in portions and the resulting solution was stirred at RT for 1 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with DCM and washed with brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel
(dichloromethane/methanol = 50: 1) to afford the desired product (3.6 g, 49.66%) yield, 2 steps). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ: 6.30 (dd, J= 10.4, 16.8 Hz, 1H), 6.09 (dd, J = 2.4, 17.2 Hz, 1H), 5.67 (dd, J= 2.4, 10.4 Hz, 1H), 4.22 (t, J= 8, 1H), 4.03-4.00 (m, 1H), 3.94-3.90 (m, 1H), 3.75-3.70 (m, 1H), 3.32 (t, J= 8.8 Hz, 4H), 3.10-3.18 (m, 1H), 2.22-2.30 (m, 1H), 1.40 (s, 9H). EXAMPLE 39
Figure imgf000275_0001
Piperazine-2-carbonitrile
To a mixture of tert-butyl 3-cyanopiperazine-l-carboxylate (200 mg, 0.95 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL), CF3COOH (2 mL) was added and the resulting was stirred at RT for 1 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to afford the crude product.
4-(4',6-Dichloro-4-methoxy-[l,l'-biphenyl]-3-carbonyl)piperazine-2-carbonitrile
To a mixture of 4',6-dichloro-4-methoxy-[l,l'-biphenyl]-3-carboxylic acid (309 mg, 1.04 mmol), EDCI (272 mg, 1.43 mmol), HOBt (195 mg, 1.43 mmol), Et3N (288 mg, 2.85 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL) at 0°C, piperazine-2- carbonitrile was added at 0°C and the resulting mixture was stirred at RT for 8 h. The mixture was partitioned between dichloromethane and water. The organic layer was washed brine, dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (dichloromethane/methanol = 50: 1) to afford the desired product (225 mg, 61% yield). ESI-MS m/z: 444.3 [M+H]+. l-Acryloyl-4-(4',6-dichloro-4-hydroxy-[l,l'-biphenyl]-3-carbonyl)piperazine-2- carbonitrile (VI-37)
The title compound was prepared from 4-(4',6-dichloro-4-methoxy-[l,l'- biphenyl] -3 -carbonyl)piperazine-2-carbonitrile in two steps according to the procedure described in Example 17. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ: 9.24 (s, 1H), 7.44-7.33 (m, 5H), 7.20 (s, 1H), 6.57-6.45 (m, 2H), 6.79 (s, 1H), 5.94-5.91 (m, 1H), 5.75 (s, 1H), 4.62-4.61 (m, 1H), 4.50-4.46(m, 1H), 4.06 (s, 1H), 3.61 (s, 1H), 3.36-3.33 (m, 1H), 3.16-3.10(m, 1H). ESI-MS m/z: 428.4 [M+H]+.
EXAMPLE 40
Figure imgf000276_0001
5-Bromo-4-chloro-2-methoxybenzenamine
The title compound was prepared from 4-chloro-2-methoxy-l- nitrobenzene in two steps according to the procedure described in Example 4. l-Bromo-2-chloro-5-iodo-4-methoxybenzene
To a mixture of 5-bromo-4-chloro-2-methoxyaniline (3 g, 12.7 mmol) in
6N HC1 (60 mL, 360 mmol) at 0°C, a solution of NaN02 (963 mg, 13.9 mmol) in water (20 mL) was added dropwise while keeping the internal temperature around 0°C. KI (10.5 g, 63.4 mmol) and Cul (4.8 g, 25.4 mmol) were dissolved in water (20 mL) and added to the stirred reaction mixture. The reaction was kept at 5°C for 2 h. The reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was washed with water, Na2S03 (aq, 10%) and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04, an concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (ethyl
acetate/petroleum ether = 1 :100) to afford the desired product (3.2 g, 73% yield). 3-(5-Bromo-4-chloro-2-methoxyphenyl)propanal
A mixture of l-bromo-2-chloro-5-iodo-4-methoxybenzene (3.2 g, 9.2 mmol), prop-2-en-l-ol (1.3 g, 23.0 mmol), Pd(OAc)2 (206 mg, 0.9 mmol), TBAC (2.56 g, 9.2 mmol), NaHC03 (2.3 g , 27.6mmol) in DMF (50 mL) was stirred under Argon at 60°C for 16 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to RT, and then partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (ethyl acetate / petroleum ether = 1 :20) to afford the desired product (860 mg, 34% yield). 3-(5-Bromo-4-chloro-2-methoxyphenyl)propanoic acid
To a stirred solution of Jones reagent (3 mL, 5.4 mmol, 2.8 M) in acetone (20 mL), 3-(5-bromo-4-chloro-2-methoxyphenyl)propanal (860 mg, 3.1 mmol ) was added. The reaction was stirred at RT for 12 h, quenched with iso-propylalcohol and then stirred for 10 min. The resulting mixture was diluted with water, extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column
chromatography on silica gel (ethyl acetate/petroleum ether = 1 : 1) to afford the desired product (358 mg, 38% yield). ESI-MS m/z: 291.1 [M+H]~. tert-Butyl-3-(4-(3-(5-bromo-4-chloro-2-methoxyphenyl)propanoyl)piperazin-l- yl)azetidine-l-carboxylate
To a stirred solution of 3-(5-bromo-4-chloro-2- methoxyphenyl)propanoic acid (350 mg, 1.2 mmol) in DMF (30 mL) at RT, tert-butyl 3-(piperazin-l-yl)azetidine-l-carboxylate (317 mg, 1.3 mmol), BOP (731 mg, 1.4 mmol) and DIE A (461 mg, 3.6 mmol) were added and the mixture was stirred at RT for 1 h. The reaction mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with brine and dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and
concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (dichloromethane/methanol = 50: 1) to afford the desired product (285 mg, 46% yield). tert-Butyl 3-(4-(3-(4-chloro-5-cyclopropyl-2-hydroxyphenyl)propanoyl)piperazin- l-yl)azetidine- 1-carboxylate
A mixture of tert-butyl 3-(4-(3-(5-bromo-4-chloro-2- methoxyphenyl)propanoyl)piperazin-l-yl)azetidine- 1-carboxylate (280 mg, 0.54 mmol), cyclopropylboronic acid (185 mg, 2.2 mmol), K3PO4.3H2O (444 mg, 1.9 mmol), tricyclohexylphosphine (30 mg, 0.1 mmol), Pd(OAc)2 (24 mg, 0.11 mmol) in toluene (10 mL) and water (1 mL) was stirred at reflux under argon for 16 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to RT and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (dichloromethane/methanol = 60: 1) to afford the desired product (194 mg, 75% yield). ESI-MS m/z: 477.3 [M+H]+. l-(3-(4-(3-(4-Chloro-5-cyclopropyl-2-hydroxyphenyl)propanoyl)piperazin-l- yl)azetidin-l-yl)prop-2-en-l-one (V-58)
The title compound was prepared from tert-butyl 3-(4-(3-(4-chloro-5- cyclopropyl-2-hydroxyphenyl)propanoyl)piperazin- 1 -yl)azetidine- 1 -carboxylate in three steps according to the procedure described in Example 17. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ: 9.68 (s, 1H), 6.79 (s, 1H), 6.74 (s, 1H), 6.33-6.26 (m, 1H), 6.12-6.07 (dd, J= 1.9, 17.2 Hz, 1H), 5.68-5.65 (dd, J= 2.0, 10.2 Hz, 1H), 4.24-4.20 (m, 1H), 4.05- 4.01 (m, 1H), 3.94-3.90 (m, 1H), 3.76-3.72 (m, 1H), 3.45-3.42 (m, 4H), 3.13-3.1 l(m, 1H), 2.69-2.65 (m, 2H), 2.53-2.51 (m, 2H), 2.25-2.23 (bs, 4H), 1.97-1.93 (m, 1H), 0.90- 0.86 (m, 1H), 0.60-0.55 (m, 1H). ESI-MS m/z: 418.4 [M+H]+.
EXAMPLE 41
Figure imgf000279_0001
Methyl 5-acetamido-2-chloro-4-methoxybenzoate
To a mixture of methyl 5-amino-2-chloro-4-methoxybenzoate (3.6 g, 16.7 mmol), Et3N (6.7 g, 66.8 mmol) and DCM (100 mL) at RT, acetyl chloride (1.57 g, 20.1 mmol) was added dropwise and the resulting mixture was stirred for 12h. The reaction mixture was partitioned between dichloromethane and water. The organic layer was washed with saturated NaHC03 solution and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (ethyl acetate / petroleum ether = 1 : 1) to afford the desired product (2.7 g, 63% yield).
N-(4-Chloro-5-(2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)-2-methoxyphenyl)acetamide
To a solution of methyl 5-acetamido-2-chloro-4-methoxybenzoate (2.7 g, 11.1 mmol), in THF (40 mL) at - 40°C under Argon, methylmagnesium bromide (21mL, 21 mmol, 1M in ether) was added dropwise while keeping the internal temperature at - 40°C. Then the mixture was allowed to warm to RT, and stirred for 2 h. The reaction mixture was poured into ice-cooled NH4C1 (10%) solution, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo to afford the desire product (2.3 g, 80% yield). N-(4-Chloro-2-methoxy-5-(prop-l-en-2-yl)phenyl)acetamide
To a solution of N-(4-chloro-5-(2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)-2- methoxyphenyl)acetamide (3.2 g, 12.4 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) at - 5°C, SOCl2 (3.7g, 37.25 mmol) was added dropwise. The mixture was warmed to RT, and then stirred at reflux for 2 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (ethyl acetate/petroleum ether = 3: 1) to afford the desired product (1.9 g, 64% yield).
N-(4-Chloro-2-methoxy-5-(l-methylcyclopropyl)phenyl)acetamide
To a solution of N-(4-chloro-2-methoxy-5-(prop-l-en-2- yl)phenyl)acetamide (1.0 g, 4.17 mmol) in toluene (20 mL) at 0°C, CH2I2 (5.6 g, 20.86 mmol) and Et2Zn (41.7 mL, 41.7 mmol, 1.0 M in hexane) was added. The mixture was kept at 0°C for 30 min, and then stirred at RT for 16 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with saturated NH4C1 solution and stirred for 15 min. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to remove toluene and the resulting mixture was extracted with dichloromethane. The combined organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04, concentrated to afford the desired product (820 mg, 77% yield).
4-Chloro-2-methoxy-5-(l-methylcyclopropyl)aniline
A mixture of N-(4-chloro-2-methoxy-5-(l- methylcyclopropyl)phenyl)acetamide (820 mg, 3.23 mmol), KOH (1.8 g, 32.3 mmol), ethanol (40 mL) and water (20 mL) was stirred at reflux for 12 h. The reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (ethyl acetate / petroleum ether = 20: 1) to afford the desired product (460 mg, 67% yield). ESI-MS m/z: 212.4 [M+H]+.
Ethyl 2-((4-chloro-2-methoxy-5-(l-methylcyclopropyl)phenyl)amino)acetate
To a solution of 4-chloro-2-methoxy-5-(l-methylcyclopropyl)aniline (450 mg, 2.13 mmol) in MeOH (20 mL) at RT, AcOH (3 drops) and ethyl glyoxalate (326 mg, 3.19 mmol, 50% in toluene) were added. The mixture was stirred at RT for 2 h and then sodium cyanoborohydride (403 mg, 6.39 mmol) was added to the mixture. The resulting mixture was stirred at 50°C for 16 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to RT, and partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was dried over MgS04, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford the crude product (636 mg). ESI- MS m/z: 298.2 [M+H]+.
2-((4-Chloro-2-methoxy-5-(l-methylcyclopropyl)phenyl)amino)acetic acid
To a solution of ethyl 2-((4-chloro-2-methoxy-5-(l- methylcyclopropyl)phenyl)amino)acetate (630 mg, 2.12 mmol) in THF (15 mL) and water (5 mL), LiOH.H20 (889mg, 21.2 mmol) was added and the resulting mixture was stirred at RT for 2 h. The mixture was washed with 20% ethyl acetate/petroleum ether. The aqueous layer was acidified with aqueous HCl (1 N) to adjust pH to 3-4 and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford the desired product (200 mg, 33% yield). tert-Butyl 3-(4-(2-((4-chloro-2-methoxy-5-(l- methylcyclopropyl)phenyl)amino)acetyl)piperazin-l-yl)azetidine-l-carboxylate
To a solution of 2-((4-chloro-2-methoxy-5-(l- methylcyclopropyl)phenyl)amino)acetic acid (110 mg, 0.41 mmol) and tert-butyl 3- (piperazin-l-yl)azetidine-l-carboxylate (118 mg, 0.49 mmol) in DMF (15 mL) at RT, BOP (217 mg, 0.49 mmol) and DIEA (159 mg, 1.23 mmol) were added and the resulting mixture was stirred at RT for 1 h. The mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford the desired product (192 mg, 95% yield). l-(3-(4-(2-((4-Chloro-2-hydroxy-5-(l- methylcyclopropyl)phenyl)amino)acetyl)piperazin-l-yl)azetidin-l-yl)prop-2-en-l- one (V-64)
The title compound was prepared from tert-butyl 3-(4-(2-((4-chloro-2- methoxy-5 -( 1 -methylcyclopropyl)phenyl)amino)acetyl)piperazin- 1 -yl)azetidine- 1 - carboxylate in three steps according to the procedure described in Example 17. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ: 9.70 (s, 1H), 6.64 (s, 1H), 6.51 (s, 1H), 6.35-6.28 (m ,1H), 6.13-6.08 (dd, J=1.9, 17.9 Hz, 1H), 5.69-5.66 (dd, J= 2.1, 10.1 Hz, 1H), 5.13- 5.11 (m, 1H), 4.25-4.23 (m, 1H), 4.08-4.05 (m, 1H), 3.95-3.91 (m, 3H), 3.80-3.76 (m, 1H), 3.53 (bs, 4H), 3.18-3.16 (m, 1H), 2.38-2.31 (m, 4H), 1.26 (s, 3H), 0.72-0.64 (m, 4H). ESI-MS m/z: 434.4 [M+H]+.
EXAMPLE 42
Figure imgf000282_0001
5-Chloro-4-iodo-2-methoxybenzoic acid
To a stirred solution of 4-amino-5-chloro-2-methoxybenzoic acid (5 g, 24.8 mmol) in water (10 mL) at 0°C, concentrated sulfuric acid (50 mL) was added. Then a solution of NaN02 (1.9 g, 27.3 mmol) in water (10 mL) was added dropwise while keeping the internal temperature around 0°C. KI (4.5 g, 27.3 mmol) and I2 (3.5 g, 13.64 mmol) were dissolved in water and added dropwise to the stirred reaction mixture. The reaction was stirred at 5°C for 2 h and then extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water, Na2S03 (aq, 10%) and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo to afford desired product (1.55 g, 19%> yield). ESI-MS m/z: 311.1 [M+H]+. tert-Butyl 4-(5-chloro-4-iodo-2-methoxybenzoyl)piperazine-l-carboxylate
To a stirred solution of 5-chloro-4-iodo-2-methoxybenzoic acid (1.55 g, 4.9 mmol) in DMF (30 mL) at RT, tert-butyl piperazine-l-carboxylate (1.02 g, 5.5 mmol), BOP (2.63 g, 25.9 mmol) and DIEA (1.92 g, 14.9 mmol) were added and the resulting mixture was stirred at RT for 1 h. The reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate and washed with brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (dichloromethane/methanol = 50: 1) to afford the desired product (1.96 g, 76% yield). tert-Butyl-4-(2-chloro-5-methoxy-[l,l'-biphenyl]-4-carbonyl)piperazine-l- carboxylate
A mixture of tert-butyl 4-(5-chloro-4-iodo-2- methoxybenzoyl)piperazine-l-carboxylate (300 mg, 0.56 mmol), phenylboronic acid (82 mg, 0.67 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (129 mg, 0.1 mmol), Na2CO3(180 mg, 1.68 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (10 mL) and water (2 mL) was stirred at reflux under argon for 16 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate = 30: 1) to afford the desired product (219 mg, 80% yield). l-(4-(2-Chloro-5-hydroxy-[l,l'-biphenyl]-4-carbonyl)piperazin-l-yl)prop-2-en-l- one (VI-42)
The title compound was prepared from tert-butyl-4-(2-chloro-5- methoxy-[l, -biphenyl]-4-carbonyl)piperazine-l-carboxylatein three steps according to the procedure described in Example 17. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ: 10.40 (s, 1H), 7.50-7.41 (m, 5H), 7.35 (s, 1H), 6.89 (s, 1H), 6.84 (m, 1H), 6.17-6.13 (d, 1H), 5.73-5.71 (m, 1H), 3.63 (s, 6H), 3.30 (s, 2H). ESI-MS m/z: 371.2 [M+H]+.
EXAMPLE 43
Figure imgf000284_0001
4-Chloro-2-methoxy-5-(prop-l-en-2-yl)benzenamine
A mixture of 4-chloro-5-iodo-2-methoxybenzenamine (1.0 g, 3.53 mmol), 4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-2-(prop-l-en-2-yl)-l,3,2-dioxaborolane (889 mg, 5.29 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (363 mg, 0.353 mmol), Na2C03 (1.12 g, 10.6 mmol) in DME (10 mL) and water (3 mL) was stirred at reflux under argon for 6 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to RT and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (5% petroleum ether/ethyl acetate) to afford the desired product (173 mg, 25% yield) as an off-white solid. ESI-MS
m/z: 198.5[M+H]+.
4-Chloro-5-isopropyl-2-methoxybenzenamine
A mixture of 4-chloro-2-methoxy-5-(prop-l-en-2-yl)benzenamine (160 mg, 0.81 mmol), Raney-Ni (20 mg) in MeOH (5 mL) was stirred at RT under H2 (1 arm) atmosphere for 8 h. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to afford the desired product (150 mg, 93% yield). tert-Butyl3-(4-(2-(4-chloro-5-isopropyl-2-methoxyphenylamino)acetyl)piperazin-l- yl)azetidine-l-carboxylate
The title compound was prepared from 4-chloro-5-isopropyl-2- methoxybenzenamine in three steps according to the procedure described in Example 42. l-(3-(4-(2-(4-Chloro-5-isopropyl-2-methoxyphenylamino)acetyl)piperazin-l- yl)azetidin-l-yl)prop-2-en-l-one
A mixture of tert-butyl 3-(4-(2-(4-chloro-5-isopropyl-2- methoxyphenylamino)acetyl)piperazin-l-yl)azetidine-l-carboxylate (102 mg, 0.212 mmol) in HCl/MeOH (2.86 M, 5 mL) was stirred at RT for 1 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to afford the crude product, the crude was dissolved in DMF (5 mL) at RT, acrylic acid (17 mg, 0.233 mmol), BOP (113 mg, 0.254 mmol) and DIEA (82 mg, 0.636 mmol) were added and the resulting mixture was stirred at RT for 1 h. The mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed brine, dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (dichloromethane/methanol = 50: 1) to afford the desired product (77 mg, 85% yield, 2 steps). ESI-MS m/z: 435.4 [M+H]+. l-(3-(4-(2-(4-Chloro-2-hydroxy-5-isopropylphenylamino)acetyl)piperazin-l- yl)azetidin-l-yl)prop-2-en-l-one (V-50)
To a solution of l-(3-(4-(2-(4-chloro-5-isopropyl-2- methoxyphenylamino)acetyl)piperazin-l-yl)azetidin-l-yl)prop-2-en-l-one (77 mg, 0.18 mmol) in DCM (15 mL) at - 60°C, BBr3 (443 mg, 1.8 mmol) was added dropwise and the resulting mixture was stirred at RT for 1 h. The mixture was cooled to -60°C, MeOH was added dropwise and then basified with Et3N to adjust the pH to 8 - 9. The mixture was poured into water and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo .The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (dichloromethane/methanol = 50: 1) to afford the desired product (25 mg, 33% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ: 9.50 (bs, 1H), 6.62 (s, 1H), 6.470 (s, 1H), 6.30 (m, 1H), 6.10 (dd, J= 2.4, 17.2 Hz, 1H), 5.68 (dd, J= 2.0, 10.4 Hz, 1H), 5.14 (m, 1H), 4.25 (m, 1H), 4.06 (m, 1H), 3.96 (m, 1H), 3.91 (m, 2H), 3.78 (m, 1H), 3.54 (m, 4H), 3.17 (m, 2H), 2.35 (m, 4H), 1.21 (m, 6H). ESI-MS m/z: ll A [M+H]+.
EXAMPLE 44
Figure imgf000286_0001
2-Amino-5-chloro-4-cyclopropylphenol
To a mixture of 2-amino-5-chloro-4-iodophenol (500 mg, 1.9 mmol), PdCl2(dppf) (136 mg, 0.19 mmol) in THF (10 mL) under argon at RT,
cyclopropylmagnesium bromide (16 mL, 11.4 mmol, 0.7 M in THF) was added and the mixture was stirred at reflux for 15 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to RT, and partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (10-20% ethyl acetate / hexanes) to afford the desired product (220 mg, 63% yield) as a brown solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ: 9.27 (s, 1H), 6.62 (s, 1H), 6.22 (s, 1H), 4.53(s, 2H), 1.89-1.93 (m, 1H), 0.83-0.87 (m, 2H), 0.46-0.49 (m, 2H).
Ethyl 2-(4-chloro-5-cyclopropyl-2-hydroxyphenylamino)acetate
To a solution of 2-amino-5-chloro-4-cyclopropylphenol (200 mg, 1.01 mmol) in MeOH (20 mL) at RT, AcOH (3 drops) and ethyl glyoxalate (416 mg, 2.02 mmol, 50% in toluene) were added. The mixture was stirred at RT for 2 h and then sodium cyanoborohydride (190 mg, 3.03 mmol) was added to the mixture. The resulting mixture was stirred at 40°C for 15 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to RT and partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (10-20% methanol/dichloromethane) to afford the desired product (290 mg, 100% yield) as a solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ: 9.63 (s, 1H), 6.66 (s, 1H), 5.93 (s, 1H), 5.07 (t, J= 6.4 Hz, 1H), 4.12 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.91 (d, J= 6.4 Hz, 2H), 1.92-1.97 (m, 1H), 1.20 (t, J= 6.8 Hz, 2H), 0.84-0.87 (m, 2H), 0.51-0.55 (m, 2H).
2-(4-Chloro-5-cyclopropyl-2-hydroxyphenylamino)acetic acid
To a solution of ethyl 2-(4-chloro-5-cyclopropyl-2- hydroxyphenylamino)acetate (290mg, 0.89mmol) in of 4:1 mixture of tetrahydrofuran and water (30 mL) at RT, LiOH.H20 (226mg, 5.34mmol) was added and the resulting mixture was stirred for 2 h at 60°C. The mixture was acidified with aqueous HCl (1 N) to adjust the pH to 3 - 5 and then extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford the product (100 mg, 47% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ: 9.64 (s, 1H), 6.66 (s, 1H), 5.96 (s, 1H), 3.81 (s, 2H), 1.89-1.96 (m, 1H), 0.84-0.87 (m, 2H), 0.54-0.56 (m, 2H). tert-Butyl 4-(l-benzhydrylazetidin-3-yl)-3-carbamoylpiperazine-l-carboxylate
A mixture of l-benzhydrylazetidin-3-yl methanesulfonate (2.69 g, 8.5 mmol), K2CO3 (1.76 g, 12.8 mmol), tert-butyl 3-carbamoylpiperazine-l-carboxylate (1.95 g, 8.5 mmol) in CH3CN (40 mL) was stirred at reflux for 16 h. The mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over Na2S04, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (dichloromethane/methanol = 50: 1) to afford the desired product. (2.08 g, 54% yield). tert-Butyl 4-(azetidin-3-yl)-3-carbamoylpiperazine-l-carboxylate
A mixture of 4-chloro-2-methoxy-5-(prop-l-en-2-yl)benzenamine (1 g, 2.22 mmol), Pd/C (300 mg) in MeOH (25 mL) was stirred at 50°C under H2 (1 arm) atmosphere for 12 h. The mixture was cooled and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to afford the desired product (640 mg, 100% yield). tert-Butyl 4-(l-acryloylazetidin-3-yl)-3-carbamoylpiperazine-l-carboxylate
To a solution of tert-butyl 4-(azetidin-3-yl)-3-carbamoylpiperazine-l- carboxylate (640 mg, 2.22 mmol) and Et3N (463 mg, 4.58mmol) in DCM (10 mL) at 0°C, acryloyl chloride (248 mg, 2.74 mmol) was added dropwise and the resulting mixture was stirred at RT for 1.5 h. The mixture was partitioned between
dichloromethane and saturated NaHC03 solution. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (dichloromethane/methanol = 50: 1) to afford the desired product (350 mg, 47% yield). l-(l-acryloylazetidin-3-yl)-4-(2-(4-chloro-5-cyclopropyl-2- hydroxyphenylamino)acetyl)piperazine-2-carboxamide (V-51)
A mixture of tert-butyl 4-(l -acryloyl azetidin-3-yl)-3- carbamoylpiperazine-l-carboxylate (120 mg, 0.35 mmol) in HCl/MeOH (2.86 M, 10 mL) was stirred at RT for 1 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to afford the crude residue. It was dissolved in DMF (5 mL) at 0°C, 2-(4-chloro-5-cyclopropyl-2- hydroxyphenylamino)acetic acid (31 mg, 0.427 mmol), BOP (206 mg, 0.466 mmol) and K2C03 (150 mg, 1.164 mmol) were added and the resulting mixture was stirred at RT for 1 h. The mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed brine, dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (dichloromethane/methanol = 20: 1) to afford the desired product (126 mg, 75% yield, 2 steps). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ: 9.63 (bs, 1H), 7.53 (d, 1H), 7.26-6.94 (m, 2H), 6.67 (s, 1H), 6.34-6.27 (m, 1H), 6.10 (m, 2H), 5.68 (d, J= 10.4, 1H), 5.08 (m, 1H), 4.30 (m, 2H), 3.93 (m, 6H), 3.52 (m, 2H), 3.29 (m, 1H), 3.15 (m, 1H), 3.06 (m, 1H), 2.47 (m, 1H), 1.98 (m, 1H), 0.87 (m, 2H), 0.64 (m, 2H). ESI-MS m/z: 462.5 [M+H]+.
EXAMPLE 45
Figure imgf000289_0001
4-(2-(4,5-Dichloro-2-methoxyphenylamino)acetyl)piperazine-2-carbonitrile
To a mixture of 2-(4,5-dichloro-2-methoxyphenylamino)acetic acid (260 mg, 1.04 mmol), EDCI (273 mg, 1.43 mmol), HOBt (194 mg, 1.43 mmol) and Et3N (288 mg 2.85 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) at 0°C, piperazine-2-carbonitrile was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at RT for 8 h. The mixture was partitioned between dichloromethane and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over
MgS04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (dichloromethane/methanol = 50: 1) to afford the desired product (108 mg, 30% yield). l-acryloyl-4-(2-(4,5-dichloro-2-hydroxyphenylamino)acetyl)piperazine-2- carbonitrile (VI-39)
The title compound was prepared from 4-(2-(4,5-dichloro-2- methoxyphenylamino)acetyl)piperazine-2-carbonitrile in two steps according to the procedure described in Example 17. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ: 10.3 (s, 1H), 6.90 (m, 1H), 6.87(s, 1H), 6.73(s, 1H), 6.28 (d, J= 16.4 Hz, 1H), 5.88 (d J= 10.4 Hz, 1H), 5.68 (m, 1H), 5.33 (m, 1H), 4.66 (m, 1H), 4.40 (m, 1H), 4.02 (m, 2H), 3.22 (m, 1H), 3.04 (m, 1H), 2.91 (m, 1H). ESI-MS m/z: 383.2 [M+H]+.
Figure imgf000290_0001
1-tert-Butyl 3-methyl 4-(l-benzhydrylazetidin-3-yl)piperazine-l,3-dicarboxylate
A mixture of l-benzhydrylazetidin-3-yl methanesulfonate (2.4 g, 7.56 mmol), tert-butyl methyl piperazine-l,3-dicarboxylate (1.85 g, 7.56 mmol), K2CO3 (1.6 g, 11.34 mmol) in CH3CN (40 mL) was stirred at reflux for 16 h. The mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over Na2S04, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (10% petroleum ether/ethyl acetate) to afford the desired product (1.85 g, 51% yield). tert-Butyl 4-(l-benzhydrylazetidin-3-yl)-3-(hydroxymethyl)piperazine-l- carboxylate
To a mixture of LiAlH4 (500 mg, 13.5 mmol) in THF (40 mL) at - 40°C under argon, a solution of 1 -tert-butyl 3-methyl 4-(l-benzhydrylazetidin-3-yl) piperazine-l,3-dicarboxylate (1.8 g, 3.87 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at -5°C to 5°C for 1 h and cooled to -20°C. Then water (2 mL) and NaOH (15 >) aqueous were added. The resulting mixture was stirred for 15 min. The solid was filtered, and the cake rinsed with ethyl acetate. The combined filtrate was dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo to afford the product (1.6 g, 94% yield). l-(3-(4-(2-(4-Chloro-5-cyclopropyl-2-hydroxyphenylamino)acetyl)-2- (hydroxymethyl)piperazin-l-yl)azetidin-l-yl)prop-2-en-l-one (V-54)
The title compound was prepared from 4-(2-(4,5-dichloro-2- methoxyphenylamino)acetyl)piperazine-2-carbonitrile in four steps according to the procedure described in Example 44. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ: 9.68 (bs, 1H), 6.67 (s, 1H), 6.35-6.27 (m, 1H), 6.12-6.05 (m, 2H), 5.67 (dd, J= 1.6, 10.4 Hz, 1H), 5.11 (m, 1H), 4.82-4.63 (m, 1H), 4.24 (m, 1H), 4.13 (m, 1H), 3.95 (m, 1H), 3.88 (m, 2H), 3.85 (m, 1H), 3.77-3.67 (m, 2H), 3.20 (m, 1H), 3.15 (m, 1H), 2.76-2.60 (m, 2H), 2.40 (m, 1H), 1.95 (m, 1H), 0.87 (m, 2H), 0.62 (m, 2H). ESI-MS m/z: 449.4 [M+H]+.
EXAMPLE 47
Figure imgf000291_0001
Ethyl 2-(5,6-dichloro-lH-indol-3-yl)acetate
To a mixture of 5,6-dichloro-lH-indole (1.0 g, 5.37 mmol), Cu(OTf)2 (194 mg, 0.537 mmol) in DCM (15 mL) at RT, ethyl 2-diazoacetate (918 mg, 8.05 mmol) was added dropwise. The resulting mixture was stirred at RT for 16 h, quenched with water, and then extracted dichloromethane. The organic layer was dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by Prep-HP LC to afford the desired product (120 mg, 8.2% yield) as light yellow solid. ESI-MS m/z: 272.1 [M+H]+. 2-(5,6-Dichloro-lH-indol-3-yl)acetic acid
A mixture of ethyl 2-(5,6-dichloro-lH-indol-3-yl)acetate (120 mg, 0.44 mmol), LiOH (90 mg, 2.20 mmol) in THF (3 mL) and H20 (1 mL) was stirred at RT for 16 h. The solution was poured into water, adjusted pH to 3-4 with IN HCl and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo to afford the desired product (90 mg, 84.5% yield) as a yellow solid. l-(3-(4-(2-(5,6-Dichloro-lH-indol-3-yl)acetyl)piperazin-l-yl)azetidin-l-yl)prop-2- en-l-one (V-61)
A mixture of 2-(5,6-dichloro-lH-indol-3-yl)acetic acid (90 mg, 0.372 mmol), l-(3-(piperazin-l-yl)azetidin-l-yl)prop-2-en-l-one (87 mg, 0.446 mmol), EDCI.HC1 (107 mg, 0.558 mmol), HOBt (75 mg, 0.558 mmol) in DMF (3 mL) at 0°C, Et3N (112 mg, 1.11 mmol) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at RT for 16 h. The mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (dichloromethane/methanol = 30: 1) to afford the desired product (12 mg, 7.66% yield) as an off-white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) 5: 11.19 (bs, 1H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.59 (s, 1H), 7.35 (d, 1H), 6.28 (dd, J= 9.6, 16.8 Hz, 1H), 6.09 (dd, J= 2.4, 17.2 Hz, 1H), 5.66 (dd, J= 2.4, 10.4 Hz, 1H), 4.21-4.18 (m, 1H), 4.02-3.98 (m, 1H), 3.93-3.88 (m, 1H), 3.78 (s, 2H), 3.74-3.70 (m, 1H), 3.53-3.47 (m, 4H), 3.10-3.07 (m, 1H), 2.25-2.19 (m, 4H). ESI-MS m/z: 423.3 [M+l]+.
EXAMPLE 48
Figure imgf000292_0001
tert-Butyl 3-(4-(2-(4-bromo-5-chloro-2-methoxyphenylamino)acetyl)piperazin-l- yl)azetidine-l-carboxylate
The title compound was prepared from 4-bromo-5-chloro-2- methoxybenzenamine in three steps according to the procedure described in Example 4. tert-Butyl 3-(4-(2-(5-chloro-4-ethyl-2-methoxyphenylamino)acetyl)piperazin-l- yl)azetidine-l-carboxylate
To a mixture of tert-butyl 3-(4-(2-(4-bromo-5-chloro-2- methoxyphenylamino)acetyl)piperazin-l-yl)azetidine-l-carboxylate (100 mg, 0.193 mmol), Pd(dppf)2Cl2 (29 mg, 0.04 mmol) and K2C03 (55 mg, 0.386 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) at RT, Et2Zn (0.8 mL, 0.8 mmol, 1.0 M in hexane) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at 80°C for 16 h. The mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04 and
concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (dichloromethane/methanol = 50: 1) to afford the crude product (100 mg). ESI-MS m/z: 467.5 [M+l]+. l-(3-(4-(2-(5-Chloro-4-ethyl-2-hydroxyphenylamino)acetyl)piperazin-l-yl)azetidin- l-yl)prop-2-en-l-one (V-52)
The title compound was prepared from tert-butyl 3-(4-(2-(5-chloro-4- ethyl-2-methoxyphenylamino)acetyl)piperazin-l-yl)azetidine-l-carboxylate in 3 steps according to the procedure described in Example 17. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- d6) 5: 9.6 (s, 1H), 6.6 (s, 1H), 6.5 (s, 1H), 6.3 (dd, J= 10.4, 17.2 Hz, 1H), 6.1 (dd, J= 2.4, 17.2 Hz, 1H), 5.7 (dd, J= 2.4, 10.4 Hz, 1H), 5.1 (t, J= 4.4 Hz, 1H), 4.2 (t, J= 8 Hz, 1H), 4.1 (dd, J= 4.8, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 3.95 (dd, J= 7.2, 10.0 Hz, 1H), 3.9 (d, J= 4.4 Hz, 2H), 3.8 (dd, J= 4.8, 10.4 Hz, 1H), 3.6-3.5 (m, 4H), 3.2-3.1 (m, 1H), 3.1-3.0 (m, 1H), 2.5-2.3 (m, 4H), 1.1 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H); ESI-MS m/z: 407.4 [M + H]+. EXAMPLE 49
Figure imgf000294_0001
tert-Butyl3-(4-(2-((4-chloro-5-ethyl-2-methoxyphenyl)amino)acetyl)piperazin-l-yl) azetidine-l-carboxylate
The title compound was prepared from tert-butyl 3-(4-(2-(4-chloro-5- iodo-2-methoxyphenylamino)acetyl)piperazin-l-yl)azetidine-l-carboxylate in one step according to the procedure described in Example 50. l-(3-(4-(2-(4-chloro-5-ethyl-2-hydroxyphenylamino)acetyl)piperazin-l-yl)azetidin- l-yl)prop-2-en-l-one (V-55)
The title compound was prepared from tert-butyl3-(4-(2-((4-chloro-5- ethyl-2-methoxyphenyl)amino)acetyl)piperazin-l-yl) azetidine-l-carboxylate in three steps according to the procedure described in Example 17. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) 5:9.67 (s, 1H), 6.66 (s, 1H), 6.47 (s, 1H), 6.30 (dd, J= 10.5, 16.9 Hz, 1H), 6.12 (dd, J= 1.7, 16.7 Hz, 1H), 5.69 (dd, J= 1.7, 16.7 Hz, 1H), 5.1 (m, 1H), 4.26 (m, 1H), 4.07 (m, 1H), 3.96 (m, 1H), 3.88 (d, J= 4.4, 2H), 3.78 (m, 1H), 3.53 (m, 4H), 3.17 (m, 1H), 2.54 (m, 2H), 2.37 (m, 4H), 1.14 (m, 3H). ESI-MS m/z: 407.3[M+H]+. EXAMPLE 50
Figure imgf000295_0001
(2-Chloro-4-methoxy-5-nitrophenyl)methanol
To a solution of 2-chloro-4-methoxy-5-nitrobenzaldehyde (6.0 g, 29 mmol) in MeOH at 0°C (50 mL), sodium borohydride (4.45 g, 117 mmol) was added in portions and the resulting mixture was stirred at RT for 30 min. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate, washed with brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate = 10: 1) to afford the desired product (5.0 g, 78.4% yield). l-(Bromomethyl)-2-chloro-4-methoxy-5-nitrobenzene
To a solution of (2-chloro-4-methoxy-5-nitrophenyl)methanol (5.0 g, 23 mmol) in dichloromethane (50 mL) at 0 °C, tribromophosphine (3.08 g, 11.5 mmol) was added in portions and the resulting mixture was stirred at RT for 2 h. The mixture was poured into ice- water and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate = 10: 1) to afford the desired product (3.5 g, 54.2% yield). l-Chloro-5-methoxy-4-nitro-2-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)benzene
A mixture of (2-chloro-4-methoxy-5-nitrophenyl)methanol (3.5 g, 12.5 mmol), methyl 2,2-difluoro-2-(fluorosulfonyl)acetate (4.8 g, 25 mmol), copper iodide (617 mg, 3.25 mmol) in NMP (20 mL) was stirred at 80 °C for 24 h under Argon. After cooled to RT, the reaction mixture was dissolved in ethyl acetate, washed with brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate = 100:1) to afford the desired product (1.2 g, 36.4% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ: 8.15 (s, 1H), 7.60 (s, 1H), 3.98 (s, 3H), 3.89 (dd, J= 1.7, 11.2 Hz, 2H). 4-Chloro-2-methoxy-5-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)aniline
A mixture of l-chloro-5-methoxy-4-nitro-2-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)benzene (1.2 g, 4.51 mmol), tin(II) chloride dehydrate (5.0 g, 22.5 mmol) in EtOH (20 mL) was stirred at reflux for 2 h. After cooled to RT, the reaction mixture was added saturated NaHCC"3 solution to adjusted pH to 7-8 and then extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer washed with brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo to afford the desired product (900 mg, 85% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ: 7.29 (s, 1H), 7.11 (s, 1H), 5.41 (s, 2H), 4.21 (s, 3H), 3.99(dd, J= 1.7, 11.2 Hz, 2H). l-(3-(4-(2-((4-Chloro-2-hydroxy-5-(2,2,2- trifluoroethyl)phenyl)amino)acetyl)piperazin-l-yl)azetidin-l-yl)prop-2-en-l-one (V-57)
The title compound was prepared from 4-chloro-2-methoxy-5-(2,2,2- trifluoroethyl)aniline in six steps according to the procedure described in Example 41. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ: 10.08 (s, 1H), 6.74 (s, 1H), 6.59 (s, 1H), 6.34 (dd, J = 10.5, 16.9 Hz, 1H), 6.12 (dd, J= 1.7, 16.7 Hz, 1H), 5.69 (dd, J= 1.7, 16.7 Hz, 1H), 5.22 (m, 1H), 4.24 (m, 1H), 4.04 (m, 1H), 3.94 (m, 1H), 3.88 (d, J= 4.4 Hz, 2H), 3.78 (m, 1H), 3.57 (m, 2H), 3.54 (m, 4H), 3.18 (m, 1H), 2.37 (m, 4H). ESI-MS m/z:
461.2[M+H]+. EXAMPLE 51
Figure imgf000297_0001
4-Chloro-5-cyclopropyl-2-methoxybenzenamine
A mixture of 4-chloro-5-iodo-2-methoxyaniline (5.0 g, 17.6 mmol), cyclopropylboronic acid (1.8 g, 21.1 mmol), Pd(OAc)2 (314 mg, 1.4 mmol),
tricyclohexylphosphine (500 mg, 17.6mmol), K3PO4.3H2O (16.4g, 61.6mmol) in toluene (62.5 mL) and H20 (3 mL) was stirred at 80°C under argon for 16 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to RT, and then partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel
(petroleum ether/ethyl acetate = 10: 1) to afford the desired product (3.1 g, 88.5% yield). ESI-MS m/z: 198.2[M+H]+. l-Chloro-2-cyclopropyl-4-iodo-5-methoxybenzene
To a mixture of 4-chloro-5-cyclopropyl-2-methoxyaniline (2.2 g, 11.05 mmol), cone. HC1 (12 mL) and water (12 mL) at 0°C, the solution of sodium nitrate
(762.8 mg, 11.05 mmol) in water (2.5 mL) was added dropwise. After stirring at 0°C for 15 min, a solution of KI (1.83 g, 11.05 mmol) in water (5 mL) was added dropwise. The resulting mixture was stirred at RT for 4 h, poured into water (20 mL) and then extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (0-10% ethyl acetate/petroleum ether) to afford the desired product (680 mg, 20% yield) as a solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ: 7.37 (s, 1H), 7.08 (s, 1H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 2.00 (m, 1H), 0.89 (m, 2H), 0.65 (m, 1H). (E)-l-(4-(l-Acryloylazetidin-3-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-3-(4-chloro-5-cyclopropyl-2- methoxyphenyl)prop-2-en-l-one
A mixture of l-chloro-2-cyclopropyl-4-iodo-5-methoxybenzene (300 mg, 0.974 mmol), tert-butyl 3-(4-acryloylpiperazin-l-yl)azetidine-l-carboxylate (431 mg, 1.46 mmol), Pd(OAc)2 (54.6 mg, 0.243 mmol), sodium acetate (239 mg, 2.92 mmol), tetrabutylammonium chloride (539 mg, 1.95 mmol) in DMF (7 mL) was stirred at 100°C for 24 h. The mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to purified by silica gel (dichloromethane/methanol = 40: 1) to afford the desired product (350 mg, 84% yield). ESI-MS m/z: 476.2 [M+H]+.
(E)-l-(4-(l-Acryloylazetidin-3-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-3-(4-chloro-5-cyclopropyl-2- hydroxyphenyl)prop-2-en-l-one (V-62)
The title compound was prepared from (E)-l-(4-(l-acryloylazetidin-3- yl)piperazin- 1 -yl)-3-(4-chloro-5-cyclopropyl-2-methoxyphenyl)prop-2-en- 1 -one in three steps according to the procedure described in Example 17. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ: 10.3 (s, 1H), 7.71 (m, 1H), 7.30 (s, 1H), 7.22 (m, 1H), 6.93 (s, 1H), 6.34 (dd, J= 10.5, 16.9 Hz, 1H), 6.12 (dd, J= 1.7, 16.7 Hz, 1H), 5.66 (dd, J= 1.7, 16.7 Hz, 1H), 4.26 (m, 1H), 4.08 (m, 1H), 3.94 (m, 1H), 3.79 (m, 1H), 3.69 (m, 2H), 3.58 (m, 2H), 3.18 (m, 1H), 2.33 (m, 4H), 1.99 (m, 1H), 0.92 (m, 2H), 0.73 (m, 2H). ESI-MS m/z: 416 [M+H]+.
EXAMPLE 52
Figure imgf000298_0001
Methyl 2-((4-chloro-5-cyclopropyl-2-methoxyphenyl)thio)acetate
A mixture of l-chloro-2-cyclopropyl-4-iodo-5-methoxybenzene (380 mg, 1.23 mmol), Pd2(dba)3 (56 mg, 0.061 mmol), methyl 2-mercaptoacetate (196 mg, 1.85 mmol), l,l'-Bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene (136 mg, 0.246 mmol), Et3N (372 mg, 3.69 mmol) in NMP (8 mL) was stirred under argon at 80 °C for 24 h. After cooled to RT, the reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate = 20: 1) to afford the desired product (340 mg, 92% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ: 7.05 (s, 1H), 6.81 (s, 1H), 3.84 (s, 2H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.62 (s, 3H), 2.00 (m, 1H), 0.94 (m, 2H), 0.64 (m, 2H). l-(3-(4-(2-(4-Chloro-5-cyclopropyl-2-methoxyphenylthio)acetyl)piperazin-l- yl)azetidin-l-yl)prop-2-en-l-one (V-65)
The title compound was prepared from methyl 2-((4-chloro-5- cyclopropyl-2-methoxyphenyl)thio)acetate in four steps according to the procedure described in Example 40.1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ: 7.03 (s, 1H), 6.93 (s, 1H), 6.31 (dd, J= 10.5, 16.9 Hz, 1H), 6.11 (dd, J= 1.7, 16.7 Hz, 1H), 5.68 (dd, J= 1.7, 16.7 Hz, 1H), 4.25 (m, 1H), 4.04 (m, 1H), 3.88 (s, 2H) 3.81 (s, 3H), 3.75 (m, 1H), 3.52 (m, 4H), 3.16 (m, 1H), 2.36-2.25 (m, 4H), 2.02 (m, 1H), 0.93 (m, 2H), 0.66 (m, 2H). ESI- MS m/z: 450 [M+H]+.
EXAMPLE 53
Figure imgf000300_0001
(S)-2-(5-Bromo-4-chloro-2-methoxyphenylamino)propanoic acid
A mixture of l-bromo-2-chloro-5-iodo-4-methoxybenzene (3 g, 8.64 mmol), (S)-2-aminopropanoic acid (769 mg, 8.64 mmol), Cul (164 mg, 0.864 mmol), 2- hydroxybenzaldehyde phenylhydrazone (366 mg, 1.73 mmol), K3PO4.3H2O (4.6 g, 17.28 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was stirred under argon at 80°C for 16 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to RT, H20 and Et20 were added to the solution. The resulting solution was partitioned into two phases, the aqueous phase was separated, and the organic layer was extracted with 5% NaOH. The combined aqueous phase was acidified to pH 4 with 20% HC1, and then extracted with Et20. The resulting organic layer was dried over MgS04 and concentrated in vacuo to afford the desired product (1.7 g, 64% yield). ESI-MS m/z: 306.1 [M+H]~
(S)-tert-Butyl 3-(4-(2-((5-bromo-4-chloro-2- methoxyphenyl)amino)propanoyl)piperazin-l-yl)azetidine-l-carboxylate
To a solution of (S)-2-(5-bromo-4-chloro-2- methoxyphenylamino)propanoic acid (1.6 g, 5.21 mmol), tert-butyl 3-(piperazin-l- yl)azetidine-l-carboxylate (1.88 g, 7.82 mmol), EDCI.HCl (2.0 g, 10.42 mmol), HOBt (1.41 g, 10.42 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) at 0°C, Et3N (1.58 g, 15.63 mmol) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at RT for 16 h and then partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (methanol/ dichloroethane = 1 :50) to afford the desired product (2.1 g, 76% yield). ESI-MS m/z: 531.3 [M+H]+.
((S)-tert-Butyl 3-(4-(2-((4-chloro-5-cyclopropyl-2- methoxyphenyl)amino)propanoyl)piperazin-l-yl)azetidine-l-carboxylate
A mixture of (S)-tert-butyl 3-(4-(2-((5-bromo-4-chloro-2- methoxyphenyl)amino)propanoyl)piperazin-l-yl)azetidine-l-carboxylate (700 mg, 1.32 mmol), cyclopropylboronic acid (114 mg, 1.32 mmol ), Pd(OAc)2 (15 mg, 0.066 mmol), tricyclohexylphosphine (37 mg, 0.132 mmol), K3PO4.3H2O (974 mg, 4.62 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) and H20 (0.5 mL) was stirred under argon at 80°C for 16 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to RT, and then partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (methanol/ dichloroethane = 1 : 100) to afford the desired product (400 mg, 62%). ESI-MS m/z: 493.2[M+H]+.
(S)-l-(3-(4-(2-((4-Chloro-5-cyclopropyl-2- hydroxyphenyl)amino)propanoyl)piperazin-l-yl)azetidin-l-yl)prop-2-en-l-one (V- 67)
The title compound was prepared from (S)-tert-butyl 3-(4-(2-((4-chloro- 5-cyclopropyl-2-methoxyphenyl)amino)propanoyl)piperazin- 1 -yl)azetidine- 1 - carboxylate in three steps according to the procedure described in Example 17. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ: 9.69 (s, 1H), 6.66 (s, 1H), 6.29 (dd, J= 10.5, 16.9 Hz, 1H), 6.12 (dd, J= 1.7, 16.7 Hz, 1H), 6.05 (s, 1H), 5.68 (dd, J= 1.7, 16.7 Hz, 1H), 4.84 (m, 1H), 4.61 (m, 1H), 4.24 (m, 1H), 4.06 (m, 1H), 3.94 (m, 1H), 3.78 (m, 4H), 3.55 (m, 1H), 2.43-2.17 (m, 4H), 1.97 (m, 1H), 0.88 (m, 2H), 0.63 (m, 2H). ESI-MS m/z: 433.3 [M+H]+.
Figure imgf000302_0001
(S)-tert-Butyl 3-(4-(2-((4-chloro-5-ethyl-2- methoxyphenyl)amino)propanoyl)piperazin-l-yl)azetidine-l-carboxylate
To a solution of (S)-tert-butyl 3-(4-(2-((5-bromo-4-chloro-2- methoxyphenyl)amino)propanoyl)piperazin-l-yl)azetidine-l-carboxylate (400 mg, 0.75 mmol), PdCl2(dppf) (95 mg, 0.13 mmol) in THF (20 mL) at RT, Et2Zn (2.86 mL, 2.86 mmol, 1.0 M in hexane) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred under argon at 80°C for 4 h and then partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (methanol/ dichloroethane = 1 :80) to afford the desired product (250 mg, 69% yield). ESI-MS m/z: 481.2 [M+H]+.
(S)-l-(3-(4-(2-((4-Chloro-5-ethyl-2-hydroxyphenyl)amino)propanoyl)piperazin-l- yl)azetidin-l-yl)prop-2-en-l-one (V-69)
The title compound was prepared from (S)-tert-butyl 3-(4-(2-((4-chloro-
5-ethyl-2-methoxyphenyl)amino)propanoyl)piperazin- 1 -yl)azetidine- 1 -carboxylate in three steps according to the procedure described in Example 17. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ: 9.61 (s, 1H), 6.64 (s, 1H), 6.48 (s, 1H), 6.29 (dd, J= 10.5, 16.9 Hz, 1H), 6.12 (dd, J= 1.7, 16.7 Hz, 1H), 5.68 (dd, J= 1.7, 16.7 Hz, 1H), 4.89 (m, 1H), 4.61 (m, 1H), 4.25 (m, 1H), 4.06 (m, 1H), 3.94 (m, 1H), 3.72-3.53 (m, 4H), 3.16 (m, 1H), 2.5 (m, 2H), 2.43-2.17 (m, 4H), 1.21 (dd, 3H), 1.15 (m, 3H). ESI-MS m/z: 406.2 [M+H]+. EXAMPLE 55
Figure imgf000303_0001
tert-Butyl 4-(l-acryloylazetidin-3-yl)-3-methylpiperazine-l-carboxylate
The title compound was prepared from tert-butyl 3-methylpiperazine-l- carboxylate in three steps according to the procedure described in Example 38. l-(3-(2-Methylpiperazin-l-yl)azetidin-l-yl)prop-2-en-l-one hydrochloride
The mixture of tert-butyl 4-(l-acryloylazetidin-3-yl)-3- methylpiperazine-1 -carboxylate (62 mg, 0.199 mmol) in MeOH/HCl (20 mL, 2.9 M) was stirred at RT for 1 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to afford the crude product (59 mg). The crude product was used directly in the next step without further purification. l-(3-(4-(2-((4-Chloro-5-cyclopropyl-2-hydroxyphenyl)amino)acetyl)-2- methylpiperazin-l-yl)azetidin-l-yl)prop-2-en-l-one (V-60)
To the mixture of 2-((4-chloro-5-cyclopropyl-2- hydroxyphenyl)amino)acetic acid (30 mg, 0.124 mmol) and NMM (50 mg, 0.496 mmol) in dry THF (30 mL) at -10°C, ethyl chloroformate (15 mg, 0.136 mmol) was added and the resulting mixture was stirred at -10°C for 45 min. Then it was added a mixture of l-(3-(2-methylpiperazin-l-yl)azetidin-l-yl)prop-2-en-l-one hydrochloride (37 mg, 0.149 mmol), Et3N (50 mg, 0.496 mmol) and dichloromethane (3 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred at RT for 30 min. The mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with saturated NaHC03 solution and brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified with column chromatography on silica gel (dichloromethane/methanol = 40: 1) to afford the desired product (10 mg, 18.6% yield) as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ: 9.65 (s, 1H), 6.66 (s, 1H), 6.34-6.27 (m, 1H), 6.10-6.07 (m, 2H), 5.68-5.65 (d, J= 10.4 Hz, 1H), 5.12 (m, 1H), 4.29-4.19 (m, 1H), 4.12-4.10 (m, 1H), 4.08-3.81 (m, 4H) , 3.78 (s, 4H), 2.63 (m, 2H), 2.25 (m, 1H), 1.96 (m, 1H), 1.24 (s, 1H), 0.96-0.87 (m, 5H), 0.63 (m, 2H). ESI-MS m/z: 433.5 [M+H]+.
EXAMPLE 56
Figure imgf000304_0001
4-Bromo-5-chloro-2-nitrobenzamide
A mixture of 4-bromo-5-chloro-2-nitrobenzoic acid (1.3 g, 4.63 mmol), Et3N (1.4 g, 13.9 mmol) in THF (20 mL) at 0°C, ethyl chloroformate (1.5 g, 13.9 mmol) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at 0°C for 1 h. Then NH3.H20 (4 mL) was added and stirred for 0.5 h. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford the crude product (900 mg). 2-Amino-4-bromo-5-chlorobenzamide
To a solution of 4-bromo-5-chloro-2-nitrobenzamide (900 mg, 3.2 mmol) in AcOH (20 mL) and water (5 mL) at 70°C, Fe powder (900 mg, 16.1 mmol) was added and the resulting mixture was stirred at 70°C for 1 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to RT and poured into ice-water. The precipitate was collected by filtration and rinsed with water. This crude product was dissolved with ethyl acetate and filtered. The filtrate was washed with saturated NaHC03 solution and brine. The organic layer was dried over MgS04, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford the desired product (770 mg, 97% yield). ESI-MS m/z: 250.1 [M+H]+. tert-Butyl 3-(4-(2-((5-bromo-2-carbamoyl-4-chlorophenyl)amino)acetyl)piperazin-
1- yl)azetidine- 1-carboxylate
The title compound was prepared from 2-amino-4-bromo-5- chlorobenzamide in three steps according to the procedure described in Example 41. ESI-MS m/z: 532.5 [M+H]+. tert-Butyl 3-(4-(2-((2-carbamoyl-4-chloro-5- cyclopropylphenyl)amino)acetyl)piperazin-l-yl)azetidine-l-carboxylate
To a solution of tert-butyl 3-(4-(2-((5-bromo-2-carbamoyl-4- chlorophenyl)amino)acetyl)piperazin-l-yl)azetidine- 1-carboxylate (350 mg, 0.66 mmol) and cyclopropylboronic acid (226 mg, 2.64 mmol) in toluene (10 mL) and water (2 mL), Pd(OAc) 2(15 mg, 0.07 mmol), PCy3 (37 mg, 0.132 mmol) and K3P04 (487 mg, 2.31 mmol) were added. The mixture was stirred at 80°C for 16 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to RT and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (1-5% methanol/dichloroethane) to afford the desired product (150 mg, 46 % yield) as a solid.
2- ((2-(4-(l-Acryloylazetidin-3-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxoethyl)amino)-5-chloro-4- cyclopropylbenzamide
The title compound was prepared from tert-butyl 3-(4-(2-((2-carbamoyl-
4-chloro-5 -cyclopropylphenyl)amino)acetyl)piperazin- 1 -yl)azetidine- 1 -carboxylate in two steps according to the procedure described in Example 17. ESI-MS m/z: 446.4 [M+H]+.
2-((2-(4-(l-Acryloylazetidin-3-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxoethyl)amino)-5-chloro-4- cyclopropylbenzonitrile (V-71)
A mixture of 2-((2-(4-(l-acryloylazetidin-3-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2- oxoethyl)amino)-5-chloro-4-cyclopropylbenzamide (3 Omg, 0.067 mmol) and Et3N (41mg, 0.404 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) at RT, trifluoroacetic anhydride (56 mg, 0.268 mmol) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at RT for 0.5 h, poured into water and then extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (1-4% methanol/dichloroethane) to afford the desired product (20 mg, 72% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ: 7.60 (s, 1H), 6.34-6.30 (m,lH), 6.27 (s, 1H), 6.12-6.07 (m,lH), 6.01-5.99 (t, J= 4 Hz, 1H), 5.69-5.65 (m, 1H), 4.26-4.22 (m, 1H), 4.07-4.04 (m, 3H), 3.96-3.92 (m, 1H), 3.80-3.76 (m, 1H), 3.53-3.51 (m, 4H), 3.19-3.13 (m, 1H), 2.45-2.30 (m, 4H), 2.16-2.09 (m, 1H), 1.08-1.03 (m, 2H), 0.87-0.80 (m, 2H). ESI-MS m/z: 428.4 [M+H]+.
Figure imgf000306_0001
Figure imgf000306_0002
Figure imgf000306_0003
2-Chloro-4-methoxy-l-vinylbenzene
To a suspension of phosphonium salt (2.05 g, 5 mmol) in THF (50 mL), was added t-BuOK (0.84g, 7.5 mmol). The mixture turned to yellow and was kept stirring at RT for lh. 2-Chloro-4-methoxybenzaldehyde (0.85g, 5 mmol) was added to the mixture. The mixture was stirred for 24h, diluted with sat. NaHC03 and then extracted with hexane. Organic layer was dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by Isolera One (100% hexanes to afford the desired product (0.45g, 53% yield). 1H NMR (CDC13, δ): 7.49 (d, J = 6.8Hz, 1H), 7.03 (dd, J = 8.8, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (d, J = 2.0, 1H), 6.79 (dd, J = 2.0, 6.8 Hz, 1H), 5.62 (d, J = 14.0 Hz, 1H), 5.26 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 3.80 (s, 3H).
2-Chloro-l-(2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)-4-methoxybenzene
The solution of 2-chloro-4-methoxy-l-vinylbenzene (290 mg, 1.72 mmol) in dry THF (4 mL) was degassed, and then TMS-CF3 and Nal were added. The mixture was stirred at 80oC overnight. TLC (100% Hexane) showed the reaction as complete. The mixture was diluted with hexane (20 mL). The inorganic salt was removed by filtration. The filtrate was concentrate in vacuo. The residue was purified via Isolera One (Hexane = 100%). l-Chloro-2-(2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)-5-methoxy-4-nitrobenzene
To a solution of 2-chloro-l-(2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)-4- methoxybenzene (328 mg, 1.5 mmol) in Ac20 (2 mL), was added HN03 (10 drops) at OoC. The mixture was stirred from OoC to rt. Ac20 was removed in vacuo. The residue was diluted with DCM and washed with water. The organic layer was dried over Na2S04. The solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was purified via Isolera One (EtOAc/Hexane = 0 -15%) to afford the desired product. 1H NMR (CDC13, δ): 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.16 (s, 1H), 3.98 (s, 3H), 2.78-2.90 (m, 1H), 1.90-1.98 (m, 1H), 1.60-1.68 (m, 1H). ESI-MS m/z: 264.1 [M+H]+.
4-Chloro-5-(2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)-2-methoxyaniline
The above obtained l-chloro-2-(2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)-5-methoxy-4- nitrobenzene was dissolved in 10 mL of co-solvent of AcOH/i-PrOH (1 :5). Zn dust was added to the mixture. The mixture was stirred at 60oC for 30 min. The solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was diluted was DCM and the inorganic salt was removed by filtration. The filtrate was concentrated to give crude product which was used in next step without further purification. l-(3-(4-((4-chloro-5-(2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)-2-hydroxyphenyl)glycyl)piperazin-l- yl)azetidin-l-yl)prop-2-en-l-one (V-56)
The title compound was prepared from 4-chloro-5-(2,2- difluorocyclopropyl)-2-methoxyaniline in 6 steps according to the procedure described in Example 41.
1H NMR (CDC13, δ): 9.90 (s, 1H), 6.73 (s, 1H), 6.40 (s, 1H), 6.30 (dd, J
= 8.4, 13.6 Hz, 1H), 6.10 (dd, J = 1.6, 12.0 Hz, 1H), 5.66 (dd, J = 1.6, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 5.18 (t, J = 3.2, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 4.24 (t, J = 6.0, 6.8 Hz, 1H), 4.03-4.08 (m, 1H), 3.86-3.97 (m, 3H), 3.74-3.80 (m, 1H), 3.52 (br. s, 4H), 3.13-3.20 (m, 1H), 2.77-2.87 (m, 1H), 2.25- 2.43 (m, 4H), 1.87-1.97 (m, 2H). ESI-MS m/z: 455.2 [M+H]+.
EXAMPLE 58
BIOCHEMICAL ASSAY OF THE COMPOUNDS
Test compounds were prepared as 10 mM stock solutions in DMSO (Fisher cat# BP-231-100). KRAS G12C 1-169, his-tagged protein, GDP-loaded was diluted to 2 μιη in buffer (20mM Hepes, 150mM NaCl, lmM MgC12). Compounds were tested for activity as follows:
Compounds were diluted to 50X final test concentration in DMSO in 96- well storage plates. Compound stock solutions were vortexed before use and observed carefully for any sign of precipitation. Dilutions were as follow:
• For ΙΟΟμΜ final compound concentration, compounds were diluted to
5000μΜ (5μ1 lOmM compound stock + 5μ1 DMSO and mixed well by pipetting. • For 30μΜ final compound concentration, compounds were diluted to 1500μΜ (3μ1 lOmM compound stock + 17μ1 DMSO) and mixed well by pipetting.
• For ΙΟμΜ final compound concentration, compounds were diluted to
500μΜ (2μ1 lOmM compound stock + 38μ1 DMSO) and mixed well by pipetting.
49μ1 of the stock protein solution was added to each well of a 96-well PCR plate (Fisher cat# 1423027). Ιμΐ of the diluted 5 OX compounds were added to appropriate wells in the PCR plate using 12-channel pipettor. Reactions were mixed carefully and thoroughly by pipetting up/down with a 200 μΐ multi-channel pipettor. The plate was sealed well with aluminum plate seal, and stored in a drawer at room temperature for 2hrs or 24hrs. 5μ1 of 2% formic acid (Fisher cat# Al 17) in DI H20 was then added to each well followed by mixing with a pipette. The plate was then resealed with aluminum seal and stored on dry ice until analyzed as described below.
The above described assays were analyzed by mass spectrometry according to the following procedure:
The MS instrument is set to positive polarity, 2 GHz resolution, and low mass (1700) mode and allowed to equilibrate for 30 minutes. The instrument is then calibrated, switched to acquisition mode and the appropriate method loaded.
After another 30 minute equilibration time, a blank batch (i.e., buffer) is run to ensure equipment is operating properly. The samples are thawed at 37°C for 10 minutes, briefly centrifuged, and transfer to the bench top. Wells Al and H12 are spiked with 1 uL 500 uM internal standard peptide, and the plates centrifuged at 2000 x g for 5 minutes. The method is then run and masses of each individual well recorded.
The masses (for which integration data is desired) for each well are pasted into the platemap and exported from the analysis. Masses for the internal standards are exported as well. The data at 50 ppm is extracted for the +19 charge state, and identity of well Al is assigned using the internal standard spike and integrated. Peak data is exported as a TOF list and the above steps are repeated individually, for the +20, 21, 22, 23, 24, and 25 charge states. Other in vitro analyses are as follows:
Inhibition of Cell Growth:
The ability of the subject compounds to inhibit Ras-mediated cell growth is assessed and demonstrated as follows. Cells expressing a wildtype or a mutant Ras are plated in white, clear bottom 96 well plates at a density of 5,000 cells per well. Cells are allowed to attach for about 2 hours after plating before a compound disclosed herein is added. After certain hours (e.g., 24 hours, 48 hours, or 72 hours of cell growth), cell proliferation is determined by measuring total ATP content using the Cell Titer Glo reagent (Promega) according to manufacturer's instructions. Proliferation EC50s is determined by analyzing 8 point compound dose responses at half-log intervals decreasing from 100 μΜ.
Inhibition of Ras-mediated signaling transduction:
The ability of the compounds disclosed herein in inhibiting Ras- mediated signaling is assessed and demonstrated as follows. Cells expressing wild type or a mutant Ras (such as G12C, G12V, or G12A) are treated with or without (control cells) a subject compound. Inhibition of Ras signaling by one or more subject compounds is demonstrated by a decrease in the steady-state level of phosphorylated MEK, and/or Raf binding in cells treated with the one or more of the subject compounds as compared to the control cells. Inhibition of Ras-mediated signaling transduction:
The ability of the compounds disclosed herein in inhibiting Ras- mediated signaling is assessed and demonstrated as follows. Cells expressing wild type or a mutant Ras (such as G12C, G12V, or G12A) are treated with or without (control cells) a subject compound. Inhibition of Ras signaling by one or more subject compounds is demonstrated by percentage binding of compound to the G12C mutated Ras protein in cells treated with the one or more of the subject compounds as compared to the control cells. Inhibition of Ras-mediated signaling transduction:
The ability of the compounds disclosed herein in inhibiting Ras- mediated signaling is assessed and demonstrated as follows. Cells expressing wild type or a mutant Ras (such as G12C, G12V, or G12A) are treated with or without (control cells) a subject compound. Inhibition of Ras signaling by one or more subject compounds is demonstrated by a decrease in binding of Ras complex to downstream signaling molecules (for example Raf) in cells treated with the one or more of the subject compounds as compared to the control cells.
The compounds in Tables 1-6 were tested according to the above procedures. Results for the compounds of Tables 5 and 6 are presented below. Each of the compounds in Tables 5 and 6 were found to covalently bind to KRAS G12C to the extent of at least about 5% (i.e., at least about 5% of the protein present in the well was found to be covalently bound to test compound).
Table 7a
Activity of Representative Compounds*
Figure imgf000311_0001
* Binding activity determined at 24hrs.
+ indicates binding activity from 5% to 15%
++ indicates binding activity greater than 15% and up to 25%
+++ indicates binding activity greater than 25% and up to 50%
++++ indicates binding activity greater than 50% Table 7b
Activity of Representative Compounds*
Figure imgf000312_0001
* Binding activity determined at 2hrs.
+ indicates binding activity from 5% to 20%
++ indicates binding activity greater than 20%
Table 8a
Activity of Representative Compounds*
Figure imgf000312_0002
* Binding activity determined at 24hrs.
+ indicates binding activity from 5% to 10%
++ indicates binding activity greater than 10% and up to 20% +++ indicates binding activity greater than 20% and up to 30% ++++ indicates binding activity greater than 30% Table 8b
Activity of Representative Compounds*
Figure imgf000313_0001
* Binding activity determined at 2hrs.
+ indicates binding activity from 5% to 20%
++ indicates binding activity greater than 20%
EXAMPLE 59
ASSESSING INHIBITION OF CELL PROLIFERATION BY COMPOUND 1- 189
Two cancer cell lines, NCI H441 (human lung adenenocarcinoma cells comprising a G12V mutation) and MIA paca-2 (human pancreatic carcinoma comprising a G 12C mutation) were used in this experiment. Both the cell lines were treated with compound 1- 189 at a concentration of 100 μΜ, 30 μΜ, 10 μΜ and 3 μΜ and cell potency was measured as described in Example 1. The results of this experiment are shown in Figure 4.
EXAMPLE 60
COMPARISON OF CELL PROLIFERATION INHIBITION BY COMPOUND 1-189, 1-92 AND 1-94
The results of these SAR studies are shown in Figure 5. Two cancer cell lines, NCI H441 (human lung adenenocarcinoma cells comprising a G12V mutation) and MIA paca-2 (human pancreatic carcinoma comprising a G 12C mutation) were used in this experiment. Both the cell lines were treated with compound 1- 189 at a concentration of 100 μΜ, 30 μΜ, 10 μΜ and 3 μΜ and cell potency was measured. Similar experiments were performed with compounds 1- 192 and 1-94. EXAMPLE 61
COMPARISON OF CELL PROLIFERATION INHIBITION BY COMPOUND 1-92 AND 1-95
The results of these studies are shown in Figure 6. Two cancer cell lines, NCI H441 (human lung adenenocarcinoma cells comprising a G12V mutation) and MIA paca-2 (human pancreatic carcinoma comprising a G12C mutation) were used in this experiment. Both the cell lines were treated with compound 1-192 at a concentration of 100 μΜ, 30 μΜ, 10 μΜ and 3 μΜ and cell potency was measured. Similar experiments were performed with compound 1-95.
EXAMPLE 62
COMPARISON OF CELL PROLIFERATION INHIBITION BY COMPOUND 1-66, 1-45 AND 1-91.
The results of these studies are shown in Figure 7. Two cancer cell lines, NCI H441 (human lung adenenocarcinoma cells comprising a G12V mutation) and MIA paca-2 (human pancreatic carcinoma comprising a G12C mutation) were used in this experiment. Both the cell lines were treated with compound 1-66 at a
concentration of 100 μΜ, 30 μΜ, 10 μΜ and 3 μΜ and cell potency was measured. Similar experiments were performed with compounds 1-45 and 1-91.
EXAMPLE 63
COMPARISON OF CELL PROLIFERATION INHIBITION BY COMPOUND 1-47, 1-42 AND 1-60
The results of these studies are shown in Figure 8. Three cell lines, NCI H441 (human lung adenenocarcinoma cells), NCI 1568 (lung adenenocarcinoma cells) and MIA paca-2 (human pancreatic carcinoma) were used in this experiment. Both the cell lines were treated with compound 1-66 at a concentration of 100 μΜ, 30 μΜ, 10 μΜ and 3 μΜ and cell potency was measured. Similar experiments were performed with compounds 1-47, 1-42 and 1-60.
The various embodiments described above can be combined to provide further embodiments. All of the U.S. patents, U.S. patent application publications, U.S. patent applications, foreign patents, foreign patent applications and non-patent publications referred to in this specification and/or attached Application Data Sheet are incorporated herein by reference, in their entirety to the extent not inconsistent with the present description. Aspects of the embodiments can be modified, if necessary to employ concepts of the various patents, applications and publications to provide yet further embodiments.
U.S. provisional patent applications Serial Nos. 61/852,123 filed March 15, 2013 and 61/889,480 filed on October 10, 2013 are incorporated herein by reference, in their entirety.
From the foregoing it will be appreciated that, although specific embodiments of the invention have been described herein for purposes of illustration, various modifications may be made without deviating from the spirit and scope of the invention. Accordingly, the invention is not limited except as by the appended claims.

Claims

1. A compound having the following structure (V):
Figure imgf000316_0001
(V)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, stereoisomer or prodrug thereof, wherein:
R1 is aryl or heteroaryl;
R30a and R30b are, at each occurrence, independently
H, -OH, -NH2, -CO2H, cyano, cyanoalkyl, Ci-Cealkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboxylalkyl or aminocarbonyl; or R30a and R30b join to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring; or R30a is H, -OH, -NH2, -C02H, cyano, Ci-Cealkyl, C3- C8cycloalkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboxylalkyl or aminocarbonyl and R30b joins with R31b to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring;
R31a and R31b are, at each occurrence, independently
H, -OH, -NH2, -C02H, cyano, cyanoalkyl, Ci-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboxylalkyl or aminocarbonyl; or R31a and R31b join to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring; or R31a is H, -OH, -NH2, -C02H, cyano, Ci-C6alkyl, C3- C8cycloalkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboxylalkyl or aminocarbonyl and R 31b joins with R30b to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring;
R32a and R32b are, at each occurrence, independently
H, -OH, -NH2, -C02H, cyano, cyanoalkyl, Ci-Cealkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboxylalkyl or aminocarbonyl; or R32a and R32b join to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring; or R32a is H, -OH, -NH2, -C02H, cyano, Ci-Cealkyl, C3- C8cycloalkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboxylalkyl or aminocarbonyl and R32b joins with R33b to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring; R a and R are, at each occurrence, independently
H, -OH, -NH2, -C02H, cyano, cyanoalkyl, Ci-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboxylalkyl or aminocarbonyl; or R33a and R33b join to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring; or R33a is H, -OH, -NH2, -C02H, cyano, Ci-Cealkyl, C3- C8cycloalkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboxylalkyl or aminocarbonyl and R33b joins with R32b to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring;
L is carbonyl, -NHC(=0)-, alkylene, alkenylene, heteroalkylene, heterocycloalkylene, heteroarylene, alkylenecarbonyl, alkenylenecarbonyl,
heteroalkylenecarbonyl, heterocycloalkylenecarbonyl or heteroarylenecarbonyl;
2
L is a bond or alkylene;
G1, G2' G3 and G4 are each independently N or CR, where R is H, cyano, halo or Ci-C6alkyl;
n1, n2, n3 and n4 are each independently 1, 2 or 3; and
E is an electrophilic moiety capable of forming a covalent bond with the cysteine residue at position 12 of a K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C mutant protein.
2. The compound of claim 1 , wherein the compound has the following structure (Va):
Figure imgf000317_0001
wherein:
Lla is a bond, -NH-, alkylene, alkeneylene, heteroalkylene, heterocycloalkylene or heteroarylene.
3. The compound of claim 2, wherein the compound has the following structure (Vb):
Figure imgf000318_0001
(Vb)
wherein:
Q is -C(=0)-, -NR34C(=0)-, -S(=0)2- or - NR34S(=0)2-; R34 is H, Ci-C6alkyl or hydroxylalkyl;
≡≡≡ is a carbon-carbon double bond or a carbon-carbon triple bond; and R35 and R36 are each independently H, cyano, Ci-C6alkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, or hydroxylalkyl or R35 and R36 join to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring when≡≡≡ is a double bond; or R35 is absent and R36 is H, Ci-C6alkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl or hydroxylalkyl when≡≡≡ is a triple bond.
4. The compound of claim 3, wherein the compound has one of the followin structures (Vc), (Vd), (Ve) or (Vf):
Figure imgf000319_0001
(Vc) (Vd) (Ve) (Vf)
5. The compound of claim 3, wherein the compound has one of the following structures Vg), (Vh), (Vi) or (Vj):
Figure imgf000319_0002
(Vg) (Vh) (Vi)
Figure imgf000320_0001
(Vj)
6. The compound of any one of claims 1-5, wherein the compound of the following structures (Vk), (VI), (Vm), (Vn); (Vo) or (Vp):
Figure imgf000320_0002
(Vm) (Vn)
Figure imgf000321_0001
(Vo) (Vp)
7. The compound of any one of claims 1-6, wherein R1 is aryl.
8. The compound of claim 7, wherein the aryl is bicyclic.
9. The compound of claim 8, wherein the aryl is a fused bicyclic aryl.
10. The compound of claim 9, wherein the aryl is naphthyl.
11. The compound of claim 7, wherein the aryl is monocyclic.
12. The compound of claim 11, wherein the aryl is phenyl.
13. The compound of any one of claims 7-12, wherein the aryl is unsubstituted.
14. The compound of any one of claims 7-12, wherein the aryl is substituted with one or more substituents.
15. The compound of claim 14, wherein the substituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, cyano, aminocarbonyl, formyl, Ci-C6alkyl, Ci-Cealkylsulfonyl, Ci-Cehaloalkyl, Cs-Cscycloalkyl, Ci-Cealkoxy, Ci-Cehydroxylalkyl, Ci-Cealkoxyalkyl, Ci-Ceaminoalkyl, aliphatic heterocyclyl, heteroaryl and aryl.
16. The compound of claim 15, wherein the substituents are selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, hydroxyl, cyano, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, methylsulfonyl, methoxy, aminocarbonyl, trifluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluorethyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopropyl and phenyl, wherein the cyclopropyl and phenyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from Ci-C6alkyl, halo, hydroxyl and cyano.
17. The compound of claim 16, wherein the substituents are selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, hydroxyl, methyl, ethyl, cyclobutyl and cyclopropyl, wherein the cyclopropyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from Ci-Cealkyl, halo, hydroxyl and cyano.
18. The compound of claim 17, wherein the substituents are selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo, hydroxyl and cyclopropyl, wherein the cyclopropyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from Ci-Cealkyl, halo, hydroxyl and cyano.
19. The compound of any one of claims 1-18, wherein R1 has one of
20. The compound of any one of claims 1-6, wherein R is heteroaryl.
21. The compound of claim 20, wherein the heteroaryl is bicyclic.
22. The compound of claim 21, wherein the heteroaryl is a fused bicyclic heteroaryl.
23. The compound of claim 20, wherein the heteroaryl is monocyclic.
24. The compound of any one of claims 20-23, wherein the heteroaryl comprises nitrogen, sulfur or a combination thereof.
25. The compound of any one of claims 20-24, wherein the heteroaryl is dihydroquinoxalinyl, indoleyl, benzoimidazolyl, pyridinyl or thiazolyl.
26. The compound of any one of claims 20-25, wherein the heteroaryl is unsubstituted.
27. The compound of any one of claims 20-25, wherein the heteroaryl is substituted with one or more substituents.
28. The compound of claim 21, wherein the substituents are selected from Ci-Cealkyl, halo and oxo.
29. The compound of claim 22, wherein the substituents are selected from ethyl and chloro.
30. The compound of any one of claims 16-23, wherein R has one of the following structures:
Figure imgf000325_0001
wherein R a is, at each occurrence, independently H, Ci-C6alkyl or halo.
31. The compound of claim 30, wherein R has one of the following
Figure imgf000325_0002
A compound having the following structure (VI)
Figure imgf000325_0003
(VI)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, stereoisomer or prodrug thereof, wherein:
A is CR37b, N or NR38a;
B is CR37c, N, NR38b or S
C is CR37d, N, NR38c or S G3 and G4 are each independently N or CR, wherein R is H, cyano, halo or C^alkyl;
Lla is a bond, -NH-, alkylene or heteroalkylene
L is a bond or alkylene;
R32a and R32b are, at each occurrence, independently
H, -OH, -NH2, -CO2H, cyano, cyanoalkyl, Ci-Cealkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboxylalkyl or aminocarbonyl; or R32a and R32b join to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring; or R32a is H, -OH, -NH2, -C02H, cyano, Ci-Cealkyl, C3- C8cycloalkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboxylalkyl or aminocarbonyl and R32b joins with R33b to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring;
R33a and R33b are, at each occurrence, independently
H, -OH, -NH2, -C02H, cyano, cyanoalkyl, Ci-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboxylalkyl or aminocarbonyl; or R33a and R33b join to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring; or R33a is H, -OH, -NH2, -C02H, cyano, Ci-C6alkyl, C3- C8cycloalkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboxylalkyl or aminocarbonyl and R33b joins with R32b to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring;
R37a, R37b, R37c, R37d and R37e are each independently H, halo, oxo, hydroxyl, cyano, aminocarbonyl, formyl, Ci-Cealkyl, Ci-Cealkylsulfonyl, Ci- C6haloalkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, Ci-C6alkoxy, Ci-Cehydroxylalkyl, Ci-Cealkoxyalkyl, Ci- Ceaminoalkyl, heterocyclyl or aryl;
R38a, R38b and R38c are each independently H, Ci-C6alkyl or aryl;
n3 and n4 are each independently 1 , 2 or 3
m is 0 or 1 ;
is a single or double bond such that all valences are satisfied; and E is an electrophilic moiety capable of forming a covalent bond with the cysteine residue at position 12 of a K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C mutant protein.
33. The compound of claim 32, wherein the compound has one of the following structures Via), (VIb), (Vic), (VId), (Vie), (Vlf) or (VIg):
Figure imgf000327_0001
(VIg)
34. The compound of any one of claims 32-33, wherein the compound has one of the following structures (Via'), (VIb'), (Vic'), (VId'), (Vie'), (Vlf or (VIg'):
Figure imgf000328_0001
(VIg')
wherein:
Q is -C(=0)-, -NR34C(=0)-, -S(=0)2- or - NR34S(=0)2-;
R34 is H, Ci-Cealkyl or hydroxylalkyl; ≡≡≡ is a carbon-carbon double bond or a carbon-carbon triple bond; and R35 and R36 are each independently H, cyano, Ci-C6alkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, or hydroxylalkyl or R35 and R36 join to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring when≡≡≡ is a double bond; or R35 is absent and R36 is H, Ci-Cealkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl or hydroxylalkyl when≡≡≡ is a triple bond.
The compound of any one of claims 32-34, wherein G is N and
G4 is CR.
The compound of any one of claims 32-34, wherein G is CR and
G4 is N.
The compound of any one of claims 32-34, wherein G is N and
G4 is N.
The compound of any one of claims 32-37, wherein n is 2 and is 2.
The compound of any one of claims 32-37, wherein n is 1 and is 1.
The compound of any one of claims 32-37, wherein n is 2 and is 1.
41. The compound of any one of claims 32-40, wherein R a, R ,
R 37" c, R 37"d and R 37" e are each independently H, -OH, halo, oxo, Ci-C6alkyl, Ci-C6alkoxy, heterocyclyl or aryl.
42. The compound of claim 41 , wherein Rj , Rj , Rj /c, Rj /d and
R37e
are each independently H, -OH, fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, methyl, methoxy, heteroaryl or aryl.
43. The compound of any one of claims 32-42, wherein R a or R e is aryl.
44. The compound of claim 43, wherein aryl is phenyl.
45. The compound of any one of claims 43 or 44, wherein the aryl is unsubstituted.
46. The compound of any one of claims 43 or 44, wherein the aryl is substituted.
47. The compound of claim 46, where the aryl is substituted with one or more halo substituents.
48. The compound of claim 47, wherein the halo substituents are selected from fluoro and chloro.
49. The compound of any one of claims 32-42, wherein R37a is heteroaryl.
50. The compound of claim 49, wherein the heteroaryl is unsubstituted.
51. The compound of claim 49, wherein the heteroaryl is substituted.
52. The compound of any one of claims 49-51, wherein the heteroaryl comprises nitrogen, sulfur or a combination thereof.
53. The compound of any one of claims 49-52, wherein the heteroaryl is thiophenyl.
54. The compound of any one of claims 32-42, wherein R37a or R37e, or both, is halo.
55. The compound of claim 54, wherein halo is chloro, bromo or iodo.
56. The compound of any one of claims 32-55, wherein R37a or R37e has one of the following structures:
Figure imgf000331_0001
The compound of any one of claims 32-56, wherein R a, R and R c are each independently H or aryl.
The compound of claim 57, wherein R a, R and R c are each independently H.
59. The compound of any one of claims 32-57, wherein R38c is aryl.
60. The compound of claim 59, wherein the aryl is substituted with one or more halo substituents.
61. The compound of claim 60, wherein halo is chloro.
62. The compound of any one of claims 3-30 or 33-61 , wherein Q is -C(=0)-.
63. The compound of any one of claims 3-30 or 32-60, wherein Q is
-S(=0)2-.
64. The compound of any one of claims 3-30 or 33-61 , wherein Q is -NRj4C(=0)-.
The compound of any one of claims 3-30 or 33-61 , wherein Q is - NRj4S(=0)2-.
66. The compound of any one of claims 64 or 65, wherein R is H.
The compound of any one of claims 64 or 65, wherein R
The compound of claim 67, wherein hydroxylalkyl is 2- hydroxylalkyl.
The compound of any one of claims 3-30 or 33-68, wherein at least one of RJ5 or Rjb is H.
70. The compound of claim 69, wherein each of R and R are H.
The compound of any of one of claims 3-30 or 33-69, wherein
R is alkylaminoalkyl.
72. The compound of claim 71, wherein R has the following structure:
73. The compound of any of one of claims 3-30 or 33-69, wherein R36 is hydroxylalkyl.
74. The compound of claim 73, wherein hydroxylalkyl is 2- hydroxylalkyl
35
75. The compound of any one of claims 3-30 or 33-69, wherein R and R36 join to form a ring.
76. The compound of claim 75, wherein the ring is a cyclopentene, cyclohexene or phenyl ring.
77. The compound of any one of claims 1-76, wherein E has one of the following structures:
Figure imgf000333_0001
78 The compound of claim 1, wherein L is heteroalkylene.
79 The compound of claim 78, wherein the heteroalkylene is unsubstituted.
80. The compound of claim 78, wherein the heteroalkylene is substituted.
81. The compound of any one of claims 78-80, wherein L1 is aminoalkylene.
82. The compound of claim 81, wherein L1 is -CH2CH2NH— .
83. The compound of claim 1, wherein L1 is heterocycloalkylene or heteroarylene.
84. The compound of claim 83, wherein the heterocycloalkylene or heteroarylene is unsubstituted.
85. The compound of claim 83, wherein the heterocycloalkylene or heteroarylene is substituted.
86. The compound of claim 83, wherein L1 has one of the following structures:
Figure imgf000334_0001
87. The compound of any one of claims 2-77, wherein Lla is a bond.
88. The compound of any one of claims 2-82, wherein Lla is alkylene, alkenylene, heteroalkylene or heterocycloalkylene.
89. The compound of claim 88, wherein Lla is substituted alkylene. 90 The compound of claim 88, wherein Lla is unsubstituted alkylene.
91 The compound of claim 90, wherein Lla is
Figure imgf000335_0001
Figure imgf000335_0002
92 The compound of claim 88, wherein Lla is substituted heteroalkylene.
93. The compound of claim 88, wherein Lla is unsubstituted heteroalkylene.
94. The compound of any one of claims 92 or 93, wherein Lla is aminoalkylene or thioalkylene.
The compound of claim 94, wherein L a has one of the following structures:
Figure imgf000335_0003
96. The compound of claim 88, wherein Lla is substituted alkenylene.
97. The compound of claim 88, wherein Lla is unsubstituted alkenylene.
98. The compound of claim 97, wherein Lla has the following structure:
The compound of claim 88, wherein Lla is substituted
heterocycloalkylene.
100. The compound of claim 88, wherein Lla is unsubstituted heterocycloalkylene.
The compound of claim 100, wherein Lla has the following structure:
Figure imgf000336_0001
The compound of any one of claims 1-101, wherein L2 is a bond.
2
103. The compound of any one of claims 1-101, wherein L is substituted alkylene.
2
104. The compound of any one of claims 1-101, wherein L is unsubstituted alkylene.
105. The compound of any one of claims 1-31 or 62-104, wherein at least one of R30a, R30b, R31a, R31b, R32a, R32b, R33a or R33b is H.
106. The compound of any one of claims 1-31 or 62-104, wherein each of R30a, R30b, R31a, R31b, R32a, R32b, R33a or R33b is H.
107. The compound of any one of claims 1-31 or 62-105, wherein at r ->30a ->30b r>31a r>31b r>32a r>32b -»33a -»33b · i j
or R , R , R , R , R , R , R or R is hydroxylalkyl.
108. The compound of any one of claims 1-31 or 61-105, wherein at „ .cr>30a r>30b r>31a r>31b r>32a r>32b -»33a -»33b · _
least one or R , R , R , R , R , R , R or R is cyano.
109. The compound of any one of claims 1-31 or 62-105, wherein at of R30a, R30b, R31a, R31b, R32a, R32b, R33a or R33b is aminocarbonyl.
110. The compound of any one of claims 1-31 or 62-105, wherein at r ->30a ->30b r>31a r>31b r>32a r>32b ->33a ->33b ·
olR ,R ,R ,R ,R ,R ,R orR is Ci-C6alkyl.
111. The compound of any one of claims 32-104, wherein at least one
32a T132b R33a or R33b is H_
ofRJ a,R
112. The compound of any one of claims 32-104, wherein each of
R32a R32b R33aor R33b ^
113. The compound of any one of claims 32-104, wherein at least one of R32a, R32b, R33a or R33b is hydroxylalkyl.
114. The compound of any one of claims 32-104, wherein at least one
.c >32a r>32b ->33a ->33b · _
or R , R , R or R is cyano.
115. The compound of any one of claims 31 - 104, wherein at least one of R32a, R32b, R33a or R33b is aminocarbonyl.
116. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound has one of the following structures:
Figure imgf000338_0001
Figure imgf000339_0001
338
Figure imgf000340_0001
Figure imgf000341_0001
340
Figure imgf000342_0001
341
Figure imgf000343_0001
Figure imgf000343_0002
342
Figure imgf000344_0001
WO 2014/152588
Figure imgf000345_0001
Figure imgf000346_0001
118. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of any one of claims 1-117 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
119. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 118, wherein the pharmaceutical composition is formulated for oral administration.
120. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 118, wherein the pharmaceutical composition is formulated for injection.
121. The pharmaceutical composition of any one of claims 118-120, wherein the pharmaceutical composition comprises an additional anticancer agent.
122. A method for treatment of cancer, the method comprising administering an effective amount of the pharmaceutical composition of any one of claims 118-121 to a subject in need thereof.
123. The method of claim 122, wherein the cancer is mediated by a K- Ras G12C, H-Ras G12C or N-Ras G12C mutation.
124. The method of claim 122, wherein the cancer is a hematological cancer, pancreatic cancer, MYH associated polyposis, colorectal cancer or lung cancer.
125. A method for regulating activity of a K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C mutant protein, the method comprising reacting the K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C mutant protein with the compound of any one of claims 1-117.
126. A method for inhibiting proliferation of a cell population, the method comprising contacting the cell population with the compound of any one of claims 1-105 or the pharmaceutical composition of any one of claims 118-121.
127. The method of claim 126, wherein inhibition of proliferation is measured as a decrease in cell viability of the cell population.
128. A method for treating a disorder mediated by a K-Ras G12C, H- Ras G12C or N-Ras G12C mutation in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising: determining if the subject has a K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C mutation; and if the subject is determined to have the K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C mutation, then administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of the pharmaceutical composition of any one of claims 118-121.
129. The method of claim 128, wherein the disorder is a cancer.
130. The method of claim 129, wherein the cancer is a hematological cancer, pancreatic cancer, MYH associated polyposis, colorectal cancer or lung cancer.
131. A method for preparing a labeled K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C mutant protein, the method comprising reacting the K-Ras, H-Ras or N-Ras G12C mutant with a compound of any one of claims 1-117, to result in the labeled K-Ras, H- Ras or N-Ras G12C protein.
132. A method for inhibiting tumor metastasis, the method comprising administering an effective amount of the pharmaceutical composition of any one of claims 118-121 to a subject in need thereof.
PCT/US2014/027504 2013-03-15 2014-03-14 Covalent inhibitors of kras g12c WO2014152588A1 (en)

Priority Applications (9)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
AU2014239542A AU2014239542A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-03-14 Covalent inhibitors of KRas G12C
MX2015012054A MX364438B (en) 2013-03-15 2014-03-14 Covalent inhibitors of kras g12c.
EP14720375.6A EP2970121B1 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-03-14 Covalent inhibitors of kras g12c
CA2904393A CA2904393A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-03-14 Covalent inhibitors of kras g12c
CN201480025340.8A CN105189456B (en) 2013-03-15 2014-03-14 KRAS G12C covalency inhibitor
EP17206812.4A EP3401314B1 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-03-14 Covalent inhibitors of kras g12c
JP2016502462A JP6473133B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-03-14 Covalent inhibitor of KRASG12C
HK16103063.8A HK1215029A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2016-03-16 Covalent inhibitors of kras g12c kras g12c
AU2018214014A AU2018214014C1 (en) 2013-03-15 2018-08-07 Covalent inhibitors of KRas G12C

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201361852123P 2013-03-15 2013-03-15
US61/852,123 2013-03-15
US201361889480P 2013-10-10 2013-10-10
US61/889,480 2013-10-10
JO98/2014 2014-03-13
JOP20140098 2014-03-13

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2014152588A1 true WO2014152588A1 (en) 2014-09-25

Family

ID=54251765

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2014/027504 WO2014152588A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-03-14 Covalent inhibitors of kras g12c

Country Status (9)

Country Link
EP (2) EP3401314B1 (en)
JP (2) JP6473133B2 (en)
CN (1) CN105189456B (en)
AU (2) AU2014239542A1 (en)
CA (1) CA2904393A1 (en)
HK (1) HK1215029A1 (en)
MX (1) MX364438B (en)
TW (1) TW201524952A (en)
WO (1) WO2014152588A1 (en)

Cited By (109)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2016049524A1 (en) * 2014-09-25 2016-03-31 Araxes Pharma Llc Inhibitors of kras g12c mutant proteins
WO2016200726A1 (en) * 2015-06-08 2016-12-15 Texas Tech University System Inhibitors of mci-1 as drugs to overcome resistance to braf inhibitors and mek inhibitors
WO2017058807A1 (en) * 2015-09-28 2017-04-06 Araxes Pharma Llc Inhibitors of kras g12c mutant proteins
WO2017058805A1 (en) * 2015-09-28 2017-04-06 Araxes Pharma Llc Inhibitors of kras g12c mutant proteins
US9745319B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2017-08-29 Araxes Pharma Llc Irreversible covalent inhibitors of the GTPase K-Ras G12C
US9810690B2 (en) 2015-10-19 2017-11-07 Araxes Pharma Llc Method for screening inhibitors of Ras
US9840516B2 (en) 2013-10-10 2017-12-12 Araxes Pharma Llc Substituted quinazolines as inhibitors of KRAS G12C
US9926267B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2018-03-27 Araxes Pharma Llc Covalent inhibitors of K-Ras G12C
JP2018511631A (en) * 2015-04-15 2018-04-26 アラクセス ファーマ エルエルシー Fused tricyclic inhibitors of KRAS and methods of use thereof
WO2018098352A2 (en) 2016-11-22 2018-05-31 Jun Oishi Targeting kras induced immune checkpoint expression
JP2018513853A (en) * 2015-04-10 2018-05-31 アラクセス ファーマ エルエルシー Substituted quinazoline compounds and methods of use thereof
US9988357B2 (en) 2015-12-09 2018-06-05 Araxes Pharma Llc Methods for preparation of quinazoline derivatives
WO2018115380A1 (en) 2016-12-22 2018-06-28 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Novel benzylamino substituted quinazolines and derivatives as sos1 inhibitors
US10011600B2 (en) 2014-09-25 2018-07-03 Araxes Pharma Llc Methods and compositions for inhibition of Ras
JP2018519357A (en) * 2015-05-06 2018-07-19 ザ リージェンツ オブ ザ ユニバーシティ オブ カリフォルニア K-RAS regulator
WO2018143403A1 (en) 2017-02-03 2018-08-09 国立大学法人東北大学 Heterocyclic compound
US10111874B2 (en) 2014-09-18 2018-10-30 Araxes Pharma Llc Combination therapies for treatment of cancer
US10125134B2 (en) 2016-05-18 2018-11-13 Mirati Therapeutics, Inc. KRas G12C inhibitors
US10144724B2 (en) 2015-07-22 2018-12-04 Araxes Pharma Llc Substituted quinazoline compounds and methods of use thereof
US10202356B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2019-02-12 Tolero Pharmaceuticals, Inc. JAK2 and ALK2 inhibitors and methods for their use
US10208052B1 (en) 2017-03-20 2019-02-19 Forma Therapeutics, Inc. Compositions for activating pyruvate kinase
US10280172B2 (en) 2016-09-29 2019-05-07 Araxes Pharma Llc Inhibitors of KRAS G12C mutant proteins
WO2019122129A1 (en) 2017-12-21 2019-06-27 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Novel benzylamino substituted pyridopyrimidinones and derivatives as sos1 inhibitors
US10377743B2 (en) 2016-10-07 2019-08-13 Araxes Pharma Llc Inhibitors of RAS and methods of use thereof
US10414757B2 (en) 2015-11-16 2019-09-17 Araxes Pharma Llc 2-substituted quinazoline compounds comprising a substituted heterocyclic group and methods of use thereof
WO2019204505A3 (en) * 2018-04-18 2019-11-28 Theras, Inc. K-ras modulators with a vinyl sulfonamide moiety
US10519146B2 (en) 2017-05-22 2019-12-31 Amgen Inc. KRAS G12C inhibitors and methods of using the same
US10532042B2 (en) 2016-12-22 2020-01-14 Amgen Inc. KRAS G12C inhibitors and methods of using the same
EP3628664A1 (en) 2018-09-25 2020-04-01 Max-Planck-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der Wissenschaften e.V. Irreversible inhibitors of kras g12c mutant
WO2020085493A1 (en) 2018-10-26 2020-04-30 大鵬薬品工業株式会社 Novel indazole compound or salt thereof
US10640504B2 (en) 2017-09-08 2020-05-05 Amgen Inc. Inhibitors of KRAS G12C and methods of using the same
US10646488B2 (en) 2016-07-13 2020-05-12 Araxes Pharma Llc Conjugates of cereblon binding compounds and G12C mutant KRAS, HRAS or NRAS protein modulating compounds and methods of use thereof
US10647715B2 (en) 2017-11-15 2020-05-12 Mirati Therapeutics, Inc. KRas G12C inhibitors
US10647703B2 (en) 2015-09-28 2020-05-12 Araxes Pharma Llc Inhibitors of KRAS G12C mutant proteins
WO2020106640A1 (en) * 2018-11-19 2020-05-28 Amgen Inc. Kras g12c inhibitors and methods of using the same
US10675274B2 (en) 2018-09-19 2020-06-09 Forma Therapeutics, Inc. Activating pyruvate kinase R
US10689356B2 (en) 2015-09-28 2020-06-23 Araxes Pharma Llc Inhibitors of KRAS G12C mutant proteins
US10689345B2 (en) 2015-03-30 2020-06-23 Mission Therapeutics Limited 1-cyano-pyrrolidine compounds as USP30 inhibitors
US10689377B2 (en) 2017-11-15 2020-06-23 Mirati Therapeutics, Inc. KRas G12C inhibitors
US10736897B2 (en) 2017-05-25 2020-08-11 Araxes Pharma Llc Compounds and methods of use thereof for treatment of cancer
US10745385B2 (en) 2017-05-25 2020-08-18 Araxes Pharma Llc Covalent inhibitors of KRAS
WO2020165732A1 (en) 2019-02-12 2020-08-20 Novartis Ag Pharmaceutical combination comprising tno155 and a krasg12c inhibitor
WO2020173935A1 (en) 2019-02-26 2020-09-03 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh New isoindolinone substituted indoles and derivatives as ras inhibitors
US10822312B2 (en) 2016-03-30 2020-11-03 Araxes Pharma Llc Substituted quinazoline compounds and methods of use
WO2020234103A1 (en) 2019-05-21 2020-11-26 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Identification and use of kras inhibitors
US10858343B2 (en) 2015-09-28 2020-12-08 Araxes Pharma Llc Inhibitors of KRAS G12C mutant proteins
WO2020259573A1 (en) * 2019-06-25 2020-12-30 南京明德新药研发有限公司 Seven-membered heterocyclic derivative acting as kras g12c mutant protein inhibitor
US10882847B2 (en) 2015-09-28 2021-01-05 Araxes Pharma Llc Inhibitors of KRAS G12C mutant proteins
US10975071B2 (en) 2015-09-28 2021-04-13 Araxes Pharma Llc Inhibitors of KRAS G12C mutant proteins
US10988485B2 (en) 2018-05-10 2021-04-27 Amgen Inc. KRAS G12C inhibitors and methods of using the same
WO2021085653A1 (en) 2019-10-31 2021-05-06 Taiho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. 4-aminobut-2-enamide derivatives and salts thereof
US11001588B2 (en) 2018-09-19 2021-05-11 Forma Therapeutics, Inc. Activating pyruvate kinase R and mutants thereof
WO2021091956A1 (en) 2019-11-04 2021-05-14 Revolution Medicines, Inc. Ras inhibitors
WO2021091967A1 (en) 2019-11-04 2021-05-14 Revolution Medicines, Inc. Ras inhibitors
WO2021091982A1 (en) 2019-11-04 2021-05-14 Revolution Medicines, Inc. Ras inhibitors
US11008334B2 (en) * 2012-04-10 2021-05-18 The Regents Of The University Of California Compositions and methods for treating cancer
US11013741B1 (en) 2018-04-05 2021-05-25 Sumitomo Dainippon Pharma Oncology, Inc. AXL kinase inhibitors and use of the same
WO2021108683A1 (en) 2019-11-27 2021-06-03 Revolution Medicines, Inc. Covalent ras inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2021106230A1 (en) 2019-11-29 2021-06-03 大鵬薬品工業株式会社 Novel phenol compound or salt thereof
US11040038B2 (en) 2018-07-26 2021-06-22 Sumitomo Dainippon Pharma Oncology, Inc. Methods for treating diseases associated with abnormal ACVR1 expression and ACVR1 inhibitors for use in the same
WO2021124222A1 (en) 2019-12-20 2021-06-24 Novartis Ag Pyrazolyl derivatives useful as anti-cancer agents
US11046658B2 (en) 2018-07-02 2021-06-29 Incyte Corporation Aminopyrazine derivatives as PI3K-γ inhibitors
US11045484B2 (en) 2018-05-04 2021-06-29 Amgen Inc. KRAS G12C inhibitors and methods of using the same
US11090304B2 (en) 2018-05-04 2021-08-17 Amgen Inc. KRAS G12C inhibitors and methods of using the same
US11096939B2 (en) 2018-06-01 2021-08-24 Amgen Inc. KRAS G12C inhibitors and methods of using the same
WO2021215544A1 (en) * 2020-04-24 2021-10-28 Taiho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Kras g12d protein inhibitors
WO2021215545A1 (en) 2020-04-24 2021-10-28 Taiho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Anticancer combination therapy with n-(1-acryloyl-azetidin-3-yl)-2-((1h-indazol-3-yl)amino)methyl)-1h-imidazole-5-carboxamide inhibitor of kras-g12c
WO2021245219A1 (en) 2020-06-05 2021-12-09 Onxeo A dbait molecule in combination with kras inhibitor for the treatment of cancer
US11198699B2 (en) 2019-04-02 2021-12-14 Aligos Therapeutics, Inc. Compounds targeting PRMT5
WO2021257736A1 (en) 2020-06-18 2021-12-23 Revolution Medicines, Inc. Methods for delaying, preventing, and treating acquired resistance to ras inhibitors
WO2021219091A3 (en) * 2020-04-29 2021-12-23 北京泰德制药股份有限公司 Quinoxalinone derivative as irreversible inhibitor of kras g12c mutant protein
US11236091B2 (en) 2019-05-21 2022-02-01 Amgen Inc. Solid state forms
US11242344B2 (en) 2017-10-24 2022-02-08 Genentech, Inc. (4-hydroxypyrrolidin-2-yl)-heterocyclic compounds and methods of use thereof
WO2022060836A1 (en) 2020-09-15 2022-03-24 Revolution Medicines, Inc. Indole derivatives as ras inhibitors in the treatment of cancer
WO2022060583A1 (en) 2020-09-03 2022-03-24 Revolution Medicines, Inc. Use of sos1 inhibitors to treat malignancies with shp2 mutations
US11285156B2 (en) 2018-06-12 2022-03-29 Amgen Inc. Substituted piperazines as KRAS G12C inhibitors
CN114249703A (en) * 2020-09-25 2022-03-29 四川科瑞德制药股份有限公司 Preparation method of medical intermediate suitable for industrial amplification
US11299491B2 (en) 2018-11-16 2022-04-12 Amgen Inc. Synthesis of key intermediate of KRAS G12C inhibitor compound
US11358940B2 (en) 2017-04-20 2022-06-14 The Regents Of The University Of California K-Ras modulators
WO2022140427A1 (en) 2020-12-22 2022-06-30 Qilu Regor Therapeutics Inc. Sos1 inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2022140246A1 (en) 2020-12-21 2022-06-30 Hangzhou Jijing Pharmaceutical Technology Limited Methods and compounds for targeted autophagy
US11401244B2 (en) 2014-06-06 2022-08-02 Research Triangle Institute Apelin receptor (APJ) agonists and uses thereof
US11407765B2 (en) 2018-05-08 2022-08-09 Astrazeneca, Ab Tetracyclic heteroaryl compounds
US11426404B2 (en) 2019-05-14 2022-08-30 Amgen Inc. Dosing of KRAS inhibitor for treatment of cancers
US11439645B2 (en) 2018-11-19 2022-09-13 Amgen Inc. Combination therapy including a KRASG12C inhibitor and one or more additional pharmaceutically active agents for the treatment of cancers
US11453683B1 (en) 2019-08-29 2022-09-27 Mirati Therapeutics, Inc. KRas G12D inhibitors
WO2022235864A1 (en) 2021-05-05 2022-11-10 Revolution Medicines, Inc. Ras inhibitors
WO2022235870A1 (en) 2021-05-05 2022-11-10 Revolution Medicines, Inc. Ras inhibitors for the treatment of cancer
WO2022266206A1 (en) 2021-06-16 2022-12-22 Erasca, Inc. Kras inhibitor conjugates
US11535630B2 (en) 2015-12-09 2022-12-27 Research Triangle Institute Apelin receptor (APJ) agonists and uses thereof
WO2022269508A1 (en) 2021-06-23 2022-12-29 Novartis Ag Pyrazolyl derivatives as inhibitors of the kras mutant protein
WO2022269525A1 (en) 2021-06-23 2022-12-29 Novartis Ag Pharmaceutical combinations comprising a kras g12c inhibitor and uses thereof for the treatment of cancers
US11548888B2 (en) 2019-01-10 2023-01-10 Mirati Therapeutics, Inc. KRas G12C inhibitors
WO2023031781A1 (en) 2021-09-01 2023-03-09 Novartis Ag Pharmaceutical combinations comprising a tead inhibitor and uses thereof for the treatment of cancers
WO2023060253A1 (en) 2021-10-08 2023-04-13 Revolution Medicines, Inc. Ras inhibitors
WO2023114954A1 (en) 2021-12-17 2023-06-22 Genzyme Corporation Pyrazolopyrazine compounds as shp2 inhibitors
US11697657B2 (en) 2019-10-28 2023-07-11 Merck Sharp & Dohme Llc Small molecule inhibitors of KRAS G12C mutant
US11702418B2 (en) 2019-12-20 2023-07-18 Mirati Therapeutics, Inc. SOS1 inhibitors
EP4227307A1 (en) 2022-02-11 2023-08-16 Genzyme Corporation Pyrazolopyrazine compounds as shp2 inhibitors
WO2023152255A1 (en) 2022-02-10 2023-08-17 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Fused pyrimidines as kras inhibitors
WO2023172940A1 (en) 2022-03-08 2023-09-14 Revolution Medicines, Inc. Methods for treating immune refractory lung cancer
WO2023199180A1 (en) 2022-04-11 2023-10-19 Novartis Ag Therapeutic uses of a krasg12c inhibitor
WO2023240263A1 (en) 2022-06-10 2023-12-14 Revolution Medicines, Inc. Macrocyclic ras inhibitors
US11845761B2 (en) 2020-12-18 2023-12-19 Erasca, Inc. Tricyclic pyridones and pyrimidones
US11890285B2 (en) 2019-09-24 2024-02-06 Mirati Therapeutics, Inc. Combination therapies
US11926616B2 (en) 2018-03-08 2024-03-12 Incyte Corporation Aminopyrazine diol compounds as PI3K-γ inhibitors
US11932633B2 (en) 2018-05-07 2024-03-19 Mirati Therapeutics, Inc. KRas G12C inhibitors
EP4061341A4 (en) * 2019-11-22 2024-04-10 Univ California Caspase 6 inhibitors and uses thereof
US11964989B2 (en) 2022-07-20 2024-04-23 Mirati Therapeutics, Inc. KRas G12D inhibitors

Families Citing this family (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
BR112019005416A2 (en) 2016-09-20 2019-06-18 Glaxosmithkline Ip No 2 Ltd trpv4 antagonists
US10590077B2 (en) 2016-09-20 2020-03-17 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited TRPV4 antagonists
TW201825458A (en) 2016-09-20 2018-07-16 英商葛蘭素史克智慧財產（第二）有限公司 TRPV 4 antagonists
RU2019121922A (en) * 2016-12-15 2021-01-18 Дзе Риджентс Оф Дзе Юниверсити Оф Калифорния COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR TREATMENT OF CANCER
CN109646680B (en) * 2019-01-31 2020-02-11 四川大学华西医院 Combined medicine for treating KRAS mutant intestinal cancer
CN111662232B (en) * 2019-03-06 2022-08-02 中国科学院上海药物研究所 Small molecule compound with 2H-indazole structure and synthesis and application thereof
WO2020239123A1 (en) * 2019-05-31 2020-12-03 上海翰森生物医药科技有限公司 Aromatic heterocyclic derivative modulator and preparation method therefor and use thereof
CN112225734B (en) * 2019-10-25 2021-12-07 南京瑞捷医药科技有限公司 KRAS G12C inhibitors and uses thereof
CN110698378B (en) * 2019-11-19 2021-03-19 上海皓元生物医药科技有限公司 Preparation method of 2- (hydroxy- (methylcyclopropyl) phenylamino) -1-piperazinylacetone derivative
CN113045565A (en) * 2019-12-27 2021-06-29 微境生物医药科技(上海)有限公司 Novel K-Ras G12C inhibitors
CN113956233B (en) * 2021-10-22 2023-06-06 南方医科大学 Amide compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and preparation method and application thereof
CN114380682A (en) * 2021-10-27 2022-04-22 上海毕得医药科技股份有限公司 Synthesis method of 2, 3-difluoro-4-methoxyphenylacetic acid

Citations (20)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1990005719A1 (en) 1988-11-23 1990-05-31 British Bio-Technology Limited Hydroxamic acid based collagenase inhibitors
US5033252A (en) 1987-12-23 1991-07-23 Entravision, Inc. Method of packaging and sterilizing a pharmaceutical product
US5052558A (en) 1987-12-23 1991-10-01 Entravision, Inc. Packaged pharmaceutical product
US5323907A (en) 1992-06-23 1994-06-28 Multi-Comp, Inc. Child resistant package assembly for dispensing pharmaceutical medications
EP0606046A1 (en) 1993-01-06 1994-07-13 Ciba-Geigy Ag Arylsulfonamido-substituted hydroxamic acids
WO1996027583A1 (en) 1995-03-08 1996-09-12 Pfizer Inc. Arylsulfonylamino hydroxamic acid derivatives
WO1996033172A1 (en) 1995-04-20 1996-10-24 Pfizer Inc. Arylsulfonyl hydroxamic acid derivatives as mmp and tnf inhibitors
EP0780386A1 (en) 1995-12-20 1997-06-25 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Matrix metalloprotease inhibitors
WO1998003516A1 (en) 1996-07-18 1998-01-29 Pfizer Inc. Phosphinate based inhibitors of matrix metalloproteases
WO1998007697A1 (en) 1996-08-23 1998-02-26 Pfizer Inc. Arylsulfonylamino hydroxamic acid derivatives
WO1998030566A1 (en) 1997-01-06 1998-07-16 Pfizer Inc. Cyclic sulfone derivatives
WO1998033768A1 (en) 1997-02-03 1998-08-06 Pfizer Products Inc. Arylsulfonylamino hydroxamic acid derivatives
WO1998034915A1 (en) 1997-02-07 1998-08-13 Pfizer Inc. N-hydroxy-beta-sulfonyl-propionamide derivatives and their use as inhibitors of matrix metalloproteinases
WO1998034918A1 (en) 1997-02-11 1998-08-13 Pfizer Inc. Arylsulfonyl hydroxamic acid derivatives
WO1998057948A1 (en) * 1997-06-17 1998-12-23 Schering Corporation Novel n-substituted urea inhibitors of farnesyl-protein transferase
WO1999029667A1 (en) 1997-12-05 1999-06-17 Pfizer Limited Hydroxamic acid derivatives as matrix metalloprotease (mmp) inhibitors
EP0931788A2 (en) 1998-01-27 1999-07-28 Pfizer Limited Metalloprotease inhibitors
WO1999052910A1 (en) 1998-04-10 1999-10-21 Pfizer Products Inc. Bicyclic hydroxamic acid derivatives
WO1999052889A1 (en) 1998-04-10 1999-10-21 Pfizer Products Inc. (4-arylsulfonylamino)-tetrahydropyran-4-carboxylic acid hydroxamides
US20100331300A1 (en) * 2009-04-22 2010-12-30 Haiyan Bian Azetidinyl diamides as monoacylglycerol lipase inhibitors

Family Cites Families (22)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4656181A (en) * 1982-11-24 1987-04-07 Cermol S.A. Esters of 1,4-dihydropyridines, processes for the preparation of the new esters, and medicaments containing the same
IL111730A (en) * 1993-11-29 1998-12-06 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co Piperazine derivatives processes for the preparation thereof and pharmaceutical compositions containing the same
US6011029A (en) * 1996-02-26 2000-01-04 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Inhibitors of farnesyl protein transferase
EP0968201A2 (en) * 1997-02-17 2000-01-05 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. New aminopiperazine derivatives
IL136637A0 (en) * 1997-12-22 2001-06-14 Du Pont Pharm Co Nitrogen containing heteroaromatics with ortho-substituted pi's as factor xa inhibitors
TWI227231B (en) * 2000-07-12 2005-02-01 Novartis Ag 4-benzoyl-piperidine derivatives for treating conditions mediated by CCR-3
US7429599B2 (en) * 2000-12-06 2008-09-30 Signal Pharmaceuticals, Llc Methods for treating or preventing an inflammatory or metabolic condition or inhibiting JNK
CA2443108A1 (en) * 2001-04-03 2002-10-17 Merck & Co. Inc. N-substituted nonaryl-heterocyclo amidyl nmda/nr2b antagonists
EP1348434A1 (en) * 2002-03-27 2003-10-01 Fujisawa Deutschland GmbH Use of pyridyl amides as inhibitors of angiogenesis
CA2501611A1 (en) * 2002-10-11 2004-04-22 Astrazeneca Ab 1,4-disubstituted piperidine derivatives and their use as 11-betahsd1 inhibitors
JP4027406B2 (en) * 2003-03-12 2007-12-26 クドス ファーマシューティカルズ リミテッド Phthalazinone derivatives
US20050119266A1 (en) * 2003-10-01 2005-06-02 Yan Shi Pyrrolidine and piperidine derivatives as factor Xa inhibitors
JP4923380B2 (en) * 2003-12-22 2012-04-25 Ｊｎｃ株式会社 Low refractive index anisotropic compounds, compositions and polymers or polymer compositions thereof
RU2411238C2 (en) * 2005-03-16 2011-02-10 Ф.Хоффманн-Ля Рош Аг Cis-2,4,5-triarylimidazolines and use thereof as anticancer medicinal agents
JP2009513576A (en) * 2005-10-11 2009-04-02 インターミューン・インコーポレーテッド Viral replication inhibitors
EP2133334A1 (en) * 2008-06-09 2009-12-16 DAC S.r.l. Heterocyclic derivatives as HDAC inhibitors
AU2010292198A1 (en) * 2009-09-09 2012-04-05 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. PI3 kinase inhibitors and uses thereof
US8658131B2 (en) * 2010-06-21 2014-02-25 Washington University Compounds comprising 4-benzoylpiperidine as a sigma-1-selective ligand
WO2012054716A1 (en) * 2010-10-22 2012-04-26 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv. Piperidin-4-yl-azetidine diamides as monoacylglycerol lipase inhibitors
CA2841932A1 (en) * 2011-07-13 2013-01-17 Novartis Ag 4 - piperidinyl compounds for use as tankyrase inhibitors
JP6096219B2 (en) * 2012-01-13 2017-03-15 ブリストル−マイヤーズ スクイブ カンパニーＢｒｉｓｔｏｌ−Ｍｙｅｒｓ Ｓｑｕｉｂｂ Ｃｏｍｐａｎｙ Triazolyl or triasiazolyl substituted pyridyl compounds useful as kinase inhibitors
US20150087628A1 (en) * 2012-04-10 2015-03-26 The Regents Of The University Of California Compositions and methods for treating cancer

Patent Citations (22)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5033252A (en) 1987-12-23 1991-07-23 Entravision, Inc. Method of packaging and sterilizing a pharmaceutical product
US5052558A (en) 1987-12-23 1991-10-01 Entravision, Inc. Packaged pharmaceutical product
WO1990005719A1 (en) 1988-11-23 1990-05-31 British Bio-Technology Limited Hydroxamic acid based collagenase inhibitors
US5323907A (en) 1992-06-23 1994-06-28 Multi-Comp, Inc. Child resistant package assembly for dispensing pharmaceutical medications
EP0606046A1 (en) 1993-01-06 1994-07-13 Ciba-Geigy Ag Arylsulfonamido-substituted hydroxamic acids
WO1996027583A1 (en) 1995-03-08 1996-09-12 Pfizer Inc. Arylsulfonylamino hydroxamic acid derivatives
US5863949A (en) 1995-03-08 1999-01-26 Pfizer Inc Arylsulfonylamino hydroxamic acid derivatives
US5861510A (en) 1995-04-20 1999-01-19 Pfizer Inc Arylsulfonyl hydroxamic acid derivatives as MMP and TNF inhibitors
WO1996033172A1 (en) 1995-04-20 1996-10-24 Pfizer Inc. Arylsulfonyl hydroxamic acid derivatives as mmp and tnf inhibitors
EP0780386A1 (en) 1995-12-20 1997-06-25 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Matrix metalloprotease inhibitors
WO1998003516A1 (en) 1996-07-18 1998-01-29 Pfizer Inc. Phosphinate based inhibitors of matrix metalloproteases
WO1998007697A1 (en) 1996-08-23 1998-02-26 Pfizer Inc. Arylsulfonylamino hydroxamic acid derivatives
WO1998030566A1 (en) 1997-01-06 1998-07-16 Pfizer Inc. Cyclic sulfone derivatives
WO1998033768A1 (en) 1997-02-03 1998-08-06 Pfizer Products Inc. Arylsulfonylamino hydroxamic acid derivatives
WO1998034915A1 (en) 1997-02-07 1998-08-13 Pfizer Inc. N-hydroxy-beta-sulfonyl-propionamide derivatives and their use as inhibitors of matrix metalloproteinases
WO1998034918A1 (en) 1997-02-11 1998-08-13 Pfizer Inc. Arylsulfonyl hydroxamic acid derivatives
WO1998057948A1 (en) * 1997-06-17 1998-12-23 Schering Corporation Novel n-substituted urea inhibitors of farnesyl-protein transferase
WO1999029667A1 (en) 1997-12-05 1999-06-17 Pfizer Limited Hydroxamic acid derivatives as matrix metalloprotease (mmp) inhibitors
EP0931788A2 (en) 1998-01-27 1999-07-28 Pfizer Limited Metalloprotease inhibitors
WO1999052910A1 (en) 1998-04-10 1999-10-21 Pfizer Products Inc. Bicyclic hydroxamic acid derivatives
WO1999052889A1 (en) 1998-04-10 1999-10-21 Pfizer Products Inc. (4-arylsulfonylamino)-tetrahydropyran-4-carboxylic acid hydroxamides
US20100331300A1 (en) * 2009-04-22 2010-12-30 Haiyan Bian Azetidinyl diamides as monoacylglycerol lipase inhibitors

Non-Patent Citations (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"Advanced Organic Chemistry: Reactions, Mechanisms, and Structure, 5th edition", December 2000, WILEY
"Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems, Seventh Ed.", 1999, LIPPINCOTT WILLIAMS & WILKINS
ANONYMOUS: "AC1LGBNJ - PubChem", 8 July 2005 (2005-07-08), XP055102580, Retrieved from the Internet <URL:http://pubchem.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/summary/summary.cgi?cid=768370> [retrieved on 20140217] *
BUNDGARD, H.: "Design of Prodrugs", 1985, ELSEVIER, pages: 7 - 9,21-24
EDWARD B. ROCHE,: "Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design", 1987, AMERICAN PHARMACEUTICAL ASSOCIATION AND PERGAMON PRESS
GOODMAN, HARDMAN, LIMBIRD AND GILMAN: "Goodman and Gilman's The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics Tenth Edition", MCGRAW-HILL INC.,
GREEN, T.W.; P.G.M. WUTZ: "Projective Groups in Organic Synthesis", 1999, WILEY
GUILLAUME BARBE ET AL: "Highly Chemoselective Metal-Free Reduction of Tertiary Amides", JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY, vol. 130, no. 1, 1 January 2008 (2008-01-01), pages 18 - 19, XP055123194, ISSN: 0002-7863, DOI: 10.1021/ja077463q *
HIGUCHI, T. ET AL.: "Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems", vol. 14, A.C.S. SYMPOSIUM SERIES
HOOVER; JOHN E.: "Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences", 1975, MACK PUBLISHING CO.
J.P. BÉGUÉ ET AL: "Ions [alpha]-cetocarbenium. Influence de la structure sur l'evolution des ions [alpha]-cetocyclohexylcarbenium", TETRAHEDRON, vol. 31, no. 20, 1 January 1975 (1975-01-01), pages 2505 - 2511, XP055123191, ISSN: 0040-4020, DOI: 10.1016/0040-4020(75)80261-4 *
LIBERMAN, H.A. AND LACHMAN, L.,: "Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms", 1980, MARCEL DECKER
REMINGTON: "The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, Nineteenth Ed .,", 1995, MACK PUBLISHING COMPANY

Cited By (155)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11718630B2 (en) 2012-04-10 2023-08-08 The Regents Of The University Of California Compositions and methods for treating cancer
US11603376B2 (en) 2012-04-10 2023-03-14 The Regents Of The University Of California Compositions and methods for treating cancer
US11008334B2 (en) * 2012-04-10 2021-05-18 The Regents Of The University Of California Compositions and methods for treating cancer
US11891402B2 (en) 2012-04-10 2024-02-06 The Regents Of The University Of California Compositions and methods for treating cancer
US10202356B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2019-02-12 Tolero Pharmaceuticals, Inc. JAK2 and ALK2 inhibitors and methods for their use
US10752594B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2020-08-25 Sumitomo Dainippon Pharma Oncology, Inc. JAK1 and ALK2 inhibitors and methods for their use
US9926267B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2018-03-27 Araxes Pharma Llc Covalent inhibitors of K-Ras G12C
US9745319B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2017-08-29 Araxes Pharma Llc Irreversible covalent inhibitors of the GTPase K-Ras G12C
US10273207B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2019-04-30 Araxes Pharma Llc Covalent inhibitors of kras G12C
US10919850B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2021-02-16 Araxes Pharma Llc Covalent inhibitors of KRas G12C
US9840516B2 (en) 2013-10-10 2017-12-12 Araxes Pharma Llc Substituted quinazolines as inhibitors of KRAS G12C
US10370386B2 (en) 2013-10-10 2019-08-06 Araxes Pharma Llc Substituted quinolines as inhibitors of KRAS G12C
US10927125B2 (en) 2013-10-10 2021-02-23 Araxes Pharma Llc Substituted cinnolines as inhibitors of KRAS G12C
US11401244B2 (en) 2014-06-06 2022-08-02 Research Triangle Institute Apelin receptor (APJ) agonists and uses thereof
US10111874B2 (en) 2014-09-18 2018-10-30 Araxes Pharma Llc Combination therapies for treatment of cancer
US10011600B2 (en) 2014-09-25 2018-07-03 Araxes Pharma Llc Methods and compositions for inhibition of Ras
US9862701B2 (en) 2014-09-25 2018-01-09 Araxes Pharma Llc Inhibitors of KRAS G12C mutant proteins
WO2016049524A1 (en) * 2014-09-25 2016-03-31 Araxes Pharma Llc Inhibitors of kras g12c mutant proteins
US11053198B2 (en) 2015-03-30 2021-07-06 Mission Therapeutics Limited 1-cyano-pyrrolidine compounds as USP30 inhibitors
US10689345B2 (en) 2015-03-30 2020-06-23 Mission Therapeutics Limited 1-cyano-pyrrolidine compounds as USP30 inhibitors
US11066365B2 (en) 2015-03-30 2021-07-20 Mission Therapeutics Limited 1-cyano-pyrrolidine compounds as USP30 inhibitors
US11390584B2 (en) 2015-03-30 2022-07-19 Mission Therapeutics Limited 1-cyano-pyrrolidine compounds as USP30 inhibitors
US10246424B2 (en) 2015-04-10 2019-04-02 Araxes Pharma Llc Substituted quinazoline compounds and methods of use thereof
US10829458B2 (en) 2015-04-10 2020-11-10 Araxes Pharma Llc Substituted quinazoline compounds and methods of use thereof
JP2018513853A (en) * 2015-04-10 2018-05-31 アラクセス ファーマ エルエルシー Substituted quinazoline compounds and methods of use thereof
JP2018511631A (en) * 2015-04-15 2018-04-26 アラクセス ファーマ エルエルシー Fused tricyclic inhibitors of KRAS and methods of use thereof
US10428064B2 (en) 2015-04-15 2019-10-01 Araxes Pharma Llc Fused-tricyclic inhibitors of KRAS and methods of use thereof
JP2018519357A (en) * 2015-05-06 2018-07-19 ザ リージェンツ オブ ザ ユニバーシティ オブ カリフォルニア K-RAS regulator
US10857140B2 (en) 2015-05-06 2020-12-08 The Regents Of The University Of California K-Ras modulators
US11541044B2 (en) 2015-05-06 2023-01-03 The Regents Of The University Of California K-Ras modulators
WO2016200726A1 (en) * 2015-06-08 2016-12-15 Texas Tech University System Inhibitors of mci-1 as drugs to overcome resistance to braf inhibitors and mek inhibitors
US10463649B2 (en) 2015-06-08 2019-11-05 Texas Tech University System Inhibitors of Mc1-1 as drugs to overcome resistance to BRAF inhibitors and MEK inhibitors
US10351550B2 (en) 2015-07-22 2019-07-16 Araxes Pharma Llc Substituted quinazoline compounds and methods of use thereof
US10144724B2 (en) 2015-07-22 2018-12-04 Araxes Pharma Llc Substituted quinazoline compounds and methods of use thereof
WO2017058807A1 (en) * 2015-09-28 2017-04-06 Araxes Pharma Llc Inhibitors of kras g12c mutant proteins
WO2017058805A1 (en) * 2015-09-28 2017-04-06 Araxes Pharma Llc Inhibitors of kras g12c mutant proteins
US10875842B2 (en) 2015-09-28 2020-12-29 Araxes Pharma Llc Inhibitors of KRAS G12C mutant proteins
US10882847B2 (en) 2015-09-28 2021-01-05 Araxes Pharma Llc Inhibitors of KRAS G12C mutant proteins
US10730867B2 (en) 2015-09-28 2020-08-04 Araxes Pharma Llc Inhibitors of KRAS G12C mutant proteins
US10689356B2 (en) 2015-09-28 2020-06-23 Araxes Pharma Llc Inhibitors of KRAS G12C mutant proteins
US10858343B2 (en) 2015-09-28 2020-12-08 Araxes Pharma Llc Inhibitors of KRAS G12C mutant proteins
US10647703B2 (en) 2015-09-28 2020-05-12 Araxes Pharma Llc Inhibitors of KRAS G12C mutant proteins
US10975071B2 (en) 2015-09-28 2021-04-13 Araxes Pharma Llc Inhibitors of KRAS G12C mutant proteins
US9810690B2 (en) 2015-10-19 2017-11-07 Araxes Pharma Llc Method for screening inhibitors of Ras
US10414757B2 (en) 2015-11-16 2019-09-17 Araxes Pharma Llc 2-substituted quinazoline compounds comprising a substituted heterocyclic group and methods of use thereof
US11535630B2 (en) 2015-12-09 2022-12-27 Research Triangle Institute Apelin receptor (APJ) agonists and uses thereof
US9988357B2 (en) 2015-12-09 2018-06-05 Araxes Pharma Llc Methods for preparation of quinazoline derivatives
USRE49594E1 (en) 2015-12-09 2023-08-01 Research Triangle Institute Apelin receptor (APJ) agonists and uses thereof
US10822312B2 (en) 2016-03-30 2020-11-03 Araxes Pharma Llc Substituted quinazoline compounds and methods of use
US10125134B2 (en) 2016-05-18 2018-11-13 Mirati Therapeutics, Inc. KRas G12C inhibitors
US10633381B2 (en) 2016-05-18 2020-04-28 Mirati Therapeutics, Inc. KRas G12C inhibitors
JP7039489B2 (en) 2016-05-18 2022-03-22 ミラティ セラピューティクス， インコーポレイテッド KRAS G12C inhibitor
US11267812B2 (en) 2016-05-18 2022-03-08 Mirati Therapeutics, Inc. KRAS G12C inhibitors
JP2019516718A (en) * 2016-05-18 2019-06-20 ミラティ セラピューティクス， インコーポレイテッド KRAS G12C inhibitor
US10646488B2 (en) 2016-07-13 2020-05-12 Araxes Pharma Llc Conjugates of cereblon binding compounds and G12C mutant KRAS, HRAS or NRAS protein modulating compounds and methods of use thereof
US10723738B2 (en) 2016-09-29 2020-07-28 Araxes Pharma Llc Inhibitors of KRAS G12C mutant proteins
US10280172B2 (en) 2016-09-29 2019-05-07 Araxes Pharma Llc Inhibitors of KRAS G12C mutant proteins
US10377743B2 (en) 2016-10-07 2019-08-13 Araxes Pharma Llc Inhibitors of RAS and methods of use thereof
WO2018098352A2 (en) 2016-11-22 2018-05-31 Jun Oishi Targeting kras induced immune checkpoint expression
US11285135B2 (en) 2016-12-22 2022-03-29 Amgen Inc. KRAS G12C inhibitors and methods of using the same
US10532042B2 (en) 2016-12-22 2020-01-14 Amgen Inc. KRAS G12C inhibitors and methods of using the same
WO2018115380A1 (en) 2016-12-22 2018-06-28 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Novel benzylamino substituted quinazolines and derivatives as sos1 inhibitors
WO2018143403A1 (en) 2017-02-03 2018-08-09 国立大学法人東北大学 Heterocyclic compound
US10208052B1 (en) 2017-03-20 2019-02-19 Forma Therapeutics, Inc. Compositions for activating pyruvate kinase
US11014927B2 (en) 2017-03-20 2021-05-25 Forma Therapeutics, Inc. Pyrrolopyrrole compositions as pyruvate kinase (PKR) activators
US11649242B2 (en) 2017-03-20 2023-05-16 Forma Therapeutics, Inc. Pyrrolopyrrole compositions as pyruvate kinase (PKR) activators
US10836771B2 (en) 2017-03-20 2020-11-17 Forma Therapeutics, Inc. Compositions for activating pyruvate kinase
US11396513B2 (en) 2017-03-20 2022-07-26 Forma Therapeutics, Inc. Compositions for activating pyruvate kinase
US10472371B2 (en) 2017-03-20 2019-11-12 Forma Therapeutics, Inc. Compositions for activating pyruvate kinase
US11358940B2 (en) 2017-04-20 2022-06-14 The Regents Of The University Of California K-Ras modulators
US11905281B2 (en) 2017-05-22 2024-02-20 Amgen Inc. KRAS G12C inhibitors and methods of using the same
US10519146B2 (en) 2017-05-22 2019-12-31 Amgen Inc. KRAS G12C inhibitors and methods of using the same
US10736897B2 (en) 2017-05-25 2020-08-11 Araxes Pharma Llc Compounds and methods of use thereof for treatment of cancer
US10745385B2 (en) 2017-05-25 2020-08-18 Araxes Pharma Llc Covalent inhibitors of KRAS
US11306087B2 (en) 2017-09-08 2022-04-19 Amgen Inc. Inhibitors of KRAS G12C and methods of using the same
US10640504B2 (en) 2017-09-08 2020-05-05 Amgen Inc. Inhibitors of KRAS G12C and methods of using the same
US11242344B2 (en) 2017-10-24 2022-02-08 Genentech, Inc. (4-hydroxypyrrolidin-2-yl)-heterocyclic compounds and methods of use thereof
US10689377B2 (en) 2017-11-15 2020-06-23 Mirati Therapeutics, Inc. KRas G12C inhibitors
US10647715B2 (en) 2017-11-15 2020-05-12 Mirati Therapeutics, Inc. KRas G12C inhibitors
WO2019122129A1 (en) 2017-12-21 2019-06-27 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Novel benzylamino substituted pyridopyrimidinones and derivatives as sos1 inhibitors
US11926616B2 (en) 2018-03-08 2024-03-12 Incyte Corporation Aminopyrazine diol compounds as PI3K-γ inhibitors
US11013741B1 (en) 2018-04-05 2021-05-25 Sumitomo Dainippon Pharma Oncology, Inc. AXL kinase inhibitors and use of the same
US11400091B2 (en) 2018-04-05 2022-08-02 Sumitomo Pharma Oncology, Inc. AXL kinase inhibitors and use of the same
WO2019204505A3 (en) * 2018-04-18 2019-11-28 Theras, Inc. K-ras modulators with a vinyl sulfonamide moiety
US11045484B2 (en) 2018-05-04 2021-06-29 Amgen Inc. KRAS G12C inhibitors and methods of using the same
US11766436B2 (en) 2018-05-04 2023-09-26 Amgen Inc. KRAS G12C inhibitors and methods of using the same
US11090304B2 (en) 2018-05-04 2021-08-17 Amgen Inc. KRAS G12C inhibitors and methods of using the same
US11932633B2 (en) 2018-05-07 2024-03-19 Mirati Therapeutics, Inc. KRas G12C inhibitors
US11407765B2 (en) 2018-05-08 2022-08-09 Astrazeneca, Ab Tetracyclic heteroaryl compounds
US10988485B2 (en) 2018-05-10 2021-04-27 Amgen Inc. KRAS G12C inhibitors and methods of using the same
US11096939B2 (en) 2018-06-01 2021-08-24 Amgen Inc. KRAS G12C inhibitors and methods of using the same
US11285156B2 (en) 2018-06-12 2022-03-29 Amgen Inc. Substituted piperazines as KRAS G12C inhibitors
US11046658B2 (en) 2018-07-02 2021-06-29 Incyte Corporation Aminopyrazine derivatives as PI3K-γ inhibitors
US11040038B2 (en) 2018-07-26 2021-06-22 Sumitomo Dainippon Pharma Oncology, Inc. Methods for treating diseases associated with abnormal ACVR1 expression and ACVR1 inhibitors for use in the same
US10675274B2 (en) 2018-09-19 2020-06-09 Forma Therapeutics, Inc. Activating pyruvate kinase R
US11844787B2 (en) 2018-09-19 2023-12-19 Novo Nordisk Health Care Ag Activating pyruvate kinase R
US11001588B2 (en) 2018-09-19 2021-05-11 Forma Therapeutics, Inc. Activating pyruvate kinase R and mutants thereof
US11071725B2 (en) 2018-09-19 2021-07-27 Forma Therapeutics, Inc. Activating pyruvate kinase R
EP3628664A1 (en) 2018-09-25 2020-04-01 Max-Planck-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der Wissenschaften e.V. Irreversible inhibitors of kras g12c mutant
WO2020085493A1 (en) 2018-10-26 2020-04-30 大鵬薬品工業株式会社 Novel indazole compound or salt thereof
US20210395234A1 (en) * 2018-10-26 2021-12-23 Taiho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Novel indazole compound or salt thereof
US11299491B2 (en) 2018-11-16 2022-04-12 Amgen Inc. Synthesis of key intermediate of KRAS G12C inhibitor compound
WO2020106640A1 (en) * 2018-11-19 2020-05-28 Amgen Inc. Kras g12c inhibitors and methods of using the same
US11439645B2 (en) 2018-11-19 2022-09-13 Amgen Inc. Combination therapy including a KRASG12C inhibitor and one or more additional pharmaceutically active agents for the treatment of cancers
US11053226B2 (en) 2018-11-19 2021-07-06 Amgen Inc. KRAS G12C inhibitors and methods of using the same
US11918584B2 (en) 2018-11-19 2024-03-05 Amgen Inc. Combination therapy including a KRASG12C inhibitor and one or more additional pharmaceutically active agents for the treatment of cancers
US11548888B2 (en) 2019-01-10 2023-01-10 Mirati Therapeutics, Inc. KRas G12C inhibitors
EP4249000A2 (en) 2019-02-12 2023-09-27 Novartis AG Pharmaceutical combination comprising tno155 and a krasg12c inhibitor
WO2020165732A1 (en) 2019-02-12 2020-08-20 Novartis Ag Pharmaceutical combination comprising tno155 and a krasg12c inhibitor
WO2020173935A1 (en) 2019-02-26 2020-09-03 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh New isoindolinone substituted indoles and derivatives as ras inhibitors
US11198699B2 (en) 2019-04-02 2021-12-14 Aligos Therapeutics, Inc. Compounds targeting PRMT5
US11426404B2 (en) 2019-05-14 2022-08-30 Amgen Inc. Dosing of KRAS inhibitor for treatment of cancers
WO2020234103A1 (en) 2019-05-21 2020-11-26 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Identification and use of kras inhibitors
US11236091B2 (en) 2019-05-21 2022-02-01 Amgen Inc. Solid state forms
US11827635B2 (en) 2019-05-21 2023-11-28 Amgen Inc. Solid state forms
WO2020259573A1 (en) * 2019-06-25 2020-12-30 南京明德新药研发有限公司 Seven-membered heterocyclic derivative acting as kras g12c mutant protein inhibitor
US11453683B1 (en) 2019-08-29 2022-09-27 Mirati Therapeutics, Inc. KRas G12D inhibitors
US11890285B2 (en) 2019-09-24 2024-02-06 Mirati Therapeutics, Inc. Combination therapies
US11697657B2 (en) 2019-10-28 2023-07-11 Merck Sharp & Dohme Llc Small molecule inhibitors of KRAS G12C mutant
WO2021085653A1 (en) 2019-10-31 2021-05-06 Taiho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. 4-aminobut-2-enamide derivatives and salts thereof
WO2021091956A1 (en) 2019-11-04 2021-05-14 Revolution Medicines, Inc. Ras inhibitors
WO2021091967A1 (en) 2019-11-04 2021-05-14 Revolution Medicines, Inc. Ras inhibitors
WO2021091982A1 (en) 2019-11-04 2021-05-14 Revolution Medicines, Inc. Ras inhibitors
EP4061341A4 (en) * 2019-11-22 2024-04-10 Univ California Caspase 6 inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2021108683A1 (en) 2019-11-27 2021-06-03 Revolution Medicines, Inc. Covalent ras inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2021106230A1 (en) 2019-11-29 2021-06-03 大鵬薬品工業株式会社 Novel phenol compound or salt thereof
US11702418B2 (en) 2019-12-20 2023-07-18 Mirati Therapeutics, Inc. SOS1 inhibitors
WO2021124222A1 (en) 2019-12-20 2021-06-24 Novartis Ag Pyrazolyl derivatives useful as anti-cancer agents
EP4344702A2 (en) 2019-12-20 2024-04-03 Novartis AG Pyrazolyl derivatives useful as anti-cancer agents
WO2021215544A1 (en) * 2020-04-24 2021-10-28 Taiho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Kras g12d protein inhibitors
WO2021215545A1 (en) 2020-04-24 2021-10-28 Taiho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Anticancer combination therapy with n-(1-acryloyl-azetidin-3-yl)-2-((1h-indazol-3-yl)amino)methyl)-1h-imidazole-5-carboxamide inhibitor of kras-g12c
WO2021219091A3 (en) * 2020-04-29 2021-12-23 北京泰德制药股份有限公司 Quinoxalinone derivative as irreversible inhibitor of kras g12c mutant protein
WO2021245219A1 (en) 2020-06-05 2021-12-09 Onxeo A dbait molecule in combination with kras inhibitor for the treatment of cancer
WO2021257736A1 (en) 2020-06-18 2021-12-23 Revolution Medicines, Inc. Methods for delaying, preventing, and treating acquired resistance to ras inhibitors
WO2022060583A1 (en) 2020-09-03 2022-03-24 Revolution Medicines, Inc. Use of sos1 inhibitors to treat malignancies with shp2 mutations
WO2022060836A1 (en) 2020-09-15 2022-03-24 Revolution Medicines, Inc. Indole derivatives as ras inhibitors in the treatment of cancer
CN114249703A (en) * 2020-09-25 2022-03-29 四川科瑞德制药股份有限公司 Preparation method of medical intermediate suitable for industrial amplification
CN114249703B (en) * 2020-09-25 2023-10-13 四川科瑞德制药股份有限公司 Preparation method of medical intermediate suitable for industrial amplification
US11845761B2 (en) 2020-12-18 2023-12-19 Erasca, Inc. Tricyclic pyridones and pyrimidones
WO2022140246A1 (en) 2020-12-21 2022-06-30 Hangzhou Jijing Pharmaceutical Technology Limited Methods and compounds for targeted autophagy
WO2022140427A1 (en) 2020-12-22 2022-06-30 Qilu Regor Therapeutics Inc. Sos1 inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2022235864A1 (en) 2021-05-05 2022-11-10 Revolution Medicines, Inc. Ras inhibitors
WO2022235870A1 (en) 2021-05-05 2022-11-10 Revolution Medicines, Inc. Ras inhibitors for the treatment of cancer
WO2022266206A1 (en) 2021-06-16 2022-12-22 Erasca, Inc. Kras inhibitor conjugates
WO2022269525A1 (en) 2021-06-23 2022-12-29 Novartis Ag Pharmaceutical combinations comprising a kras g12c inhibitor and uses thereof for the treatment of cancers
WO2022269508A1 (en) 2021-06-23 2022-12-29 Novartis Ag Pyrazolyl derivatives as inhibitors of the kras mutant protein
WO2023031781A1 (en) 2021-09-01 2023-03-09 Novartis Ag Pharmaceutical combinations comprising a tead inhibitor and uses thereof for the treatment of cancers
WO2023060253A1 (en) 2021-10-08 2023-04-13 Revolution Medicines, Inc. Ras inhibitors
WO2023114954A1 (en) 2021-12-17 2023-06-22 Genzyme Corporation Pyrazolopyrazine compounds as shp2 inhibitors
WO2023152255A1 (en) 2022-02-10 2023-08-17 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Fused pyrimidines as kras inhibitors
EP4227307A1 (en) 2022-02-11 2023-08-16 Genzyme Corporation Pyrazolopyrazine compounds as shp2 inhibitors
WO2023172940A1 (en) 2022-03-08 2023-09-14 Revolution Medicines, Inc. Methods for treating immune refractory lung cancer
WO2023199180A1 (en) 2022-04-11 2023-10-19 Novartis Ag Therapeutic uses of a krasg12c inhibitor
WO2023240263A1 (en) 2022-06-10 2023-12-14 Revolution Medicines, Inc. Macrocyclic ras inhibitors
US11964989B2 (en) 2022-07-20 2024-04-23 Mirati Therapeutics, Inc. KRas G12D inhibitors

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
AU2018214014C1 (en) 2021-04-29
HK1215029A1 (en) 2016-08-12
AU2018214014A1 (en) 2018-08-23
EP3401314A1 (en) 2018-11-14
EP2970121A1 (en) 2016-01-20
JP6473133B2 (en) 2019-02-20
MX364438B (en) 2019-04-26
JP2019085414A (en) 2019-06-06
JP6849711B2 (en) 2021-03-24
EP2970121B1 (en) 2017-12-13
MX2015012054A (en) 2016-04-06
AU2018214014B2 (en) 2020-08-20
CN105189456B (en) 2017-12-19
EP3401314B1 (en) 2023-11-08
AU2014239542A1 (en) 2015-10-01
CA2904393A1 (en) 2014-09-25
JP2016519072A (en) 2016-06-30
TW201524952A (en) 2015-07-01
CN105189456A (en) 2015-12-23

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10919850B2 (en) Covalent inhibitors of KRas G12C
AU2018214014C1 (en) Covalent inhibitors of KRas G12C
US11639346B2 (en) Quinazoline derivatives as modulators of mutant KRAS, HRAS or NRAS
AU2016355433B2 (en) 2-substituted quinazoline compounds comprising a substituted heterocyclic group and methods of use thereof
WO2020028706A1 (en) Heterocyclic spiro compounds and methods of use thereof for the treatment of cancer
EP3630745A2 (en) Covalent inhibitors of kras
WO2020086739A1 (en) 2-(2-acryloyl-2,6-diazaspiro[3.4]octan-6-yl)-6-(1h-indazol-4-yl)-benzonitrile derivatives and related compounds as inhibitors of g12c mutant kras protein for inhibiting tumor metastasis
EP3630746A1 (en) Compounds and methods of use thereof for treatment of cancer
WO2018068017A1 (en) Heterocyclic compounds as inhibitors of ras and methods of use thereof
EP3519402A1 (en) Inhibitors of kras g12c mutant proteins
EP3325447A1 (en) Substituted quinazoline compounds and their use as inhibitors of g12c mutant kras, hras and/or nras proteins
WO2016168540A1 (en) Fused-tricyclic inhibitors of kras and methods of use thereof
WO2016049565A1 (en) Compositions and methods for inhibition of ras
WO2016049568A1 (en) Methods and compositions for inhibition of ras
EP3197870A1 (en) Inhibitors of kras g12c mutant proteins
WO2014143659A1 (en) Irreversible covalent inhibitors of the gtpase k-ras g12c

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 201480025340.8

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 14720375

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2904393

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: MX/A/2015/012054

Country of ref document: MX

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2016502462

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2014239542

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20140314

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2014720375

Country of ref document: EP